Recentemente, após a repercussão do pedido do Departamento de Justiça dos Estados Unidos por informações à empresa sueca Saab sobre a venda de 36 caças Gripen ao Brasil, o presidente Lula denunciou que a ação do governo americano era uma “intromissão” nos assuntos do Brasil e da Suécia.

Em geral, tem-se enfatizado que esse pedido se deve a um inconformismo de Washington porque a Boeing perdeu a concorrência para a Saab na licitação, em 2014 – embora o negócio com os suecos fosse mais favorável ao Brasil, que garantia a transferência de tecnologia, ao contrário dos americanos.

Pode-se aprofundar, contudo, o olhar sobre essa “intromissão” dos EUA por toda a indústria aeronáutica brasileira. Não se trata apenas da busca pelo contrato da venda de alguns caças. A Embraer (que quase foi entregue à Boeing há alguns anos) é dependente dos componentes para a fabricação de caças. Mesmo se tentar fabricar por conta própria, precisaria adquirir o motor dos EUA e o assento ejetável do Reino Unido, porque ela não tem tecnologia para produzi-los.

Como o Gripen tem componentes de fabricação americana, e os Estados Unidos não transferem tecnologia para o Brasil, eles poderiam controlar o que nós podemos ou não comprar. Esse é apenas um dos milhares de artifícios que uma potência imperialista tem à sua disposição para impedir qualquer mínima tentativa de desenvolvimento econômico, industrial, científico, tecnológico e militar de um país como o Brasil. Além disso, como a Suécia agora é membro da OTAN – e a OTAN é um instrumento dos EUA –, ela fica refém dos americanos neste imbróglio montado por eles.

Se o Departamento de Justiça dos EUA prosseguir com as “investigações” sobre a compra do Gripen, provavelmente terá sucesso em anulá-la, pois tanto o vendedor quanto o comprador tem a arma apontada para a sua cabeça. Dos 36 caças contratados, apenas oito já chegaram ao país.

Polícia do mundo, os EUA se colocam na posição de investigar (e julgar) as negociações bilaterais de quaisquer países a partir do seu Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). Como informou Arthur Banzatto em sua tese de doutorado pela UFSC, citada pela Carta Capital, o Brasil é o segundo país do mundo que mais sofre ações do FCPA (24 ações contra o Brasil), atrás apenas da China (43).

A China, como é amplamente sabido, está envolvida em uma guerra comercial com os EUA há anos e é considerada a grande inimiga do país pelos responsáveis pela condução da política americana. Portanto, o que esse número de ações contra o Brasil poderia significar?

Que nós também somos considerados um inimigo dos Estados Unidos. E um inimigo que precisa ser neutralizado.

Henry Kissinger já se preocupava com as parcerias do Brasil com o “Sul Global” quando o Mercosul foi lançado, pois isso poderia “gerar uma potencial contenda entre Brasil e EUA sobre o futuro do Cone Sul”. Se Washington vê perigo no aumento do comércio brasileiro com seus vizinhos diretos, como não poderia enxergá-lo também – e ainda maior – no comércio com China, Rússia, África, Oriente Médio e Europa?

A necessidade de manter o Brasil adestrado para que não entre em competição com os gigantescos monopólios empresariais americanos que dominam o mundo foi um dos (se não o) motivos-chave do golpe de 2016. Para realizá-lo, foi montada pelo Departamento de Justiça a Operação Lava Jato, que devastou a economia nacional, destruiu ainda mais a nossa indústria e faliu (direta ou indiretamente) empresas que competiam com o mercado estadunidense nas mais diversas áreas, desde a construção civil até a produção e extração de petróleo. Naquela época, nem mesmo a Dolly e a JBS foram poupadas.

A sabotagem imperialista derrubou a Petrobras, prendeu o almirante Othon Pinheiro para melar nosso programa nuclear e boicotou a expansão da nossa plataforma continental. O Judiciário, o Ministério Público e a Polícia Federal, aparelhados e infiltrados pela CIA e pelo FBI (como corroboram as investigações do jornalista Bob Fernandes) estiveram na linha de frente da empreitada americana.

Em 2016, os procuradores da Operação Zelotes, instruídos pelos EUA, acusaram mesmo o então ex-presidente Lula de interferir indevidamente a favor da Saab na compra dos caças contra a concorrente Boeing. Os próprios acabaram reconhecendo, entre eles, que as acusações eram uma farsa. O inquérito foi arquivado por Ricardo Lewandowski em 2022.

Apesar da volta de Lula ao governo, o Brasil não se recuperou de nada daquele período nefasto. A PF continua sendo uma polícia filial do FBI, a PM é equipada por Israel e o exército (doutrinado pelos EUA) depende da tecnologia da Starlink, de Elon Musk, que monitora a Amazônia. O Congresso continua infestado de políticos que viajam para os EUA para receber orientações de como atuar contra o Brasil, os EUA seguem espionando o governo e os cidadãos brasileiros, os jornais são meras sucursais da imprensa americana, as redes sociais que usamos pertencem a empresários vinculados com o governo dos EUA (vide agora o próprio Musk), ONGs financiadas pelos maiores bilionários americanos se infiltram nos movimentos sociais e no Ministério do Meio Ambiente para fazer pressão contra a exploração dos nossos recursos naturais e o dólar desestabiliza a nossa economia. Funcionários estadunidenses vêm ao Brasil para interferir em nossos assuntos e, lá fora, exigem alinhamento absoluto em troca de um suposto apoio para um assento permanente no Conselho de Segurança da ONU.

São muitas as possibilidades para uma desestabilização completa do Brasil como a de 2012-2016, que culminou em um golpe de Estado. E, de fato, essa desestabilização já começou. Primeiro, porque naturalmente não é possível ter estabilidade para o proveito do povo brasileiro sendo uma semicolônia. Segundo, pois um governo com as características potenciais do de Lula não é aceitável para os EUA. Tanto é assim que Washington colocou o governo contra a parede tão logo ele assumiu. E agora, com uma Casa Branca que vê Lula como um aliado de “ditadores” e “terroristas”, essa pressão poderá ser sufocante.

Os americanos “estão desconfortáveis com a posição do Brasil no conflito com Rússia e China”, na avaliação do ex-ministro Eugênio Aragão, que fazia parte do governo deposto pelos Estados Unidos oito anos atrás. Ele acredita que irão tentar uma nova Lava Jato a partir das investigações sobre a compra dos caças suecos. “Isso é bem possível”, disse à Carta Capital.

A parceria com o BRICS e com a Nova Rota da Seda são essenciais para o Brasil reduzir a dependência do imperialismo americano, em particular no âmbito militar, de ciência e tecnologia. Já está muito claro que a “parceria” com os EUA e com os países da OTAN é uma armadilha que prende o Brasil numa senzala – ou no pelourinho. China, Rússia, Belarus, Irã e Índia são parceiros que podem suprir as necessidades imediatas de importação de materiais, transferir tecnologia e nos ajudar a ser autossuficientes.

Contudo, uma sacudida na política interna é indispensável para possibilitar qualquer tentativa mais ousada na área externa. Não dá para buscar uma independência maior mantendo a farra dos banqueiros e o corte de gastos – inclusive em áreas como a educação, como quer a burguesia vassala.

Eduardo Vasco

*

Eduardo Vasco é jornalista especializado em política internacional, correspondente de guerra e autor dos livros-reportagem “O povo esquecido: uma história de genocídio e resistência no Donbass” e “Bloqueio: a guerra silenciosa contra Cuba”.

Author’s Introduction and Update

Today our thoughts are with the People of Palestine, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon and the broader Middle East.

March 2024 marked 21 years since the US-UK led war on Iraq in 2003. 

Historically however the war on Iraq did not start in 2003.

It was preceded by the so-called “Gulf War” in 1991 namely “The First War against Iraq”

And in 2014, a Third US led War against Iraq was launched under the banner of Obama’s 2014 “counter-terrorism bombing campaign”.  

First published by GR on June 14, 2014, this article reveals how the US and its allies facilitated the incursion of the Islamic State (ISIS) Toyota truck convoys into Iraq in June 2014 prior to the onset of the counter-terrorism bombing campaign launched by Obama in August 2014.  

It is worth recalling the history of the initial incursion of ISIS forces (Summer 2014) and the timeline extending from the occupation of Mosul in Summer of 2014 which was covertly supported by the US, to the “Liberation” of Mosul three years later which was also supported by the US and its allies. 

We’re dealing with a diabolical military and intelligence agenda. 

From 2014 to 2017, Iraq as well as Syria were the object of continuous bombing under the mandate of a fake “counterterrorism” mandate 

Moreover, it was only once the ISIS had captured Mosul and was firmly entrenched inside Iraq, that the US and its allies initiated two months later its  “counter-terrorism” operation, allegedly against the ISIS. 

With the so-called “Liberation” of Mosul (June-July 2017), it is important to reflect on Washington’s diabolical project.

Extensive war crimes were committed against the people of Iraq. The country’s infrastructure was destroyed. Meanwhile the ISIS brigades brought into Iraq in June 2014 continue to be “protected” by the US led coalition. 

The ISIS, a construct of US intelligence, was dispatched to Iraq in Summer 2014. With limited paramilitary capabilities it occupied Mosul.

Iraqi forces were coopted by the US to let it happen.

The Iraqi military commanders were manipulated and paid off, They allowed the city to fall into the hands of the ISIS rebels without “a single shot being fired”. 

Shiite General Mehdi Sabih al-Gharawi who was in charge of the Mosul Army divisions “had left the city”. Al Gharawi had worked hand in glove with the US military. He took over the command of Mosul in September 2011  from US Col Scott McKean. In June 2014, Al Gharawi was co-opted and instructed by his US counterparts to abandon his command.

Then two months later in August 2014, Obama launched a so-called “counter-terrorism operation” against the ISIS which was firmly entrenched in Mosul.

This “fake”  counter-terrorist operation was launched against terrorists who were supported and financed by the US, UK, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, the UAE, and Israel (among others)

Three years of extensive bombings AGAINST IRAQ under a fake counter-terrorism mandate.  (2014-2017)

America’s ultimate intent was to destroy, destabilize and fracture Iraq as a nation State.  That objective has largely been achieved. 

The “Liberation” of Mosul by US and allied forces constitutes an extensive crime against humanity consisting in actively supporting the ISIS terrorists occupation of Mosul, and then waging an extensive bombing campaign to “liberate” the city.  

“For” or “Against” the ISIS, That is the Question

In a bitter irony, according to Obama’s official statements (2016), the bombing raids were directed “against” the same ISIS terrorists whose convoys of Toyota trucks had been the object of  US support and protection in the first place. 

In practice, the bombings were directed against the people of Iraq. The counter-terrorism operation was  a war of aggression in disguise. 

The Islamic State terrorists are portrayed as an enemy of America and the Western world.

Amply documented, the Islamic State is a creation of Western intelligence, supported by the CIA and Israel’s Mossad and financed by Saudi Arabia and the UAE, etc. 

below quoted from my June 2014 article, emphasis added):  

We are dealing with a diabolical military agenda whereby the United States is targeting a rebel army which is directly funded by the US and its allies. The incursion into Iraq of the Islamic State rebels in late June was part of a carefully planned intelligence operation.

The rebels of the Islamic state, formerly known as the Al Qaeda in Iraq, were covertly supported by US-NATO-Israel  to wage a terrorist insurgency against the Syrian government of Bashar Al Assad.  The atrocities committed in Iraq are similar to those committed in Syria. The sponsors of IS including Barack Obama have blood on their hands.

The killings of innocent civilians by the Islamic State terrorists create a pretext and the justification for US military intervention on humanitarian grounds. Lest we forget, the rebels who committed these atrocities and who are allegedly a target of US military action are supported by the United States.

The bombing raids ordered by Obama are not intended to eliminate the terrorists. Quite the opposite, the US is targeting the civilian population as well as the Iraqi resistance movement.

The endgame was to destabilize Iraq as a nation state.

 

Video: Michel Chossudovsky. Why did they Not Bomb the IS Toyota Trucks Convoy. 8’33 -19’00

***

The capture of Mosul by the ISIS would not have occurred without US support. It was a US sponsored intelligence operation, which consisted in supporting  both Iraqi government forces and the ISIS-Daesh terrorists. It was a staged event. 

Similarly the “Liberation” of Mosul announced by president Obama was part of that process. It is also a staged event. It consisted in evacuating the ISIS-Daesh terrorists who occupied the city of Mosul and redeploying them in Syria.

The unspoken objective was to “replace” the ISIS-Daesh and Al Nusra terrorists defeated by Syrian forces with the support of Russia with a new influx of terrorists out of Iraq.  

Washington has promised to protect the ISIS rebels exit and “transfer” out of Mosul on condition they go to Syria. No aerial attacks directed against retreating ISIS-Daesh rebel convoys will be launched by US-led coalition forces

The “Liberation of Mosul” was required as a means to redeploy the terrorists towards Syria. It was revered and celebrated as an achievement under Obama’s “counter-terrorism campaign” launched in 2014.

The “liberation of Mosul” was scheduled by Washington for mid-to late October 2016 has commenced. It will be implemented under an operation consisting in “safe passage” out of Mosul of some 9,000 ISIS-Daesh rebels to Syria. Saudi Arabia was collaborating with the US in this operation:

“At the time of the assault, coalition aircraft would strike only on a pre-agreed detached buildings in the city, which are empty, the source said.”

“According to him [the source], the plan of Washington and Riyadh also provides that the rebels move from Mosul to Syria for the attack on the government-controlled town of troops.”

Essentially, Washington and Saudi Arabia, will allow 9,000 ISIS (Islamic State) fighter FREE passage into Syria if they agree to join Washington’s “regime change” operations there. This could also include, “… eastern regions of Syria to follow a major offensive operation, which involves the capture of Deir ez-Zor and Palmyra,” the source added. Patrick Hennigsen, 21st Century Wire, October 13, 2016)

Michel Chossudovsky,  October 2016,  March 16, 2023, November 17, 2024

* * *

The Engineered Destruction and

Political Fragmentation of Iraq

by Michel Chossudovsky

June 14, 2014

The creation of the US sponsored Islamist Caliphate has been announced.  The Islamic State of Iraq and Al Cham (ISIS) has been replaced by the Islamic State (IS).  The Islamic State is not an independent political entity. It is a construct of US intelligence.

The Western media in chorus have described the unfolding conflict in Iraq as a “civil war” opposing the Islamic State of Iraq and al-Sham against the Armed forces of the Al-Maliki government.

(Also referred to as Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL) or Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS))

The conflict is casually described as “sectarian warfare” between Radical Sunni and Shia without addressing “who is behind the various factions”.  What is at stake is a carefully staged US military-intelligence agenda.

Known and documented, Al Qaeda affiliated entities have been used by US-NATO in numerous conflicts as “intelligence assets” since the heyday of the Soviet-Afghan war. In Syria, the Al Nusrah and ISIS rebels are the foot-soldiers of the Western military alliance, which oversees and controls the recruitment and training of paramilitary forces.

The Al Qaeda affiliated Islamic State of Iraq (ISI) re-emerged in April 2013 with a different name and acronym, commonly referred to as the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS). The formation of a terrorist entity encompassing both Iraq and Syria was part of a US intelligence agenda. It responded to geopolitical objectives. It also coincided with the advances of Syrian government forces against the US sponsored insurgency in Syria and the failures of both the Free Syrian Army (FSA) and its various “opposition” terror brigades.

The decision was taken by Washington to channel its support (covertly) in favor of a terrorist entity which operates in both Syria and Iraq and which has logistical bases in both countries. The Islamic State of Iraq and al-Sham’s Sunni caliphate project coincides with a longstanding US agenda to carve up both Iraq and Syria into three separate territories: A Sunni Islamist Caliphate, an Arab Shia Republic, and a Republic of Kurdistan.

Whereas the (US proxy) government in Baghdad purchases advanced weapons systems from the US including F16 fighter jets from Lockheed Martin, the Islamic State of Iraq and al-Sham –which is fighting Iraqi government forces– is supported covertly by Western intelligence. The objective is to engineer a civil war in Iraq, in which both sides are controlled indirectly by US-NATO.

The scenario is to arm and equip them, on both sides, finance them with advanced weapons systems and then “let them fight”.

US-NATO is involved in the recruitment, training and financing of ISIS death squads operating in both Iraq and Syria. ISIS operates through indirect channels in liaison with Western intelligence. In turn, corroborated by reports on Syria’s insurgency, Western special forces and mercenaries integrate the ranks of ISIS.

US-NATO support to ISIS is channeled covertly through America’s staunchest allies: Qatar and Saudi Arabia. According to London’s Daily Express “They had money and arms supplied by Qatar and Saudi Arabia.”

“through allies such as Saudi Arabia and Qatar, the West [has] supported militant rebel groups which have since mutated into ISIS and other al‑Qaeda connected militias. ( Daily Telegraph, June 12, 2014)

While the media acknowledges that the government of Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki has accused Saudi Arabia and Qatar of supporting ISIS, it invariably fails to mention that both Doha and Riyadh are acting on behalf and in close liaison with Washington.

Under the banner of a civil war, an undercover war of aggression is being fought which essentially contributes to further destroying an entire country, its institutions, its economy. The undercover operation is part of an intelligence agenda, an engineered process which consists in transforming Iraq into an open territory.

Meanwhile,  public opinion is led to believe that what is at stake is confrontation between Shia and Sunni.

America’s military occupation of Iraq has been replaced by non-conventional forms of warfare. Realities are blurred. In a bitter irony, the aggressor nation is portrayed as coming to the rescue of a “sovereign Iraq”.

An internal “civil war” between Shia and Sunni is fomented by US-NATO support to both the Al-Maliki government as well as to the Sunni ISIS rebels.

The break up of Iraq along sectarian lines is a longstanding policy of the US and its allies. (See map of Middle East below)

“Supporting both Sides”

The “War on Terrorism” consists in creating Al Qaeda terrorist entities as part of an intelligence operation, as well as also coming to the rescue of governments which are the target of  the terrorist insurgency. This process is carried out under the banner of counter-terrorism. It creates the pretext to intervene.

ISIS is a caliphate project of creating a Sunni Islamist state. It is not a project of the Sunni population of Iraq which is broadly committed to secular forms of government. The caliphate project is part of a US intelligence agenda.

In response to the advance of the ISIS rebels, Washington is envisaging the use of aerial bombings as well as drone attacks in support of the Baghdad government as part of a counter-terrorism operation.  It is all for a good cause: to fight the terrorists, without of course acknowledging that these terrorists are the “foot soldiers” of the Western military alliance.

Needless to say, these developments contribute not only to destabilizing Iraq, but also to weakening the Iraqi resistance movement, which is one of the major objectives of US-NATO.

The Islamic caliphate is supported covertly by the CIA in liaison with Saudi Arabia, Qatar and Turkish intelligence. Israel is also involved in channeling support to both Al Qaeda rebels in Syria (out of the Golan Heights) as well to the Kurdish separatist movement in Syria and Iraq.

More broadly, the “Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT) encompasses a consistent and diabolical logic: both sides –namely the terrorists and the government– are supported by the same military and intelligence actors, namely US-NATO.

While this pattern describes the current situation in Iraq, the structure of “supporting both sides” with a view to engineering sectarian conflict has been implemented time and again in numerous countries. Insurgencies integrated by Al Qaeda operatives (and supported by Western intelligence) prevail in a large number of countries including Yemen, Libya, Nigeria, Somalia, Mali, the Central African Republic, Pakistan. The endgame is to destabilize sovereign nation states and to transform countries into open territories (on behalf of so-called foreign investors).

The pretext to intervene on humanitarian grounds (e.g. in Mali, Nigeria or the Central African Republic) is predicated on the existence of terrorist forces. Yet these terrorist forces would not exist without covert US-NATO support.

The Capture of Mosul:  US-NATO Covert Support to the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS)

Something unusual occurred in Mosul which cannot be explained in strictly military terms.

On June 10, the insurgent forces of the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIS) allegedly (according to press reports) captured Mosul, Iraq’s second largest city, with a population of over one million people.  While these developments were “unexpected” according to the Obama administration, they were known to the Pentagon and US intelligence, which were not only providing weapons, logistics and financial support to the ISIS rebels, they were also coordinating, behind the scenes, the ISIS attack on the city of Mosul.

While ISIS is a well equipped and disciplined rebel army when compared to other Al Qaeda affiliated formations, “the capture” of Mosul, did not hinge upon ISIS’s military capabilities. Quite the opposite: Iraqi forces which outnumbered the rebels by far, equipped with advanced weapons systems could have easily repelled the ISIS rebels.

There were 30,000 government forces in Mosul as opposed to 1000 ISIS rebels, according to reports. The Iraqi army chose not to intervene. The media reports explained without evidence that the decision of the Iraqi armed forces not to intervene was spontaneous characterized by mass defections.

Iraqi officials told the Guardian that two divisions of Iraqi soldiers – roughly 30,000 men – simply turned and ran in the face of the assault by an insurgent force of just 800 fighters. Isis extremists roamed freely on Wednesday through the streets of Mosul, openly surprised at the ease with which they took Iraq’s second largest city after three days of sporadic fighting. (Guardian, June 12, 2014, emphasis added)

The reports point to the fact that Iraqi military commanders were sympathetic with the Sunni led ISIS insurgency intimating that they are largely Sunni:

Speaking from the Kurdish city of Erbil, the defectors accused their officers of cowardice and betrayal, saying generals in Mosul “handed over” the city over to Sunni insurgents, with whom they shared sectarian and historical ties. (Daily Telegraph,  13 June 2014)

The report is misleading. The senior commanders were largely hardline Shiite. The defections occurred de facto when the command structure collapsed and senior (Shiite) military commanders left the city.

What is important to understand, is that both sides, namely the regular Iraqi forces and the ISIS rebel army are supported by US-NATO. There were US military advisers and special forces including operatives from private security companies on location in Mosul working with Iraq’s regular armed forces. In turn, there are Western special forces or mercenaries within ISIS (acting on contract to the CIA or the Pentagon) who are in liaison with US-NATO (e.g. through satellite phones).

Under these circumstances, with US intelligence amply involved, there would have been routine communication, coordination, logistics and exchange of intelligence between a US-NATO military and intelligence command center, US-NATO military advisers forces or private military contractors on the ground assigned to the Iraqi Army in Mosul and Western special forces attached to the ISIS brigades. These Western special forces operating covertly within the ISIS could have been dispatched by a private security company on contract to US-NATO.

In this regard, the capture of Mosul appears to have been a carefully engineered operation, planned well in advance. With the exception of a few skirmishes, no fighting took place.

Entire divisions of the Iraqi National Army –trained by the US military with advanced weapons systems at their disposal– could have easily repelled the ISIS rebels. Reports suggest that they were ordered by their commanders not to intervene. According to witnesses, “Not a single shot was fired”.

The forces that had been in Mosul have fled — some of which abandoned their uniforms as well as their posts as the ISIS forces swarmed into the city.

Fighters with the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS), an al-Qaeda offshoot, overran the entire western bank of the city overnight after Iraqi soldiers and police apparently fled their posts, in some instances discarding their uniforms as they sought to escape the advance of the militants. http://hotair.com/archives/2014/06/10/mosul-falls-to-al-qaeda-as-us-trained-security-forces-flee/

A contingent of one thousand ISIS rebels takes over a city of more than one million? Without prior knowledge that the US controlled Iraqi Army (30,000 strong) would not intervene, the Mosul operation would have fallen flat, the rebels would have been decimated.

Who was behind the decision to let the ISIS terrorists take control of Mosul? Who gave them the “green light”

Had the senior Iraqi commanders been instructed by their Western military advisers to hand over the city to the ISIS terrorists? Were they co-opted?

Was the handing over of Mosul to ISIS part of a US intelligence agenda?

Were the Iraqi military commanders manipulated or paid off into allowing the city to fall into the hands of the ISIS rebels without “a single shot being fired”.

Shiite General Mehdi Sabih al-Gharawi who was in charge of the Mosul Army divisions “had left the city”. Al Gharawi had worked hand in glove with the US military. He took over the command of Mosul in September 2011, from US Col Scott McKean. Had he been co-opted, instructed by his US counterparts to abandon his command?

(image left) U.S. Army Col. Scott McKean, right, commander, 4th Advise and Assist Brigade, 1st Armored Division, talks with Iraqi police Maj. Gen. Mahdi Sabih al-Gharawi following a transfer of authority ceremony on September 4, 2011

US forces could have intervened. They had been instructed to let it happen. It was part of a carefully planned agenda to facilitate the advance of the ISIS rebel forces and the installation of the ISIS caliphate.

The whole operation appears to have been carefully staged.

In Mosul, government buildings, police stations, schools, hospitals, etc are formally now under the control of the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS). In turn, ISIS has taken control of military hardware including helicopters and tanks which were abandoned by the Iraqi armed forces.

What is unfolding is the installation of a US sponsored Islamist ISIS caliphate alongside the rapid demise of the Baghdad government. Meanwhile, the Northern Kurdistan region has de facto declared its independence from Baghdad. Kurdish peshmerga rebel forces (which are supported by Israel) have taken control of the cities of Arbil and Kirkuk. (See map above)

UPDATE [June 17, 2014]

Since the completion of this article (June 10, 2014), information has emerged on the central role played by the Sunni Tribes and sections of the former Baathist movement (including the military) in taking control of Mosul and other cities. The control of Mosul is in the hands of several Sunni opposition groups and the ISIS.

While these forces — which constitute an important component of the resistance movement directed against the al-Maliki government– are firmly opposed to ISIS, a de facto “relationship” has nonetheless emerged between the ISIS and the Sunni resistance movement.

The fact that the US is firmly behind ISIS does not seem to be a matter of concern to the Tribal Council:

Sheikh Zaydan al Jabiri, leader of the political wing of the Tribal Revolutionary Council, told Sky News his organisation viewed ISIS as dangerous terrorists, and that it was capable of taking them on.

“Even this blessed revolution that has taken place in Mosul, there may be jihadist movements involved in it, but the revolution represents all the Iraqi people – it has been brought about by the Sunni tribes, and some baathist elements, it certainly does not belong to ISIS,” he said.

But Mr Jabiri,  [based in Amman]… also made a clear threat that without Western help, the tribes and ISIS may be forced to combine efforts targeting their shared enemy – the Shia-dominated Iraqi government. (Sky News, emphasis added)

An exiled leader of the Iraqi resistance movement calling for “Western help” from the aggressor nation? From the above statement, one has the distinct impression that the Tribal Revolutionary Council has been co-opted and/or infiltrated.

Moreover, in a bitter irony, within sectors of the Sunni resistance movement, US-NATO which supports both the Al Maliki government and the ISIS terrorists– is no longer considered the main aggressor nation.

The Sunni resistance movement broadly considers Iran, which is providing military assistance to the al-Maliki government as well as special forces- as the aggressor alongside the US.

In turn, it would appear that Washington is creating conditions for sucking Iran more deeply into the conflict, under the pretext of joining hands in fighting ISIS terrorism. During talks in Vienna on June 16, US and Iranian officials agreed “to work together to halt ISIS’s momentum—though with no military coordination, the White House stressed”.(WSJ, June 16, 2014)

In chorus The US media applauds:  “The US and Iran have a mutual interest in stemming the advance of the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIS)” (Christian Science Monitor,  June 13 2014).  An absurd proposition knowing that the ISIS is a creature of US intelligence, financed by the Western military alliance, with Western special forces in its ranks.

Is a regional conflict involving Iran in the making?

Tehran is using the ISIS pretext as an “opportunity” to intervene in Iraq: Iran’s intelligence is fully aware that ISIS is a terrorist proxy controlled by the CIA.

Concluding Remarks

There were no Al Qaeda rebels in Iraq prior to the 2003 invasion. Moreover, Al Qaeda was non-existent in Syria until the outset of the US-NATO-Israeli supported insurgency in March 2011.

The ISIS is not an independent entity. It is a creation of US intelligence. It is a US intelligence asset, an instrument of non-conventional warfare.

The ultimate objective of this ongoing US-NATO engineered conflict opposing the al-Maliki government forces to the ISIS insurgency is to destroy and destabilize Iraq as a Nation State. It is part of an intelligence operation, an engineered process of  transforming countries into territories. The break up of Iraq along sectarian lines is a longstanding policy of the US and its allies.

The ISIS is a caliphate project of creating a Sunni Islamist state. It is not a project of the Sunni population of Iraq which historically has been committed to a secular system of government. The caliphate project is a US design. The advances of ISIS forces is intended to garnish broad support within the Sunni population directed against the al-Maliki government

Through its covert support of  the Islamic State of Iraq and al-Sham, Washington is overseeing the demise of its own proxy regime in Baghdad. The issue, however, is not “regime change”,  nor is the “replacement” of the al-Maliki regime contemplated.

The division of Iraq along sectarian-ethnic lines has been on the drawing board of the Pentagon for more than 10 years.

What is envisaged by Washington is the outright suppression of the Baghdad regime and the institutions of the central government, leading to a process of political fracturing and the elimination of Iraq as a country.

This process of political fracturing in Iraq along sectarian lines will inevitably have an impact on Syria, where the US-NATO sponsored terrorists have in large part been defeated.

Destabilization and political fragmentation in Syria is also contemplated: Washington’s intent is no longer to pursue the narrow objective of “regime change” in Damascus. What is contemplated is the break up of both Iraq and Syria along sectarian-ethnic lines.

The formation of the caliphate may be the first step towards a broader conflict in the Middle East, bearing in mind that Iran is supportive of the al-Maliki government and the US ploy may indeed be to encourage the intervention of Iran.

The proposed re-division of both Iraq and Syria is broadly modeled on that of the Federation of Yugoslavia which was split up into seven “independent states” (Serbia, Croatia, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Macedonia (FYRM), Slovenia, Montenegro, Kosovo).

According to Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya, the re division of Iraq into three separate states is part of a broader process of redrawing the Map of the Middle East.

The above map was prepared by Lieutenant-Colonel Ralph Peters. It was published in the Armed Forces Journal in June 2006, Peters is a retired colonel of the U.S. National War Academy. (Map Copyright Lieutenant-Colonel Ralph Peters 2006).

Although the map does not officially reflect Pentagon doctrine, it has been used in a training program at NATO’s Defense College for senior military officers”. (See Plans for Redrawing the Middle East: The Project for a “New Middle East” By Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya, Global Research, November 2006)

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Engineered Destruction and Political Fragmentation of Iraq. “America’s Third War against Iraq” initiated by Obama

Video: Nuclear War Between Russia and the US. “Nuclear Winter”

November 17th, 2024 by Future of Life Institute

[This article was first published on March 9, 2022, revised and expanded on October 5, 2022, minor revisions on May 25, 2023.]

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable. 

All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort”, have been scrapped.

It should be understood, that there are powerful financial interests behind the Nuclear Posture Review (NPR) which are tied into America’s $1.3  trillion nuclear weapons program initiated under President Obama. 

Although the Ukraine conflict has so-far been limited to conventional weapons coupled with “economic warfare”, the use of a large array of sophisticated WMDs including nuclear weapons is on the drawing board of the Pentagon.

Dangerous narrative: The NPR proposes “increased integration of conventional and nuclear planning”, which consists in categorizing tactical nuclear weapons (e.g. B61-11 and 12) as conventional weapons, to be used on a preemptive basis in the conventional war theater (as a means of “self defense”)

According to the Federation of American Scientists, the total number of nuclear warheads Worldwide is of the order of 13,000.  Russia and the United States “each have around 4,000 warheads in their military stockpiles”.

Under Joe Biden, public funds allocated to nuclear weapons are slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030 allegedly as a means to safeguarding peace and national security at taxpayers expense

Biden does not have the foggiest idea regarding the potential impacts of nuclear weapons. 

Michel Chossudovsky, July 10, 2023

***

Video: The Dangers of Nuclear War Are Real

What would happen if a nuclear war were to be sparked between Russia and the United States today?

Who would survive?

In our most scientifically realistic simulation to date, we show what a nuclear war between Russia and the United States might look like today.

It is based on detailed modeling of nuclear targets, missile trajectories, and the effects of blasts, EMPs, and smoke on the climate and food resources.

We have just announced the results of our latest grant program focused on the humanitarian impacts of nuclear war – see the list of projects here: https://futureoflife.org/grant-progra…

Learn more about the risks posed by nuclear weapons and find out how you can take action to reduce the risks here: https://nuclearweapons.info/

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

From “brilliant” to “aghast” — President-elect Donald J. Trump’s nomination on Thursday of Robert F. Kennedy Jr., founder of Children’s Health Defense (CHD), to run the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) triggered a range of reactions among media outlets, public health officials, and Kennedy’s long-time supporters and detractors.

In a statement posted on Truth Social and X, Trump said Kennedy would restore the public health agencies “to the traditions of Gold Standard Scientific Research, and beacons of Transparency, to end the Chronic Disease epidemic, and to Make America Great and Healthy Again!”

Kennedy, who promised to fight corruption and end the revolving door between industry and government, thanked Trump for the nomination on social media. He said he would “free the agencies from the smothering cloud of corporate capture so they can pursue their mission to make Americans once again the healthiest people on Earth.”

.

Read on X

.

Kennedy is a longtime critic of how corporate interests have captured the public health agencies meant to regulate them, and of the outsized and corrupt role that Big Pharma plays in American life.

If confirmed, Kennedy would hold the most powerful governmental position in public health, overseeing 80,000 employees across a department that houses 13 agencies and more than 100 programs. Those agencies include the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the National Institutes of Health and the Center for Medicaid and Medicare Services.

CHD CEO Mary Holland told The Defender the organization “could not be more pleased” with the nomination, adding:

“Kennedy has been devoted to ending the childhood chronic health epidemic for almost 20 years. He has been effective in communicating the failures of our existing public health establishment.

“Based on his extensive litigation history, he is uniquely prepared to reform the regulatory institutions, the research institutions, and public education on health. I look forward to seeing dramatic, measurable improvements in Americans’ health during the Trump administration.”

Cardiologist Dr. Peter McCullough told Fox News that Kennedy would be “such a contrast” to previous public health leadership. He said Kennedy would focus on data transparency and accountability.

“I think we’re going to see a total overhaul of healthcare administration.”

Democratic Colorado Gov. Jared Polis said on X that he was “excited by the news,” particularly about Kennedy’s commitment to fighting chemicals in foods, the power of Big Pharma, and to other health priorities.

“I hope he leans into personal choice on vaccines rather than bans (which I think are terrible, just like mandates) but what I’m most optimistic about is taking on big pharma and the corporate ag oligopoly to improve our health,” he added.

Rep. Chip Roy (R-Texas) told Fox News,

“I think Robert is another disruptor. We need a disruptor. I will be glad and I’m looking forward to working with him,” Politico reported.

Sen. Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) called Kennedy a “brilliant, courageous truth-teller” and said he could make the “most significant impact on health.”

Vaccine Stocks Take a Dive on News of Announcement

On the flip side, some lawmakers and public health leaders expressed alarm, decrying the nomination.

U.S. Rep. Robert Garcia (D-Calif.) called the choice “f—— insane” on X, Fox News reported.

“He’s a vaccine denier and a tin foil hat conspiracy theorist. He will destroy our public health infrastructure and our vaccine distribution systems. This is going to cost lives.”

Dr. Richard E. Besser, CEO of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation and a former acting director of the CDC, said that having Kennedy head up HHS “would pose incredible risks to the health of the nation,” because Kennedy’s critique of the public health agencies was worsening the mistrust lingering after the coronavirus pandemic, The New York Times reported.

Besser told CNN that some of Kennedy’s ideas about chronic health issues regarding children were good ideas, but other ideas were deeply concerning — particularly Kennedy’s proposal that individuals should decide for themselves whether to take a vaccine.

“The idea that receiving childhood vaccines would be a parental choice scares me,” he said.

Current CDC Director Mandy Cohen raised concerns that Kennedy would use the position to spread misinformation and foster distrust in public health institutions, particularly with respect to vaccines.

Kennedy has called for an end to immunity for vaccine manufacturers for the injuries caused by their products. He points out that no vaccine on the childhood immunization schedule has undergone proper safety and efficacy testing.

He has been a long-term advocate for the tens of thousands of families seeking compensation for their children’s vaccine-induced autism.

Kennedy also promised that, if confirmed, he would make the V-safe vaccine injury data collected but not made public by the CDC transparent, so scientists have access to the data necessary to analyze vaccine safety

Vaccine and Pharma stocks fell sharply this morning, following yesterday’s announcement about Kennedy, Reuters reported.

.

Read on X

.

Bavarian Nordic, which makes the mpox vaccine, was down 16%. Its CEO told Reuters he was concerned that Kennedy could fuel vaccine skepticism.

However, he also said that the U.S. response to the COVID-19 pandemic under Trump’s first term made him confident that the incoming administration would continue to fund biodefense.

The Trump administration launched and oversaw Operation Warp Speed, the public-private partnership to rapidly develop a COVID-19 vaccine that gave vaccine makers hundreds of billions in profits along with total immunity for any harms caused by those investigational vaccines under the Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness (PREP) Act.

Kennedy Will be ‘Single Greatest Threat to Profits in America’

Republican advisers have cautioned that Kennedy could face a difficult path to confirmation, The Washington Post reported, citing his “past statements on drugs and vaccines, and his many personal entanglements.” FiercePharma said his confirmation process is likely “to be contentious.”

Physician, professor and Substacker Dr. Vinay Prasad wrote that Trump could use a recess appointment to secure Kennedy’s position, but that he will likely need to be confirmed by the Senate where

“He has a several hundred billion dollar industry that will do everything possible to stop him.”

“Many of these companies have lobbied throughout Congress,” Prasad added. “They will use those connections. Unlike other controversial appointees, RFK Jr. will be the single greatest threat to profits in America.”

If his appointment goes through, Prasad said Kennedy will face a difficult road in getting his proposed policies enacted, given the entrenched power of Pharma and the power of the media that opposes him.

Law professor Wendy Parmet, director of Northeastern University’s Center for Health Policy and Law, pointed to the potential clash between Kennedy’s anti-industry position and the big-business leanings of the Republican Party.

“We have an administration that promises to deregulate, to be business-friendly, and then we have RFK Jr., who promises to go after fast food,” Parmet told The Washington Post.

Health and Health Freedom Advocates Optimistic Kennedy Will Bring Change

Despite the challenges ahead, health advocates are optimistic that changes they have been seeking for decades will come to pass.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, critics of pandemic policies were condemned and marginalized. Kennedy was censored by the Biden administration and social media companies as part of the so-called “Disinformation Dozen” for airing many of those critiques.

Over the course of the election Kennedy — who ran for president as a Democrat, then announced he was running as an independent before suspending his campaign and endorsing Trump — has repeatedly been called a “conspiracy theorist.” Both Kennedy and CHD are routinely dismissed as “anti-vax” for openly discussing the scientific evidence on the link between vaccines and chronic diseases including autism, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder or ADHD and other neuropsychiatric and autoimmune disorders, in some children.

Rather than investigating the science, mainstream media mostly insists these links have been “debunked,” without providing any evidence for their claim.

Kennedy has also called for the removal of fluoride from public drinking water, citing recent studies and a landmark federal court decision that show it interferes with children’s brain development — a concern that has even been flagged by some mainstream public health commentators.

His supporters hope these issues will now receive serious public attention that will lead to policy change.

Holland said on X that Kennedy’s nomination came 38 years to the day after the Vaccine Injury Act that gave vaccine manufacturers immunity from liability was signed into law.

Let’s rewrite this one,” she said.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Brenda Baletti, Ph.D., is a senior reporter for The Defender. She wrote and taught about capitalism and politics for 10 years in the writing program at Duke University. She holds a Ph.D. in human geography from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a master’s from the University of Texas at Austin.

Featured image is from CHD

Chi C’è nella Squadra del Presidente

November 16th, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

Donald Trump, nel discorso della vittoria, ha dichiarato: “Hanno detto: Lui inizierà una guerra. Io non ho mai iniziato una guerra. Io ho l’intenzione di fermare le guerre. Governerò secondo un semplice motto: promesse fatte, promesse mantenute. Manterremo le nostre promesse.” Trump conferma così ufficialmente le linee di politica estera che aveva dichiarato di voler seguire fin dal suo primo mandato nel 2016: “Voglio dire alla comunità mondiale che, mentre metteremo sempre al primo posto gli interessi dell’America, tratteremo in modo equo con ciascuno – tutti i popoli e tutte le altre nazioni. Cercheremo un terreno comune, non l’ostilità; la partnership, non il conflitto”.

Che cosa avverrà ora? La sua elezione sicuramente crea una situazione aperta a cambiamenti rispetto a quella che si sarebbe creata se fosse divenuta presidente, sulla scia di Biden, Kamala Harris.

Occorre però vedere quali saranno tali cambiamenti.  Può essere possibile, ad esempio, l’apertura di un negoziato con Mosca per mettere fine alla guerra USA/NATO contro la Russia tramite l’Ucraina.  Ciò non significherebbe però la rinuncia degli Stati Uniti all’uso della forza militare per mantenere la posizione di predominio che sta perdendo. Lo confermano le nomine a incarichi chiave nella nuova Amministrazione Trump.

Elon Musk guiderà il Dipartimento per l’Efficienza Governativa. Musk ha dichiarato che aiuterà il Presidente a tagliare 2.000 miliardi di dollari dal bilancio federale. Appare però impossibile che tagli l’enorme e crescente spesa militare.  La società missilistica di Musk, SpaceX, porta in orbita la maggior parte dei satelliti del Pentagono.  Elon Musk, l’uomo piùr ricco del mondo, ha ricevuto in dieci anni oltre 15 miliardi di dollari di contratti governativi in particolare con la NASA e il Pentagono. 

A capo del Pentagono Trump ha scelto Pete Hegseth, conduttore di Fox News e veterano delle guerre in Iraq e Afghanistan.  Ha prestato servizio nell’Esercito anche a Guantánamo Bay, Cuba. Trump ha così elogiato l’esperienza di Pete Hegseth: “Pete è un duro, intelligente e un vero sostenitore dell’America First. Con Pete al timone, i nemici dell’America sono avvisati: il nostro esercito sarà di nuovo grande e l’America non si tirerà mai indietro”. Come consigliere per la Sicurezza nazionale Trump ha scelto Mike Waltz. Già ufficiale delle Forze Speciali, membro delle commissioni della Camera che supervisionano le Forze Armate, l’Intelligence e gli Affari Esteri , Waltz è uno dei critici più accesi della Cina al Congresso.

Come Segretario di Stato Trump ha scelto Marco Rubio, vicepresidente della Commissione Intelligence del Senato, che ha una posizione da falco in politica estera soprattutto nei confronti di Cina, Iran, Venezuela e Cuba. Rubio ha inoltre espresso il pieno sostegno statunitense alla guerra di Israele a Gaza. Ha perfino  chiesto di indagare sui funzionari federali che avevano chiesto un cessate-il-fuoco a Gaza, accusandoli di insubordinazione. Il sostegno statunitense a Israele viene rafforzato anche dalla nomina di Mike Huckabee, ex governatore dell’Arkansas, come ambasciatore degli Stati Uniti in Israele.  Huckabee ha pubblicamente dichiarato a che “non esiste una cosa come un Palestinese” e ha sostenuto che “tutta la Cisgiordania appartiene a Israele.”

Manlio Dinucci

VIDEO :

The original article in English is: There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemicby Michel Chossudovsky

[Αυτό το άρθρο μεταφράστηκε από τα αγγλικά.]

Σήμερα, 11 Μαρτίου 2024: Πριν από τέσσερα χρόνια το lockdown για τον Covid-19 επιβλήθηκε με μια πτώση από τις εθνικές κυβερνήσεις σε όλο τον κόσμο. 

Το κλείδωμα υπονοούσε: « Περιορισμός του εργατικού δυναμικού» και « Πάγωμα του χώρου εργασίας».

Κανένας οικονομολόγος δεν έχει αναγνωρίσει αυτή τη σχέση.

Από τη σκοπιά τους, ο ιός ήταν αυτός που πυροδότησε την οικονομική και κοινωνική κατάρρευση.

Η πιο σοβαρή οικονομική και κοινωνική κρίση στην Παγκόσμια Ιστορία, η οποία τέσσερα χρόνια μετά συνεχίζεται ακόμη, οδηγεί σε οικονομικό χάος και μαζική φτώχεια παγκοσμίως.

—Michel Chossudovsky, 11 Μαρτίου 2024


Μήνυμα συγγραφέα προς τους αναγνώστες 

Αυτό το άρθρο που επικεντρώνεται στον υποτιθέμενο νέο κορωνοϊό είναι ένα από τα πιο σημαντικά άρθρα που έχω γράψει.

Υπάρχει ένα στοιχείο απλότητας και κοινής λογικής στο κείμενο.

Στόχος μου είναι αυτό το άρθρο να διαβαστεί και να συζητηθεί εκτενώς στη βάση της κοινωνίας , όχι μόνο από επιστήμονες και γιατρούς.

Η πολυπλοκότητα αυτής της κρίσης είναι συντριπτική. Δεν πρόκειται μόνο για «Κρίση Δημόσιας Υγείας».

Οι επιπτώσεις είναι εκτεταμένες γιατί το άρθρο διαψεύδει και ακυρώνει « τα πάντα» που σχετίζονται με την πανδημία του Covid.  

Αυτές περιλαμβάνουν τις πολιτικές που σχετίζονται με το Κλείδωμα και το   «Εμβόλιο» του Covid-19 , για να μην αναφέρουμε τη διαβόητη Συνθήκη για την Πανδημία και τη «Μεγάλη Επαναφορά» του Παγκόσμιου Οικονομικού Φόρουμ. 

Η επίσημη «αφήγηση της κορώνας» βασίζεται σε ένα «Μεγάλο Ψέμα» που υποστηρίζεται από διεφθαρμένους πολιτικούς.

Αυτή η «επίσημη συναίνεση» είναι εξαιρετικά εύθραυστη.

Η πρόθεσή μας είναι να επισπεύσουμε την κατάρρευσή του «σαν ένα σπίτι από τραπουλόχαρτα». 

Αυτό που τελικά διακυβεύεται είναι η αξία της ανθρώπινης ζωής και το μέλλον της ανθρωπότητας .

Στόχος μας είναι να σώσουμε ζωές, συμπεριλαμβανομένων  εκείνων των νεογέννητων μωρών που είναι θύματα του «εμβόλιου» Covid-19.

Σε αυτή τη συγκυρία της ιστορίας μας, προτεραιότητα είναι η « Απενεργοποίηση της Εκστρατείας Φόβου» και η « Ακύρωση του Εμβολίου»  (συμπεριλαμβανομένης της κατάργησης της λεγόμενης  «Συνθήκης για την Πανδημία» ).

Ας ελπίσουμε ότι αυτό θα θέσει τη βάση για την ανάπτυξη ενός Παγκόσμιου κινήματος αλληλεγγύης , το οποίο αμφισβητεί τη νομιμότητα των ισχυρών οικονομικών ελίτ «Big Money» που βρίσκονται πίσω από αυτό το διαβόητο έργο.

Αγαπητοί αναγνώστες, προωθήστε αυτό το άρθρο και το βίντεο παντού.

Michel Chossudovsky , Global Research, 5 Δεκεμβρίου 2023


«Κατέβα από αυτό το τρελό τρένο.

Ξέρω, είναι τρομακτικό, μπορεί να πονέσει.

Πάρτε πίσω τη σωματική και πνευματική σας αυτονομία και προστατέψτε τα παιδιά σας». — Δρ. Pascal Sacré, Βέλγος συγγραφέας και Ιατρός, Νοέμβριος 2021.

«Η κόλαση είναι άδεια και οι διάβολοι είναι όλοι εδώ».  —Γουίλιαμ Σαίξπηρ, «Η τρικυμία», 1623

Η απάντησή μου στον Σαίξπηρ : «Στείλτε τους διαβόλους πίσω εκεί που ανήκουν».

«Όταν το ψέμα γίνεται η αλήθεια, δεν υπάρχει καμία κίνηση προς τα πίσω».

Εισαγωγή

Η αποσταθεροποίηση της κοινωνικής, πολιτικής και οικονομικής δομής 190 κυρίαρχων χωρών δεν μπορεί να αποτελέσει «λύση» για την καταπολέμηση του  νέου κορωνοϊού   που εμφανίστηκε μυστηριωδώς στη Γουχάν της επαρχίας Χουμπέι (ΛΔΚ) στα τέλη Δεκεμβρίου 2019.

Αυτή ήταν η επιβεβλημένη «λύση» που εφαρμόστηκε σε πολλές στάδια από την αρχή–, που οδήγησαν στο Lockdown τον Μάρτιο του 2020 και στην κυκλοφορία ενός λεγόμενου «εμβόλιου» κατά του Covid 19 τον Δεκέμβριο του 2020 , το οποίο από την έναρξή του έχει οδηγήσει σε μια ανοδική τάση στην υπερβολική θνησιμότητα.

Είναι η καταστροφή των ζωών των ανθρώπων παγκοσμίως. Είναι η αποσταθεροποίηση της κοινωνίας των πολιτών.

Η ψεύτικη επιστήμη υποστήριξε αυτή την καταστροφική ατζέντα.

Τα ψέματα υποστηρίχθηκαν από μια μαζική εκστρατεία παραπληροφόρησης των μέσων ενημέρωσης. 24/7, Αδιάκοπες και επαναλαμβανόμενες «ειδοποιήσεις Covid»  κατά τη διάρκεια τριών και πλέον ετών.

Το ιστορικό lockdown της 11ης Μαρτίου 2020 προκάλεσε οικονομικό και κοινωνικό χάος παγκοσμίως.

Ήταν μια πράξη «οικονομικού πολέμου»: ένας πόλεμος κατά της ανθρωπότητας. 

Ο νέος ιός: 2019-nCoV

Η επίσημη ιστορία είναι ότι ένας επικίνδυνος ΝΕΟΣ ΙΟΣ εντοπίστηκε στο Wuhan, στην επαρχία Hubei, στην Κίνα τον Δεκέμβριο του 2019. Είχε τον τίτλο 2019-nCoV που σημαίνει « 2019 New (n) Corona (Co) Virus (V)».

Την 1η Ιανουαρίου 2020, «οι κινεζικές υγειονομικές αρχές έκλεισαν τη χονδρική αγορά θαλασσινών Huanan στη Γουχάν μετά από αναφορές δυτικών μέσων ενημέρωσης που ισχυρίζονταν ότι τα άγρια ​​ζώα που πωλήθηκαν εκεί μπορεί να ήταν η πηγή του ιού.

Από τις αρχές Ιανουαρίου 2020, ήταν αντικείμενο εκτεταμένης κάλυψης από τα μέσα ενημέρωσης και μιας εκτυλισσόμενης παγκόσμιας εκστρατείας φόβου.

Η παραπληροφόρηση των μέσων ενημέρωσης πήρε μεγάλη ταχύτητα.

«Οι κινεζικές αρχές (φέρεται ότι) «εντόπισαν έναν νέο τύπο ιού» στις 7 Ιανουαρίου 2020, χρησιμοποιώντας το τεστ RT-PCR. Δεν δόθηκαν συγκεκριμένες λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με τη διαδικασία απομόνωσης του ιού.

Αποτυχία αναγνώρισης του νέου κορωνοϊού

Στα τέλη Ιανουαρίου 2020, ο ΠΟΥ επιβεβαίωσε ότι:

Δεν διέθετε απομόνωση 2019-nCoV από καθαρισμένο δείγμα από μολυσμένο ασθενή , πράγμα που σήμαινε ότι δεν ήταν σε θέση να επιβεβαιώσουν την ταυτότητα του νέου κοροναϊού .

11 Φεβρουαρίου 2020. Ο υποτιθέμενος «νέος ιός» μετονομάζεται 

Στις αρχές Φεβρουαρίου 2020, μετά την αποτυχία εντοπισμού του νέου κοροναϊού, ελήφθη απόφαση να αλλάξει το όνομά του σε:

« Ιός κορωνοϊού με σοβαρό οξύ αναπνευστικό σύνδρομο»: SARS-CoV-2 που (σύμφωνα με τον ΠΟΥ) είναι «παρόμοιος» με έναν ιό 20 ετών με τίτλο:

2003-SARS-CoV.

Ένας εικοσάχρονος κορωνοϊός 2003 Κατηγοριοποιήθηκε τον Φεβρουάριο του 2020 ως «Νέος Ιός»; 

Επιβεβαιώθηκε από τον ΠΟΥ και το New England Journal of Medicine, Μάιος 2003 (NEJM) :

«Ένας νέος κορωνοϊός που σχετίζεται με σοβαρό οξύ αναπνευστικό σύνδρομο»

που ξέσπασε στη νότια επαρχία Γκουανγκντόνγκ της Κίνας το 2002 αναγνωρίστηκε και κατηγοριοποιήθηκε ως «νέος ιός» στις 15 Μαΐου 2003 . ( Πριν από περισσότερα από 20 χρόνια )

Δείτε στιγμιότυπο οθόνης του άρθρου NEJM στις 15 Μαΐου 2003 παρακάτω:

.

.

(Κάντε κύλιση προς τα κάτω για ανάλυση και λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με την αναγνώριση και τη μετονομασία του 2019-nCoV)

το βίντεο ξεκινά στις 34′

Βίντεο: Ο ανύπαρκτος «Νέος Κορωνοϊός»;

Κάντε κλικ εδώ για να δείτε το βίντεο . Για να αφήσετε ένα σχόλιο ή να αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση στο Rumble, κάντε κλικ εδώ .

Το «Big Money» και το «Big Pharma» συναντιούνται στο Νταβός

Ο υποτιθέμενος νέος ιός συζητήθηκε ενεργά στο Παγκόσμιο Οικονομικό Φόρουμ (WEF), που συνεδρίασε στο Νταβός της Ελβετίας (22 Ιανουαρίου 2020).

Προτάθηκε από το Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI), μια οντότητα που χρηματοδοτείται από το Ίδρυμα Bill and Melinda Gates, παρουσιάστηκε ένα πρόγραμμα εμβολίου 2019-nCoV .

Ανακοινώθηκε στο Νταβός, η Moderna με έδρα το Σιάτλ (με την υποστήριξη της CEPI) επρόκειτο να κατασκευάσει ένα εμβόλιο mRNA για την οικοδόμηση ανοσίας έναντι του 2019-nCoV.

Τα στοιχεία καθώς και οι δηλώσεις στο Νταβός υποδηλώνουν ότι το έργο εμβολίου 2019-nCoV βρισκόταν ήδη σε εξέλιξη στις αρχές του 2019.

Και το CEPI είχε πρόγνωση σχετικά με την ανακοίνωση του 2019 nCoV. (Michel Chossudovsky, Κεφάλαιο VIII ).

.

Σημείωση: Η ανάπτυξη ενός εμβολίου nCoV 2019 ανακοινώθηκε στο Νταβός, 2 εβδομάδες μετά την ανακοίνωση της 7ης Ιανουαρίου 2020 και μόλις μια εβδομάδα πριν από την επίσημη έναρξη της έκτακτης ανάγκης του ΠΟΥ για τη Δημόσια Υγεία σε όλο τον κόσμο στις 30 Ιανουαρίου. Το WEF-Gates-CEPI Η ανακοίνωση για το εμβόλιο προηγείται της Έκτακτης Ανάγκης Δημόσιας Υγείας του ΠΟΥ (PHEIC)

.

Όλα αυτά εκτυλίσσονταν σε μια περίοδο που ο υποτιθέμενος  νέος κορωνοϊός δεν είχε απομονωθεί, η ταυτότητά του δεν είχε επιβεβαιωθεί και ο αριθμός των αναφερόμενων κρουσμάτων στην Κίνα ήταν εξαιρετικά χαμηλός: «Μέχρι τις 3 Ιανουαρίου 2020, αναφέρθηκαν 44 κρούσματα. 11 είναι βαριά άρρωστοι, ενώ οι υπόλοιποι 33 ασθενείς είναι σε σταθερή κατάσταση ( Έκθεση ΠΟΥ).

Δεν υπήρχαν στοιχεία για μια επιδημία που εκτυλίσσεται στην Κίνα, ούτε υπήρχαν στοιχεία για διαρροή εργαστηρίου .

Και στη συνέχεια, στις 30 Ιανουαρίου 2020, ο Γενικός Διευθυντής του ΠΟΥ, Δρ. Τέντρος, κήρυξε κατάσταση έκτακτης ανάγκης για τη δημόσια υγεία διεθνούς ενδιαφέροντος (PHEIC) χωρίς απολύτως κανένα στοιχείο για απειλητική επιδημία.

Την ίδια ημέρα υπήρχαν 83 θετικά κρούσματα παγκοσμίως εκτός Κίνας  για πληθυσμό 6,4 δισεκατομμυρίων ανθρώπων.

Δείτε τον παρακάτω πίνακα: 5 θετικά κρούσματα στις ΗΠΑ, 3 στον Καναδά, 4 στη Γαλλία και 4 στη Γερμανία.

Και αυτές οι περιπτώσεις βασίστηκαν στο τεστ RT-Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) που δεν ανιχνεύει την ταυτότητα του ιού. (Βλ. Παράρτημα).

.

page25 εικόνα363279504

Στιγμιότυπο από τον ΠΟΥ, 29 Ιανουαρίου 2020. Αριθμός επιβεβαιωμένων θετικών κρουσμάτων στις ΗΠΑ, τον Καναδά, τη Γαλλία και τη Γερμανία

.

Τρεις εβδομάδες αργότερα, σε συνέντευξη Τύπου στις 20 Φεβρουαρίου 2020, ο Γενικός Διευθυντής του ΠΟΥ, Δρ. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, είπε ότι η πανδημία ήταν επικείμενη:

«[Ανησυχώ] ότι η ευκαιρία να περιοριστεί το ξέσπασμα του κορωνοϊού «έκλεινε» 

«Πιστεύω ότι το παράθυρο ευκαιρίας είναι ακόμα εκεί, αλλά ότι το παράθυρο στενεύει».

Ποια ήταν τα στοιχεία που παρέθεσε ο Δρ Τέντρος για να υποστηρίξει την τολμηρή δήλωσή του;

Στις 20 Φεβρουαρίου 2020, υπήρχαν μόνο 1076 επιβεβαιωμένα κρούσματα εκτός Κίνας (συμπεριλαμβανομένων εκείνων του κρουαζιερόπλοιου Diamond Princess που είχε αποκλειστεί στα χωρικά ύδατα της Ιαπωνίας).

Την ίδια ημέρα, ο ΠΟΥ έδωσε τα δεδομένα των επιβεβαιωμένων κρουσμάτων «ανά χώρες, εδάφη ή περιοχές εκτός Κίνας» :  15 στις ΗΠΑ, 8 στον Καναδά, 16 στη Γερμανία, 12 στη Γαλλία, 9 στο Ηνωμένο Βασίλειο

11 Μαρτίου 2020: Το ιστορικό lockdown πανδημίας COVID-19, «Κλείσιμο» περίπου 190 Εθνικών Οικονομιών 

Ο Γενικός Διευθυντής του ΠΟΥ είχε ήδη προετοιμάσει το βήμα στη συνέντευξη Τύπου της 21ης ​​Φεβρουαρίου.

«Ο κόσμος πρέπει να κάνει περισσότερα για να προετοιμαστεί για μια πιθανή πανδημία του κορωνοϊού».

Ο ΠΟΥ κήρυξε επίσημα παγκόσμια πανδημία σε μια εποχή που υπήρχαν 44.279 (σωρευτικά) θετικά κρούσματα Covid εκτός Κίνας για πληθυσμό 6,4 δισεκατομμυρίων. (Για λεπτομέρειες βλέπε Michel Chossudovsky, Κεφάλαιο II )

Η προσομοίωση «Εκδήλωση 201» Οκτωβρίου 2019 ενός «Επικίνδυνου ιού» με τίτλο nCoV-2019

Το Event 201 ήταν μια επιτραπέζια προσομοίωση μιας επιδημίας κορωνοϊού, με χορηγία του John Hopkins και του Gates Foundation.

Ο ΠΟΥ αρχικά υιοθέτησε ακριβώς το ίδιο αρκτικόλεξο (για να προσδιορίσει τον νέο κορωνοϊό) με αυτό της εξομοίωσης πανδημίας του Johns Hopkins Exercise 201.

Το όνομα του νέου κοροναϊού ήταν (με εξαίρεση την τοποθέτηση του 2019) πανομοιότυπο με αυτό της προσομοίωσης Event 201.

Στην οποία συμμετείχαν εξέχουσες προσωπικότητες, πραγματοποιήθηκε στις 18 Οκτωβρίου 2019, λιγότερο από τρεις μήνες πριν από την ανακοίνωση στις αρχές Ιανουαρίου 2020 ενός νέου κορωνοϊού.

Μεταξύ των συμμετεχόντων, ήταν εκπρόσωποι (γνωστοί και ως υπεύθυνοι λήψης αποφάσεων) από τον ΠΟΥ, το US Intelligence, το Gates Foundation, την Global Alliance on Vaccines and Immunization (GAVI) (χρηματοδοτούμενο από το Ίδρυμα Gates), το Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI). ), το Παγκόσμιο Οικονομικό Φόρουμ (WEF), τα Ηνωμένα Έθνη, τα Κέντρα Ελέγχου και Πρόληψης Νοσημάτων των ΗΠΑ (CDC), το Κέντρο Ελέγχου και Πρόληψης Νοσημάτων της Κίνας (CDC, Διευθυντής Δρ. George Fu Gao), Big Pharma, η Παγκόσμια Τράπεζα , μεταξύ άλλων.

Αυτοί οι διάφοροι οργανισμοί έπαιξαν καθοριστικό ρόλο όταν η λεγόμενη πανδημία κυκλοφόρησε στις αρχές του 2020 .

Πολλά χαρακτηριστικά της «άσκησης προσομοίωσης» του 201 αντιστοιχούσαν στην πραγματικότητα με αυτό που πραγματικά συνέβη όταν ο Γενικός Διευθυντής του ΠΟΥ εγκαινίασε μια Παγκόσμια Έκτακτη Ανάγκη για τη Δημόσια Υγεία (PHEIC) στις 30 Ιανουαρίου 2020.

Επιπλέον, οι χορηγοί του Event 201 — συμπεριλαμβανομένου του WEF και του Gates Foundation — καθώς και οι συμμετέχοντες συμμετείχαν ενεργά από την αρχή στον συντονισμό (και τη χρηματοδότηση) πολιτικών που σχετίζονται με τον COVID-19, συμπεριλαμβανομένου του τεστ RT-PCR, του lockdown τον Μάρτιο του 2020 καθώς και το εμβόλιο mRNA, που κυκλοφόρησε τον Δεκέμβριο του 2020

Ο διευθυντής CDC της Κίνας Δρ. George Fu Gao  –ο οποίος συμμετείχε στην προσομοίωση 201– έπαιξε κεντρικό ρόλο στην επίβλεψη της επιδημίας COVID-19 στη Γουχάν στις αρχές του 2020, ενεργώντας σε στενή επαφή με τον μέντορά του Δρ. Anthony Fauci , καθώς και με τον Gates Foundation, CEPI, et al.

Ο Δρ Γκάο Φου είναι απόφοιτος της Οξφόρδης με συνδέσμους στο Big Pharma. Ήταν επίσης για αρκετά χρόνια μέλος του Wellcome Trust. (REF)

Η μυστηριώδης «ταυτότητα του ιού»

Το όνομα του ιού αναγνωρίστηκε για πρώτη φορά:

  • Οκτώβριος 2020: Σενάριο προσομοίωσης 201 Οκτώβριος 2020: nCoV-2019 
  • Δεκέμβριος 2019, Γουχάν: 2019 nCoV

Και τότε, μυστηριωδώς, μια άλλη αλλαγή στο όνομα του ιού έλαβε χώρα στις 11 Φεβρουαρίου 2020.

από  το 2019-nCoV στο SARS-CoV-2, που σημαίνει  «Σοβαρό οξύ αναπνευστικό σύνδρομο»: SARS – Corona (Co) Virus(V)-2″.  

Δεν υπήρχε πλέον  πρόθεμα “n” (που υποδεικνύει ότι ήταν ΝΕΟΣ ΙΟΣ) . Το πρόθεμα “n” αντικαταστάθηκε από ένα επίθημα “2”.

Ποια είναι η έννοια του SARS-CoV-2 .

Πιο συγκεκριμένα ποια είναι η σημασία του μυστηριώδους επιθέματος «2»;  

Αφορά έναν ιό 20 ετών με τίτλο:

2003 -SARS-CoV, ο οποίος σε καμία περίπτωση δεν μπορεί να κατηγοριοποιηθεί ως ΝΕΟΣ ΙΟΣ

«Νέος Ιός» έναντι «Παλιού Ιού»: Το 2002-2003 «Σοβαρό Οξύ Αναπνευστικό Σύνδρομο» (SARS)

Ο SARS-CoV-2   –που από τις 11 Φεβρουαρίου 2020 είχε γίνει η επίσημη ονομασία του νέου κοροναϊού του 2019– δεν είναι σε καμία περίπτωση ΝΕΟΣ ΙΟΣ.  

Flash Back στην Κίνα, επαρχία Γκουανγκντόνγκ 2002-2003.

Επιβεβαιώθηκε από τον ΠΟΥ και αξιολογημένες εκθέσεις από ομοτίμους:

«Ένας νέος κορωνοϊός που σχετίζεται με σοβαρό οξύ αναπνευστικό σύνδρομο» ξέσπασε στο Γκουανγκντόνγκ της επαρχίας της ΛΔΚ το 2002.

.

NEJM, Μάιος 2003

.

Το SARS κατηγοριοποιήθηκε ως νέος κοροναϊός το 2003 . δηλαδή δεν είναι πλέον ΝΕΟ. Εντοπίστηκε και απομονώθηκε πριν από 20 χρόνια στις αρχές του 2003.

Κατά τη διάρκεια των τελευταίων είκοσι ετών πρέπει να είχε ως αποτέλεσμα πολλαπλές παραλλαγές του αρχικού 2003-SARS-Coronavirus .

Τα βασικά χαρακτηριστικά του ιού 2003-SARS-CoV

Επιβεβαιώθηκε από  τον ΠΟΥ :

«Το Σοβαρό οξύ αναπνευστικό σύνδρομο (SARS) είναι μια ιογενής αναπνευστική νόσος που προκαλείται από έναν κορονοϊό που σχετίζεται με το SARS. Εντοπίστηκε για πρώτη φορά στα τέλη Φεβρουαρίου 2003 [περισσότερα από 20 χρόνια πριν] κατά τη διάρκεια μιας επιδημίας που εμφανίστηκε στην Κίνα και εξαπλώθηκε σε 4 άλλες χώρες. … 

Ένα παγκόσμιο ξέσπασμα σοβαρού οξέος αναπνευστικού συνδρόμου (SARS) έχει συσχετιστεί με εκθέσεις που προέρχονται από έναν μόνο άρρωστο εργαζόμενο στον τομέα της υγείας από την επαρχία Γκουανγκντόνγκ της Κίνας. Πραγματοποιήσαμε μελέτες για τον εντοπισμό του αιτιολογικού παράγοντα αυτής της εστίας.

…  ένας νέος κορωνοϊός απομονώθηκε από ασθενείς που πληρούσαν τον ορισμό των κρουσμάτων του SARS.  … Οι συναινετικοί εκκινητές κορωνοϊού σχεδιασμένοι για να ενισχύσουν ένα θραύσμα του γονιδίου της πολυμεράσης με αντίστροφη μεταγραφή-αλυσιδωτή αντίδραση πολυμεράσης (RT-PCR) χρησιμοποιήθηκαν για να ληφθεί μια αλληλουχία που αναγνώριζε ξεκάθαρα το προϊόν απομόνωσης ως μοναδικό κορωνοϊό που σχετίζεται μόνο με μακρινή αλληλουχία με προηγουμένως προσδιορισμένους κορονοϊούς .

Αυτό που είναι σημαντικό σε αυτήν την έκθεση είναι ότι ο ΠΟΥ επιβεβαίωσε ότι ο  νέος κορωνοϊός του 2003  με τίτλο 2003 SARS-CoV είχε απομονωθεί από δείγματα ασθενών, εντοπίστηκε και χαρακτηρίστηκε «σοβαρό οξύ αναπνευστικό σύνδρομο»  τον Μάρτιο του 2003.

Ο ΠΟΥ επιβεβαιώνει επίσης ότι: Η θνητότητα μεταξύ των ατόμων με ασθένεια … για πιθανές και ύποπτες περιπτώσεις SARS είναι περίπου 3%» (Βλ. Παράρτημα).

Απουσία απομόνωσης του «Νέου ιού 2019 (2019-nCoV)» 

Ενώ ο  SARS-CoV του 2003 απομονώθηκε δεόντως, ο ΠΟΥ αναγνώρισε τον Ιανουάριο του 2020 ότι δεν είχε απομονωμένο και καθαρισμένο δείγμα του νέου κοροναϊού του 2019 από μολυσμένο ασθενή, πράγμα που σήμαινε ότι δεν ήταν σε θέση να επιβεβαιώσουν την ταυτότητα του (“ επικίνδυνος») νέος κορωνοϊός 2019 με τίτλο 2019-nCoV. Αυτός ήταν ο λόγος που δόθηκε. Ακούγεται παράλογο. 

Πώς επιλύθηκε αυτό το θέμα. Μετά από συμβουλές από το Ίδρυμα Gates, ο ΠΟΥ ήταν σε επαφή με το Ινστιτούτο Ιολογίας του Βερολίνου στο Νοσοκομείο Charité .

Υπό την επιστημονική καθοδήγηση του  Δρ. Christian Drosten , η μελέτη Ιολογίας του Βερολίνου είχε τον τίτλο:

Ανίχνευση του νέου κοροναϊού 2019 (2019-nCoV) με RT-PCR σε πραγματικό χρόνο

.

σελίδα 40 εικόνα1120979488

.

Η μελέτη του Ινστιτούτου Ιολογίας του Βερολίνου  αναγνώρισε σταθερά ότι:

[Ενώ]… είχαν απελευθερωθεί αρκετές αλληλουχίες ιικού γονιδιώματος,… απομονώσεις ιού ή δείγματα [του 2019-nCoV] από μολυσμένους ασθενείς δεν ήταν διαθέσιμα …»

Αυτό που συνέστησε η ομάδα του Βερολίνου στον ΠΟΥ ήταν ότι ελλείψει απομόνωσης του ιού 2019-nCoV, ένας παρόμοιος ιός SARS-CoV του 2003 θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως «πληρεξούσιος» (σημείο αναφοράς) του νέου κοροναϊού του 2019:

«Οι αλληλουχίες του γονιδιώματος υποδηλώνουν την παρουσία ενός ιού που σχετίζεται στενά με τα μέλη ενός ιικού είδους που ονομάζεται CoV που σχετίζεται με το σοβαρό οξύ αναπνευστικό σύνδρομο (SARS) , ένα είδος που ορίζεται από τον παράγοντα της επιδημίας του SARS το 2002/03 στον άνθρωπο [3,4 ].

Αναφέρουμε τη δημιουργία και την επικύρωση μιας διαγνωστικής ροής εργασιών για τον προσυμπτωματικό έλεγχο 2019-nCoV και την ειδική επιβεβαίωση [χρησιμοποιώντας τη δοκιμή RT-PCR], που έχει σχεδιαστεί ελλείψει διαθέσιμων απομονώσεων ιού ή πρωτότυπων δειγμάτων ασθενών.

Ο σχεδιασμός και η επικύρωση επέτρεψαν τη στενή γενετική συγγένεια με τον SARS-CoV του 2003 και υποβοηθήθηκαν από τη χρήση τεχνολογίας συνθετικών νουκλεϊκών οξέων». (Eurosurveillance , 23 Ιανουαρίου 2020, η έμφαση δόθηκε).

Αυτό που υποδηλώνει αυτή η διφορούμενη δήλωση είναι ότι δεν απαιτείται η ταυτότητα του 2019-nCoV και ότι «επιβεβαιωμένα κρούσματα COVID-19» (γνωστά και ως μόλυνση που προέρχονται από τον νέο κορωνοϊό του 2019) θα επικυρώνονταν από «τη στενή γενετική συγγένεια με τον SARS-CoV του 2003 .»

Πώς θα μπορούσε ο νέος ιός να κατηγοριοποιηθεί ως παρόμοιος χωρίς να έχει ταυτοποιηθεί, δηλαδή χωρίς «απομόνωση»;

Επιπλέον, λάβετε υπόψη σας ότι ενώ το τεστ PCR δεν ανιχνεύει τον ιό, ανιχνεύει γενετικά θραύσματα (πολλών ιών).

Πιστόλι καπνίσματος

Αυτό σημαίνει ότι ένας κορωνοϊός που εντοπίστηκε πριν από 20 χρόνια (τη στιγμή που γράφονται αυτές οι γραμμές) στην επαρχία Γκουανγκντόνγκ ( 2003 SARS-CoV ) έχει χρησιμοποιηθεί για να «επικυρώσει» την ταυτότητα ενός λεγόμενου «νέου κορωνοϊού» που εντοπίστηκε για πρώτη φορά στην κινεζική Hubei. Επαρχία στα τέλη Δεκεμβρίου 2019.

Οι συστάσεις της μελέτης Drosten (που χρηματοδοτήθηκε με επιχορήγηση 249.000 $ από το Ίδρυμα Gates) διαβιβάστηκαν στη συνέχεια στον ΠΟΥ.

Στη συνέχεια εγκρίθηκαν από τον Γενικό Διευθυντή του ΠΟΥ, Δρ. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus .

Ο ΠΟΥ δεν είχε στην κατοχή του το «απομόνωση ιού» που απαιτείται για την αναγνώριση του νέου ιού.

“Δεν πειράζει”.  Αποφασίστηκε ότι δεν απαιτείται απομόνωση του νέου κοροναϊού.

Είναι λογικό ότι εάν το τεστ PCR χρησιμοποιεί τον ιό SARS-CoV του 2003 ως υποκατάστατο ή «σημείο αναφοράς» , δεν μπορεί να υπάρχουν «επιβεβαιωμένες» περιπτώσεις που να σχετίζονται με τον νέο κοροναϊό 2019-nCoV.

Ο νέος κορωνοϊός 2019 nCoV του 2019  μετονομάστηκε σε SARS-CoV-2 στις 11 Φεβρουαρίου 2020 από τη Διεθνή Επιτροπή για την Ταξινόμηση των Ιών . Αυτό εξηγεί το επίθημα 2.

Ο νέος κοροναϊός του 2019 λέγεται ότι είναι «παρόμοιος» με  τον 2003-SARS-CoV, ο οποίος στη συνέχεια μετονομάστηκε σε SARS-CoV-1 ( για να τον διακρίνει από τον SARS-CoV-2). 

Ο ΝΕΟΣ Ιός (2019 nCoV) είναι «ανύπαρκτος» όσον αφορά το τεστ RT-PCR .

Πλήρως τεκμηριωμένο, το τεστ RT-PCR ανιχνεύει γενετικά θραύσματα πολλών ιών χωρίς να μπορεί να αναγνωρίσει τον ιό.

Δείτε την κριτική μας για την RT-PCR στο Παράρτημα αυτού του άρθρου.

Η σημασία και η ασάφεια της απόφασης του ΠΟΥ –μετά τη συμβουλή του Ινστιτούτου Ιολογίας του Βερολίνου– και συγκεκριμένα το ζήτημα της «απομόνωσης» του νέου κορωνοϊού έχουν παραβλεφθεί επιπόλαια.

“Χωρίς ερωτήσεις”

Τα βρετανικά μέσα ενημέρωσης ανέφεραν στις 6 Φεβρουαρίου 2020 την αλλαγή στο όνομα του ιού:

«[Ο] θανατηφόρος κορονοϊός θα αποκτήσει ΕΠΙΤΕΛΟΥΣ όνομα: Οι επιστήμονες σχεδιάζουν να ονομάσουν επίσημα την ασθένεια «εντός ημερών» – αλλά δεν θα την αποκαλούν με κανένα μέρος ή ζώο.

Η Διεθνής Επιτροπή για την Ταξινόμηση των Ιών υπέβαλε ένα όνομα. …

Big Money, Big Pharma. Δικαιώματα Ευρεσιτεχνίας 

Ας έχουμε κατά νου: Η κρίση του Covid, η οποία είναι ακόμη σε εξέλιξη, είναι μια  επιχείρηση Big Money παγκοσμίως , με πολυάριθμα προϊόντα Big Pharma, που εκτείνονται από την παγκόσμια κακή χρήση του τεστ RT-PCR έως το έργο εμβολίου Big Pharma πολλών δισεκατομμυρίων δολαρίων, στο οποίο κυριαρχεί σε μεγάλο βαθμό η Pfizer .

Ήταν η αλλαγή του ονόματος του ιού σε SARS-CoV-2 θέμα «δικαιωμάτων» και δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής ιδιοκτησίας;

Τα Δικαιώματα Ευρεσιτεχνίας των ΗΠΑ , που αφορούν το 2003 SARS-CoV, κατατέθηκαν τον Απρίλιο του 2004 και ανατέθηκαν τον Μάιο του 2007 στο Υπουργείο Υγείας και Ανθρωπίνων Υπηρεσιών των ΗΠΑ: 

Αριθμός ευρεσιτεχνίας: US 7,220,852 B1 Ημερομηνία ευρεσιτεχνίας: 22 Μαΐου 2007. (Αυτό είναι θέμα για περαιτέρω έρευνα.)

«Το μεγάλο ψέμα» και ο «ανύπαρκτος νέος ιός». Ποιες είναι οι συνέπειες;

Όπως τεκμηριώθηκε παραπάνω (επιβεβαιώθηκε από τον ΠΟΥ) ο νέος κορωνοϊός του 2019 δεν εντοπίστηκε ποτέ.

Η χρήση ενός ιού ηλικίας 20 ετών με τίτλο 2003 SARS-CoV  ως πληρεξούσιο για τον υποτιθέμενο νέο ιό επιβεβαιώνει ότι ΔΕΝ υπήρξε  ΠΑΝΔΗΜΙΑ που προέκυψε από έναν ΝΕΟ ΚΟΡΩΝΑΙΟ ΙΟΥΣ τον Ιανουάριο-Μάρτιο 2020.

ΔΕΝ ΥΠΗΡΧΕ «ΝΕΟΣ ΙΟΣ» .

Αυτό σημαίνει ότι τόσο οι  πολιτικές καταστροφικού lockdown που επιβλήθηκαν σε 190 χώρες (11 Μαρτίου 2020) όσο και η  Παγκόσμια Διάδοση του Εμβολίου Covid-19 (μέσα Δεκεμβρίου 2020) είναι δόλιες. Βασίζονται σε ένα «Μεγάλο Ψέμα»,   το οποίο έχει συμβάλει στη διάρκεια σχεδόν τεσσάρων ετών στην κυριολεκτική καταστροφή των ζωών των ανθρώπων. 

«Το μεγάλο ψέμα» επιταχύνει το κλείδωμα 

Η ανείπωτη αλήθεια είναι ότι ο νέος κορωνοϊός έδωσε ένα πρόσχημα και μια δικαιολογία σε ισχυρά οικονομικά συμφέροντα και διεφθαρμένους πολιτικούς για να βυθίσουν ολόκληρο τον κόσμο σε μια σπείρα μαζικής ανεργίας, χρεοκοπίας, ακραίας φτώχειας και απελπισίας.

Το lockdown ήταν μια πράξη οικονομικού και κοινωνικού πολέμου. Το εργατικό δυναμικό ήταν περιορισμένο, ο χώρος εργασίας έχει παγώσει, οδηγώντας σε μια κατασκευασμένη παγκόσμια οικονομική κατάρρευση.

Αυτή η κρίση σε καμία περίπτωση δεν έχει τελειώσει. Ολόκληρος ο Κόσμος στραγγαλίζεται αυτή τη στιγμή στην Παγκόσμια Ιστορία της Σοβαρότερης Κρίσης Χρέους . Όλες οι κατηγορίες χρεών (ιδιωτικών και δημοσίων).

Με τα λόγια των δισεκατομμυριούχων του WEF σε όσους χάνουν τα σπίτια τους ή δεν μπορούν να πληρώσουν το μηνιαίο ενοίκιο τους: το σύνθημά τους είναι:

« Να μην έχεις τίποτα να είσαι ευτυχισμένος».

Το «εμβόλιο» mRNA που προορίζεται να προστατεύσει τους ανθρώπους από έναν «ανύπαρκτο νέο ιό» 

Το επαρκώς τεκμηριωμένο «εμβόλιο» mRNA που προοριζόταν να προστατεύσει τους ανθρώπους από αυτόν τον ανύπαρκτο νέο κορωνοϊό που μετονομάστηκε σε SARS-nCoV-2,  είχε ως αποτέλεσμα μια ανοδική τάση στην υπερβολική θνησιμότητα.

Υπάρχει η Εμπιστευτική Έκθεση της Pfizer που δημοσιεύθηκε στο πλαίσιο της Ελευθερίας της Πληροφορίας, η οποία επιβεβαιώνει με βάση τα δικά της δεδομένα ότι το εμβόλιο είναι τοξική ουσία.   Για πρόσβαση στην πλήρη αναφορά της Pfizer κάντε κλικ εδώ

Τα στοιχεία είναι συντριπτικά: Υπάρχουν πολυάριθμες μελέτες σχετικά με την υπερβολική θνησιμότητα που σχετίζεται με τα εμβόλια. 

Παρακάτω είναι μια περίληψη μιας αποφασιστικής μελέτης που σχετίζεται με την  Υπερβολική Θνησιμότητα που σχετίζεται με τον Καρκίνο στην Αγγλία και την Ουαλία  που προκύπτει από το εμβόλιο mRNA που διεξήχθη από την ομάδα του  Edward Dowd .

Η μέθοδος του Dowd ήταν να αναλύσει τον αριθμό των θανάτων που αποδίδονται στον καρκίνο στην Αγγλία και την Ουαλία μεταξύ 2010 και 2022  (με βάση τα δεδομένα του Γραφείου Εθνικής Στατιστικής του Ηνωμένου Βασιλείου).

Ο παρακάτω πίνακας αναφέρεται σε υπερβολικούς θανάτους που σχετίζονται με  κακοήθη νεόπλασμα (καρκινικός όγκος) στην Αγγλία και την Ουαλία, που καταγράφηκαν σε τρία συνεχόμενα έτη: 2020, 2021 και 2022 έναντι τάσης 10 ετών (2010-2019).

Τα δεδομένα για υπερβολική θνησιμότητα το 2020 (το έτος πριν από το εμβόλιο) είναι αρνητικά με εξαίρεση το «κακοήθη νεόπλασμα χωρίς προσδιορισμό της θέσης».

Το εμβόλιο για τον COVID-19 κυκλοφόρησε σε διάφορες φάσεις στην Αγγλία και την Ουαλία ξεκινώντας στις 8 Δεκεμβρίου 2020  και επεκτείνοντας τον Μάρτιο-Απρίλιο 2021.

Η ανοδική κίνηση της υπερβάλλουσας θνησιμότητας (%) ξεκινά το 2021. Η αύξηση της πλεονάζουσας θνησιμότητας που σχετίζεται με κακοήθη νεόπλασμα καταγράφεται σε πίνακα για τα δύο πρώτα χρόνια του εμβολίου. 

.

.

Παρακάτω είναι ένας παρόμοιος πίνακας που σχετίζεται με την Υπερβολική Θνησιμότητα στη Γερμανία , ο οποίος δείχνει την Απόκλιση της Παρατηρούμενης Θνησιμότητας από την Αναμενόμενη Θνησιμότητα (ανά ηλικιακή ομάδα) το 2020, το 2021 και το 2022.

Παρατηρήστε την ανοδική μετατόπιση της υπερβολικής θνησιμότητας το 2021 και το 2022 μετά την κυκλοφορία του εμβολίου κατά του Covid τον Δεκέμβριο του 2020.

Γερμανία: Υπερβολική Θνησιμότητα κατά Ηλικιακή Ομάδα (%)

.

Υπερβολική Θνησιμότητα στο Κόκκινο κατά ηλικιακή ομάδα, Συνολική Υπερβολική Θνησιμότητα σε Γκρι 

.

Παραπληροφόρηση ΜΜΕ, Τολμηρά ψέματα 

Υπάρχουν πολυάριθμες μελέτες για την υπερβολική θνησιμότητα που προκύπτει από το εμβόλιο, οι οποίες αγνοούνται από τα μέσα ενημέρωσης.

Πάντα τα δημοσιεύματα του Τύπου αναφέρουν με κύρος ότι είναι  ο ιός που είναι «επικίνδυνος» ή «θανατηφόρος» , ενώ στην πραγματικότητα είναι το «εμβόλιο» που έχει πυροδοτήσει μια ανοδική τάση στη θνησιμότητα.

Η Daily Mail (6 Φεβρουαρίου 2020) αναφέρεται σε έναν «θανατηφόρο κορωνοϊό» υποδηλώνοντας ότι εξαπλώνεται σε όλο τον κόσμο.

Ο χαρακτηρισμός του επικίνδυνου ιού είναι ένα τολμηρό ΨΕΜΑ:

Επιβεβαιωμένο από τον ΠΟΥ, το CDC και τις αναθεωρημένες εκθέσεις από ομοτίμους, ο nCoV-19 του 2019  δεν είναι επικίνδυνος.

Known for his incontrovertible stance against COVID vaccines, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.’s nomination for Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) under the second Trump administration leaves the public questioning on whether or not he will order the suspension of COVID vaccines. 

The following are among Global Research’s most popular articles on the dangers of COVID vaccines and vaccine-related deaths and injuries. 

***

.

Endorse Robert F. Kennedy Jr: The COVID “Killer Vaccine”. People Are Dying All Over the World. It’s a Criminal Undertaking. We Call Upon Its Immediate Cancellation!

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 15, 2024

Trump’s selection of Bobby Kennedy will require Senate confirmation. While the Republicans control the Senate, will the Kennedy nomination be endorsed? As Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS), will he be in a position to call for the cancellation of the vaccine to the detriment of Big Pharma?

COVID-19 Vaccine-associated Mortality in the Southern Hemisphere

By Prof Denis Rancourt, Dr. Marine Baudin, Dr. Joseph Hickey, and Dr. Jérémie Mercier, February 13, 2024

Seventeen equatorial and Southern-Hemisphere countries were studied (Argentina, Australia, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Malaysia, New Zealand, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa, Suriname, Thailand, Uruguay), which comprise 9.10 % of worldwide population, 10.3 % of worldwide COVID-19 injections (vaccination rate of 1.91 injections per person, all ages), virtually every COVID-19 vaccine type and manufacturer, and span 4 continents.

Video: RFK Jr. and His Position on Vaccines

By Robert F. Kennedy Jr, July 26, 2024

My issue has always been that I wanna get the pharmaceutical industry out of the regulatory process. I want to have good science so we have a very good information possible on efficacy issues and safety issues.

Video: “The design of the so called COVID-19 vaccines was intentionally to harm people.” Dr. Mike Yeadon

By Patricia Harrity and Dr. Mike Yeadon, December 11, 2023

I’m going to tell you that the design of the so-called vaccines was intentionally to harm people, and I’m going to give you several examples of that based on my extensive industry experience of rational drug design. Not a single atom or molecule in a synthetic drug is in there. By luck, it’s in there because people chose it to be in there and they intended certain things to flow from their choices.

The Worldwide “Pandemic Treaty” and the COVID-19 Vaccine: Countering Propaganda with Truth. William Makis and Naomi Wolf

By Michael Welch, Dr. William Makis, and Dr. Naomi Wolf, December 16, 2023

The guardians of the major Health Care authorities now seemingly bought and paid for by Big Pharma continue the standard verse that the COVID-19 vaccines are safe and effective and that anyone who says otherwise is passing on “dis-information.

Japan’s Most Senior Cancer Doctor: COVID Shots Are ‘Essentially Murder’

By Emily Mangiaracina, September 16, 2024

In an interview published April 19, Dr. Masanori Fukushima, who spearheaded the first cancer outpatient clinic at Kyoto University and launched the first course in pharmacoepidemiology there, listed a slew of problems with the COVID mRNA jabs, evidencing what he called an evil “abuse of science.”

Agenda to Depopulate the Planet Through COVID Vaccination. Revealed by Government Reports and Pfizer Documents

By The Expose, October 24, 2024

The push for mass Covid-19 vaccination was never about combating a virus. It was about reducing the global population. This goal aligns with the interests of certain powerful corporations and individuals who stand to benefit from a smaller, more manageable population now that AI is advanced enough to replace hundreds of millions of workers.

 

I have had a horrible thought. Of all of Trump’s appointees, Matt Gaetz and Robert Kennedy will be the most difficult to get confirmed. And Gaetz has resigned from the House of Representatives where he is the most effective member against the ruling establishment. Was his appointment as Attorney General a trick to get him out of public life?

Robert Kennedy’s appointment was said to be in doubt because he would be hard to confirm, but so would Gaetz. Gaetz’s high profile powerful position scares to death the corrupt Justice (sic) Department, the corrupt FBI, the corrupt Democrats, and the corrupt ruling elites.

Perhaps the Senate will let Trump have his appointments without confirmation as recess appointments, so non-confirmation is not an issue.

It is revealing that there were no confirmation worries about Trump’s appointments of his Zionist war cabinet. Some claim that it is not a war cabinet, that Stefanik, Waltz, Rubio, and Hegseth have been cured of their Zionism by Israel’s massacre of Palestinians. Perhaps, but I have not heard a recantation from a single one of the “die-for-Israel” crowd. Certainly, Huckabee, sent by Trump as ambassador to Israel, and Witkoff, sent by Trump as his Special Envoy to the Middle East, will not take exception to Israel’s claim to title to Palestine. So how are they going to bring about any Israeli restraint? Isn’t it curious that Trump didn’t appoint anyone inclined to rein-in Israel?

That the Democrats stood down from stealing the presidency in 2024 doesn’t mean they didn’t steal House and Senate seats. The Republicans barely did well enough to change a thin Democrat Senate majority into a thin Republican majority, and it seems there was little, if any, change in the House. In contrast, when Reagan won in 1980 the Republicans captured 12 Democrat seats in the Senate. It is suspicious that Trump’s convincing win did not carry over into Congress.

Trump is taking Republican members of Congress as appointees into his administration. Republican governors can appoint replacements until the next election, but the appointed replacements might be vulnerable as they were not elected. Matt Gaetz was secure in his base. Will his appointed replacement be as secure?

We can be thankful that Trump has appointed some officials who fight for the correct causes. We can keep hoping that Trump will make a difference.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Gaetz speaking at a Donald Trump event in June 2020 (Licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0)

“Look, mother nature is making it undeniable that climate change has kicked in. The consequences are going to be enormous.”

David Suzuki [1]

***

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format) 

This writer spent about two thirds of his life concerned about the Earth in crisis due to global warning.

Scientists on television, some of which I looked up to as role models were telling me that carbon dioxide was a greenhouse gas. In small amounts it was responsible for keeping the Earth at a temperature stable enough to support life as we know it. But after the Industrial Revolution, we were delivering more of these microscopic shields keeping infra-red energy from escaping back into space. [2]

But more of this compound was dumped into the atmosphere than could be absorbed by oceans and plant life via photo-synthesis. With more CO2 shielding us, the planet would normally heat up, and as it heated up, life would be effected…for the worst. [3]

Today, science, as explained by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, and the huge volume of studies in the refereed journal literature has indicated that if humanity is to sustain itself and the multiple life forms with whom we share this planet, then we must return our civilization back to lower levels. Significant reductions of CO2 to 45 percent levels below 2010 levels are in order if we are going to reduce hurricanes, floods, heat waves, forest fires and other disastrous events that have been plaguing humanity in recent years. [4]

This writer upheld that belief for decades. But after the science surrounding the COVID-19 “pandemic” proved to be faulty, I began to ask questions rather than blindly genuflecting to the legacy of “science.” I discovered a lot of what they were saying on reflection didn’t make sense.

But another staggering problem is the extent to which we ignore other causes, most notably, Environmental Modification techniques (ENMOD) which allows humans to affect the weather. The U.S. military experimented with these efforts since the late 1940s! And there was an international convention ratified in 1977 regulating the use of ENMOD techniques which also applied to hurricanes. [5]

Such phenomena are not mentioned at all in international climate gatherings, including the one taking place this week in Baku, Azerbaijan.

And what of the solutions being brought forward? Carbon markets? The closing down of farmers in the Netherlands to limit other greenhouse gases like ammonia and nitric oxide? Green New Deals?

Bill Gates is grabbing land like crazy! Characters like Trump-lover Elon Musk are supporting the new carbon market system, and getting in on the new Lithium “gold rush.” Once we get past the usual excuses of drastic means to prevent climate change from killing us all, you begin to sniff the world-wide equivalent of another major powers scam.

On this week’s episode of the Global Research News Hour, we will endeavour to explore the issue broadly, as we get a look behind the curtain concealing the true players behind the COP29’s much ado about nothing.

In our first half hour, after a discussion about the use of ENMOD in steering hurricane Helene toward the lithium-rich community of King Mountain in North Carolina, we discuss more of the flaws in modern “anti-carbon” scientific studies with Writer-blogger Dmitry Orlov. And in our second half hour, Matthew Ehret targets the role of Mark Carney, the economist and former head of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England in climate financing. He discusses a bit of who he works for and his intentions to replace Justin Trudeau as prime minister of Canada.

Dmitry Orlov emigrated from Russia where he was born to the United States in the mid-1970s. He has degrees in Computer Engineering and Linguistics and has worked in the fields of high energy physics, internet commerce, advertising and network security. He has now moved back to Russia. He is the author of numerous articles. His books include: Shrinking the Technosphere: Getting a Grip on the Technologies that Limit our Autonomy, Self-sufficiency and Freedom (2016), The Five Stages of Collapse: Survivors’ Toolkit. (2013) as well as  Reinventing Collapse: The Soviet Experience and American Prospects (2011). Dmitry Orlov blogs at https://boosty.to/cluborlov.

Matthew Ehret is the Editor-in-Chief of the Canadian Patriot Review , and Senior Fellow at the American University in Moscow. He is author of theUntold History of Canada’ book series and Clash of the Two Americas. In 2019 he co-founded the Montreal-based Rising Tide Foundation . Consider helping this process by making a donation to the RTF or becoming a Patreon supporter to the Canadian Patriot Review.

(Global Research News Hour episode 449)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format) 

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg.

The programme is also broadcast weekly (Monday, 1-2pm ET) by the Progressive Radio Network in the US.

The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Notes:

  1. Adam Morton (Aug 5, 2023), ‘‘Despair is a luxury we can’t afford’: David Suzuki on fighting for action on the climate crisis’, The Guardian; https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2023/aug/06/david-suzuki-climate-action-crisis-in-conversation-natasha-mitchell-melbourne-museum
  2. https://medium.com/@docvijul/the-science-of-climate-change-what-you-need-to-know-44839692eec6
  3. https://medium.com/@petefacty/climate-change-and-the-crisis-of-wildlife-extinction-63ee27aecde6
  4. https://climatepositions.com/ipcc-report-limiting-global-warming-to-1-5oc-requires-45-co2-reductions-by-2030-compared-to-2010-and-zero-emissions-by-2050-but-which-countries-are-to-reduce-how-much/
  5. https://www.globalresearch.ca/environmental-modification-techniques-enmod-and-the-turkey-syria-earthquake-an-expert-investigation-is-required/5808207

The following interview of Michel Chossudovsky with Caroline Mailloux  was recorded on October 11, 2024, less than a month prior to the U.S. November 2024 elections.

This interview describes the complex procedures of Global Warfare coupled with the most serious economic and social crisis in modern history characterized by a process of Worldwide impoverishment. 

The conduct of global warfare is predicated on a broad US-NATO-Israel military “alliance” which also includes America’s allies in the Asia-Pacific region.  

Israel is an ally of the U.S. as well as a de facto member of NATO, which serves the strategic interests of  the U.S.

In the words of former Vice President Dick Cheney (2005) Israel will, so to speak: be doing the dirty work for us (paraphrase) without US military involvement and without us putting pressure on them “to do it”.

In a bitter irony, America’s “allies” are the unspoken victims of US-NATO led Wars. America’s European “allies” (NATO member states) are also doing the “dirty work” in relation to the war in Ukraine.

The Unipolar World Order serves the interests of the financial establishment and the so-called “Deep State”,

In a Unipolar structure, America’s  EU-NATO “allies” are also its “enemies”. They are the victims of U.S. led “economic warfare” which has resulted in economic chaos and poverty throughout the European Union.

The Unipolar World Order is also at war against the people of the United States of America. 

 

Video. The Globalization of War. The Future of Humanity

 

 

To leave a comment, click Rumble in the lower right corner

Trump entre a guerra e a paz. Manlio Dinucci

November 15th, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

Donald Trump, recém-eleito Presidente dos Estados Unidos por uma maioria esmagadora sobre Kamala Harris, enunciou o principal impulso de sua política externa da seguinte forma: “Quero dizer à comunidade mundial que, embora sempre coloquemos os interesses dos Estados Unidos em primeiro lugar, lidaremos de forma justa com todos – todos os povos e todas as outras nações. Buscaremos pontos em comum, não hostilidade; parceria, não conflito”. Como já no mandato anterior Trump se reuniu com Putin e foi submetido à primeira tentativa de impeachment nos EUA por isso, existe a possibilidade de que hoje, tendo maioria no Congresso, ele reabra uma mesa de negociações com Putin para pôr fim à guerra Rússia-Ucrânia, ou seja, a guerra que a OTAN, sob o comando dos EUA, está travando contra a Rússia.

Che cosa dovrebbe fare l’Amministrazione Trump in Europa?

1) Fare in modo che venga immediatamente attuato un cessate-il-fuoco tra Nato/Ucraina e Russia.

2) Aprire un negoziato al vertice tra i Presidenti di Stati Uniti e Federazione Russa.

3) Fare in modo che venga demilitarizzato e denuclearizzato l’intero fronte europeo, ritirando le forze nucleari USA-NATO a raggio intermedio schierate in Europa a ridosso del territorio russo e le forze nucleari russe a raggio intermedio schierate in territorio russo a ridosso dell’Europa e in Bielorussia.

4) Togliere le sanzioni alla Russia e riallacciare i rapporti politici, economici e culturali tra Stati Uniti e Russia. 5) Fare in modo che venga convocata, sotto l’egida dell’ONU, una Conferenza Internazionale – con la partecipazione di USA, NATO, UE, Ucraina, Russia e Bielorussia – per una soluzione negoziata del conflitto Russia-Ucraina e l’instaurazione di un sistema di sicurezza in Europa. Diversa è la situazione sull’altro fronte di guerra, quello mediorientale. Trump, come tutti i precedenti presidenti degli Stati Uniti, sostiene Israele.

De acordo com as linhas preditas da política externa, o que a administração Trump deveria fazer no Oriente Médio? 1) Garantir que um cessar-fogo entre todas as partes do conflito seja imediatamente implementado na região, que Israel retire suas forças armadas e assentamentos de Gaza e da Cisjordânia, que os territórios palestinos sejam governados pelos órgãos escolhidos pelos próprios palestinos. 2) Garantir que uma Conferência Internacional seja convocada sob os auspícios da ONU – com a participação de todos os países da região, começando por Israel e Irã – para uma solução negociada para os conflitos e o estabelecimento de um sistema de segurança no Oriente Médio.

A situação se torna ainda mais complexa pelo fato de Trump ter sido eleito por ampla maioria pelos 150.000 americanos (ou seja, judeus com dupla cidadania, americana e israelense) que vivem em Israel (um país com 10 milhões de habitantes) e que 60.000 deles estão assentados na Cisjordânia: aqui eles representam 15% dos colonos que, armados e apoiados pelo governo israelense, estão tomando terras e outras propriedades palestinas. Será que o governo Trump, em sua política externa, buscará “um terreno comum, não hostilidade; parceria, não conflito”? A dívida pública dos EUA ultrapassa US$ 35 trilhões pela primeira vez, um nível igual ao do PIB.

La spesa militare USA, che supera ampiamente i 1.000 miliardi di dollari annui (comprese altre voci oltre il budget del Pentagono), continua crescere. Crescono di conseguenza gli interessi sul debito pubblico pagati ogni anno, che stanno superando il livello della stessa spesa militare. Di questa beneficia largamente Elon Musk, l’uomo più ricco del mondo che ha largamente finanziato la campagna elettorale di Trump e probabilmente avrà un importante incarico nella sua Amministrazione. La società missilistica di Musk, SpaceX, gestisce il programma di lancio dei razzi della NASA e il Pentagono si affida a lui per portare in orbita la maggior parte dei satelliti militari. La macchina bellica statunitense è in piena azione perché sta aprendo un altro fronte di guerra, quello contro la Cina.

Manlio Dinucci

Breve resumo da análise da imprensa internacional do Grandangolo na sexta-feira, 8 de Novembro de 2024, no canal de TV italiano Byoblu:

https://www.byoblu.com/2024/11/08/trump-tra-guerra-e-pace-grandangolo-pangea/

Tradução : Mondialisation.ca 

VIDEO (italiano) :

Autoridades europeias consideram plano “terra por paz”.

November 15th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Parece que vários diplomatas e funcionários europeus estão a começar a fazer lobby pela “paz” na Ucrânia. De acordo com uma investigação do The Washington Post, um número crescente de autoridades ocidentais defende uma solução pacífica para o conflito baseada no reconhecimento da soberania russa sobre os antigos territórios ucranianos. Embora isto possa parecer uma boa notícia, na prática parece completamente irrealista, uma vez que Moscou deixou claro que não negociará mais com o regime de Kiev.

O The Washington Post publicou um artigo mostrando as opiniões de vários funcionários ocidentais, incluindo diplomatas e representantes do Estado, sobre o futuro do conflito na Ucrânia. Ao contrário da anterior narrativa hegemônica, que defendia levar a guerra até ao “último ucraniano”, parece haver agora uma opinião crítica entre os responsáveis, com muitos deles a apelarem a uma solução pacífica através do diálogo diplomático.

Além disso, pela primeira vez, os responsáveis ​​ocidentais parecem admitir que será necessário reconhecer os Novos Territórios para pôr fim às hostilidades. De acordo com o jornal, os diplomatas ocidentais estão a começar a fazer lobby por uma solução “terra pela paz”, que envolve “ceder” voluntariamente antigos territórios ucranianos à Rússia em troca do fim das operações militares. No artigo, esta proposta é chamada de “terra para a segurança da Ucrânia”, e há um claro esforço para disfarçar a natureza da questão, tentando chamar a derrota militar ucraniana de “concessão voluntária de terras”.

“Entre os aliados europeus da Ucrânia, há uma mudança silenciosa mas crescente em direção à noção de que a guerra com a Rússia só terminará através de negociações entre Kiev e Moscou envolvendo concessões de território ucraniano (…) Os líderes ​​europeus e da OTAN reconhecem que o discurso sobre concessões territoriais já não levanta tantas sobrancelhas como antes, e os diplomatas enquadram-no não como uma ‘terra pela paz’, mas sim como uma terra para a segurança da Ucrânia”, diz o artigo.

Alguns responsáveis ​​deixaram claro que todos os decisores ocidentais compreendem agora que a decisão de reconhecer os territórios reivindicados pela Ucrânia como regiões russas será inevitável. No entanto, a maioria das autoridades recusou-se a discutir isto publicamente até agora, a fim de evitar parecer uma espécie de “rendição” militar e política.

“Acho que todo mundo chegou mais ou menos a essa conclusão. É difícil dizê-lo publicamente porque seria uma forma de dizer que vamos recompensar a agressão”, disse Gérard Araud, antigo embaixador francês em Washington, aos jornalistas do Washington Post.

No entanto, esta situação começou a mudar desde que Donald Trump foi eleito nos EUA. O candidato republicano foi eleito principalmente devido à sua promessa de “acabar com a guerra”, o que lhe deu grande popularidade entre os americanos comuns, que estão cansados ​​de ver o dinheiro dos seus impostos ser usado injustificadamente para financiar o regime de Kiev. Trump, mesmo que não consiga acabar com o conflito, terá de apresentar alguma proposta de “paz” para justificar a confiança dos seus eleitores na sua promessa – razão pela qual os europeus estão a preparar-se para as mudanças que este cenário trará ao conflito .

“A conversa (sobre a paz) assumiu maior urgência com a vitória eleitoral de Donald Trump, que disse que iria acabar rapidamente com a guerra, sem detalhar como, e sinalizou que poderia apoiar um acordo que mantém alguns territórios confiscados em mãos russas. Na Europa, as discussões a portas fechadas também foram alimentadas por uma situação sombria no campo de batalha, com as forças ucranianas na defensiva e receios de diminuição do financiamento dos EUA”, acrescenta o texto.

Por outras palavras, os europeus estão preocupados com Trump e, portanto, começam a delinear os seus próprios planos de paz. Temem que a redução – ou o fim – da ajuda militar faça com que Kiev sofra perdas ainda mais substanciais, o que poderá expandir a zona territorial sob controle russo e acrescentar novas exigências aos termos de paz da Rússia.

Assim, o plano europeu consiste basicamente em dois pontos: enviar o máximo de ajuda militar e financeira possível à Ucrânia, em parceria com os EUA de Biden, antes da tomada de posse de Trump; e propor o seu próprio plano de paz, estabelecendo medidas que exijam simultaneamente concessões ucranianas e russas, para não parecerem nem uma derrota para Kiev nem uma vitória para Moscou.

Este plano, no entanto, falhará. Moscou deixou claro que já não está interessado em negociações de paz, dada a insistência da Ucrânia em matar civis russos, como se viu na atual invasão da região de Kursk. A Rússia passou dois anos a apresentar propostas de paz que foram repetidamente ignoradas ou negadas pela Ucrânia, não tendo mais motivos para insistir numa solução diplomática. Além disso, uma vitória militar russa é a única garantia real de paz a longo prazo.

Se a operação militar especial terminar apenas por causa dos planos de Trump, a Rússia permanecerá desprotegida, uma vez que um governo pró-guerra dos EUA poderá regressar dentro de quatro anos e repetir as agressões nas fronteiras da Rússia. Moscou já compreendeu que a única forma de alcançar uma paz duradoura é derrotar militarmente o regime de Kiev e reintegrar o máximo de território necessário para evitar novos ataques nas fronteiras. Nem Trump nem os europeus mudarão a posição da Rússia.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Artigo em inglês : European officials consider ‘land for peace’ plan – media, 15 de November de 2024.

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Experienced students of colour revolution technologies should have been dismayed several days ago to observe in Tbilisi an ominous replay of a scenario last witnessed ten years ago in Kiev, when the subversive upheaval that wrecked Ukraine was at its height. Now it seems to be Georgia’s turn to be wrecked if, that is, having learned nothing the Georgian government repeats the ruinous errors of their Ukrainian counterparts and the Georgian people stand idly by as their country is subjected to systematic assault by professional foreign con artists and their local disciples.

The ominous spectacle in question is the invasion of the Georgian capital by a bevy of mostly washed out European Union politicians from Germany, France, Poland, Estonia, Lithuania, Latvia, Sweden and Finland. The purpose of their unsolicited visit was not to enjoy the health benefits of the mineral water springs of Borjomi but to incite dwindling crowds of gullible Georgian citizens, deluded by the propaganda of Western-funded “NGOs.” They came to harangue the crowds to continue to insist that the results of the free and fair elections recently held in their country be annulled, that the current democratically elected government be overthrown, and that a regime subservient to the collective West, whose interests the visitors represent, should be installed to replace it.

.

.

.

.

Why did the Georgian government allow those uninvited agitators to disembark in their country’s sovereign territory and to act as if they already owned it, all without hindrance? The obvious and natural question is who controls the Tbilisi airport? Why did the government tolerate the presence of foreign subversives, however high-ranking in their countries of origin, who came for the specific purpose of ultimately destroying it? Why weren’t these agitators detained on arrival at the airport and put aboard the next outbound flight back to where they came from?

These are the logical questions that in 2014 could have been put also to the Ukrainian government of that period that was targeted for destruction by the same hostile foreign interests, using a similar methodology. In both cases, one may speculate concerning the motive for the inexplicable and in the Ukrainian case now demonstrably fatal ineptness that was on display. On any list of probable reasons for this strange conduct, impermissible to a responsible government, the deep-seated inferiority complex that immobilises East European political elites in their dealings with the collective West is a factor that occupies a prominent position.

They are genuinely convinced that their legitimacy derives from aping Western “values.” The deliberately elusive norms that those servile elites have embraced for their guidance are, however, no more than vacuous propaganda slogans manufactured to befuddle indigenous simpletons. But they are hardly at all practiced in the countries which invoke them in order to manipulate yokels who take them at face value. Spell bound by sumptuous mirages, local elites slavishly seek acceptance and confirmation of status from those illusionists.

Anxious to prove themselves by outperforming their unworthy Western models in the practice of “democracy,” native elites resort to misguided mimicry in seeking therapy for their inferiority complex. They overlook as they do that both the fundamental tenets of genuine democracy and the perennial rules of good governance.

In the case at hand, Georgian authorities appear to have forgotten that democracy in its varied expressions (actually, liberty is a more precise and meaningful word for the purpose) is useful only to the extent that its operation secures the freedom and sovereignty of the country and ensures the liberty of Georgian citizens. It does not apply in an absolute sense to intruding foreigners. Citizens of Georgia dissatisfied with their country’s political direction should have the right, within reasonable limits set by law, to express their dissent, to peacefully assemble, and to publicly voice their opinions, even if those run contrary to majority sentiments, as we clearly saw after the recent elections that in Georgia they do. That right, however, does not extend to foreign officials and agitators who come to promote an agenda that is hostile to the programme of the country’s legitimate government and which ultimately seeks that government’s dissolution by violent and revolutionary means.

The tragic Ukrainian experience should serve as a stark lesson to every government facing challenges of this nature.

The Georgian government certainly was on the right track earlier this year when it enacted a foreign agents transparency law which mandates that data pertaining to the financing of the thousands of foreign funded and directed “NGOs” in Georgia must be made publicly available. That is a good and informative start because it identifies foreign agents that loyal citizens ought to shun. However, it will be remembered as no more than an ineffective half measure unless further steps are taken to ensure national sovereignty and the liberty of the Georgian people in the face of foreign encroachment.

Beneficial as it is, the foreign agents transparency law cannot guarantee that deeply indoctrinated sections of the population will make rational use of the data which enforcement of that law places at their disposal. The fruits of such indoctrination and in many cases detachment from reality we have already witnessed in Ukraine. We observe that also in Georgia today, with frenzied crowds succumbing to incitement to demand their country’s political reorientation toward the collapsing European Union and urge hostility to Russia. Unsuspected by these simpletons, the latter of these demands aims, for the sole benefit of their indoctrinators, to organise a military confrontation with Russia, a disaster in which many of them would undoubtedly perish.

The instructive Ukrainian example, which only needs to be heeded for countries to remain unharmed and lives to be saved, demonstrates that given enough brainwashing current minorities can be engineered into becoming majorities, or at least acquiescent bystanders. Dissident citizens must be given an ample opportunity to freely express their views, no matter how erroneous or delusional, but not beyond the point where such expression becomes incompatible with the national interest and the stability of the state which guarantees and protects it.

Good governance promotes the exercise of the widest possible spectrum of liberties, but the practice of those liberties must be tempered, and whenever necessary the wings of the abusers must be clipped, by the rigorous application of the ancient principle which today has lost none of its pertinence: Salus patriae suprema lex.

That is the lesson that the Georgian government would be well advised to take if it is seriously intent on defending its beleaguered country from the designs of its enemies, foreign and domestic.  

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is a screenshot from this video


Rethinking Srebrenica eBook : Karganovic, Stephen, Simic, Ljubisa: Amazon.co.uk: BooksRethinking Srebrenica

By Stephen Karganovic

Rethinking Srebrenica examines the forensic evidence of the alleged Srebrenica “massacre” possessed by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) in The Hague. Even though the ICTY created more than 3,500 autopsy reports, many of these autopsy reports were based on bone fragments, which do not represent complete bodies. An examination of the matching femur bones found reveals that there were only about 1,900 complete bodies that were exhumed. Of these, some 1,500 autopsy reports indicated a cause of death consistent with battlefield casualties. Only about 400 autopsy reports indicated execution as a cause of death, as revealed by ligatures and blindfolds. This forensic evidence does not warrant the conclusion of a genocide having taken place.

Karganovic examines the events that took place in Srebrenica in July 1995 in a wholistic manner instead of restricting it to a three-day event. The ten chapters cover:

1) Srebrenica: A Critical Overview;

2) Demilitarization of the UN Safe Zone of Srebrenica;

3) Genocide or Blowback?;

4) General Presentation and Interpretation of Srebrenica Forensic Data (Pattern of Injury Breakdown);

5) An Analysis of the Srebrenica Forensic Reports Prepared by the ICTY Prosecution Experts;

6) An Analysis of Muslim Column Losses Attributable to Minefields, Combat Activity, and Other Causes;

7) The Genocide Issue: Was there a Demonstrable Intent to Exterminate All Muslims?;

8) ICTY Radio Intercept Evidence;

9) The Balance Sheet; and

10) Srebrenica: Uses of the Narrative.

  • ASIN:‎ B0992RRJRK
  • Publisher: ‎Unwritten History, Inc.; 2 edition (July 8 2021)
  • Language: ‎English

Click here to purchase

Canadians to Hold National Day of Action Against F-35 Exports to Israel Via the United States

November 15th, 2024 by Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East

This Saturday, November 16, hundreds of people will gather outside of 15 factories and facilities across the country to expose Canada’s involvement in the production and maintenance of the F-35 fighter jets that are devastating Gaza and Lebanon, and to demand that Canada impose an immediate, two-way arms embargo on Israel. Each targeted company produces components of Lockheed Martin’s flagship war plane, which Israel is using to drop 2000lb bombs on residential neighborhoods, schools, and refugee camps. Protests will take place at factories producing key F-35 components from Asco in Delta BC, which manufactures wing bulkheads, the “largest single piece” of the F-35, to Ottawa-based Gastops, which is the sole manufacturer of the F-35’s engine sensors.

F-35s, Lockheed Martin’s flagship fighter jet and the most advanced warplane used by the Israeli Air Force, are a key tool of destruction and mass death in Gaza and Lebanon. Every single F-35 is full of millions of dollars of technology made by Canadian companies and subsidiaries, from machined parts, fuselage sections, bulkheads, and electro-hydraulic actuation system components, to power and thermal management system controllers. Saturday’s National Day of Action exposes the companies involved in producing and maintaining F-35 components, which are shipped to Israel through a US loophole that allows the majority of Canada’s arms exports to Israel to pass— largely unregulated, untracked, and without requiring a permit— through the US.

Neighbours will be rallying outside each of the sites with banners and signs condemning the company and the government for complicity in Israel’s genocide. Some actions will include speakers, performances, flyering, and marches.

HALIFAX: 1:00pm, at BAE Systems – 35 Micmac Blvd., Dartmouth, NS. Info here.

LUNENBURG: 1:00pm, 71 Hall St, Lunenburg. Rally at Stelia’s factory that has been producing parts for F-35s for almost a decade.Info here.

MONCTON: 1pm. Rally at APEX factory producing structural components for the F-35.

MONTREAL: 12pm. 1111 Boul. Saint Charles O, Longueuil. Rally at the global headquarters of major F-35 supplier Heroux-Devtek. Info here.

OTTAWA: 2pm, 1011 Polytek Road. Rally at Gastops, the only place in the world that creates engine sensors for Lockheed Martin’s F-35 bomber jets. Info here.

TORONTO: 2pm, 17 Prince Andrew Pl. Rally at L3Harris. Info here.

VAUGHAN: 10am, 8065 Huntington Road. Rally at Ben Machine Products factory. Info here.

MISSISSAUGA: 12pm, 3333 Unity Drive. Rally at Honeywell Aerospace. Info here.; 2pm, Celebration Square, 300 City Centre Drive. Rally and march highlighting local F-35 suppliers. Info here.

MIDLAND: 12pm. Meet at Regent Park located at 421 College St, Midland, ON L4R 2Y4. We’ll rally together at Raytheon Elcan. Info here.

HAMILTON: 10am. Meet at Clappison’s Corners (intersection of Highway 5 and Clappison Ave, Waterdown). Rally at L3Harris. Info here.

CAMBRIDGE: 1pm. 24 Cherry Blossom Road, Cambridge. Rally at PCC Aerostructures Centra’s Cambridge factory that produces F-35 parts on site. Info here.

WINNIPEG: 12pm rally at CBC (541 Portage Ave), after which a contingent will break off to do a postering action near the Magellan factory that manufactures tail fins for the F-35.

CALGARY: 1pm. 919 72 ave NE, Calgary. Rally at Raytheon. Park and pre-protest meetup at the IHOP/Walmart parking lot in Deerfoot City. Info here.

VANCOUVER: Car rally and arms embargo tour visiting multiple sites. 12:30pm Vancouver meet-up (Safeway parking lot at Commercial and Broadway).1:30pm Delta meetup at ASCO weapons factory (8510 River Road).

VICTORIA: 9am prayer walk leaving Blue Bridge on Wharf St. leading to 11am rally at Lockheed Martin’s facility, 1250 Lockley Road. Info here.

The Day of Action was announced by the ongoing #ArmsEmbargoNow campaign, urging the Canadian government to fulfill its legal and moral obligations to do everything in its power to protect Palestinians in Gaza from the serious risk of genocide and from grave violations of human rights and humanitarian law perpetrated by Israel in its ongoing assault on and siege of Gaza, including putting an immediate end to the trade of arms and military technology with Israel. Since launching in May, the Arms Embargo Now statement has been endorsed by more than 400 associations, labour unions, faith institutions, human rights and environmental organizations, and community groups across Canada. Over 40 MPs from the Liberal, NDP and Green Party have signed on to the demand, acknowledging the catastrophe caused by Israel’s ongoing assault on Gaza and calling on the Canadian government to impose a full and immediate arms embargo on Israel.

Despite Foreign Affairs Minister Melanie Joly’s statement in September that “we will not have any form of arms or parts of arms be sent to Gaza, period,” Canadian weapons and military components continue to flow to Israel for use in Gaza both by direct export, via approximately 200 active export permits to Israel that have not been suspended, as well as indirectly via the US as with these F-35 parts.

Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East (CJPME) is a steering committee member of Arms Embargo Now. Map of protests and additional information here.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image source

Ukrainian officials acknowledge that Russian forces are advancing in Donbass faster than at any time since the conflict escalated, while at the same time, Kiev says its defences are collapsing due to a shortage of fighters, the Financial Times reported. The news only deepens problems for the Kiev regime, especially following the announcement that Mike Pompeo, who is sympathetic to Ukraine, was confirmed not to have a position in the incoming Trump administration.

The newspaper said Ukrainian military officials and international experts expect the conflict to enter a critical phase in the coming months as both sides jockey for territorial advantage ahead of Donald Trump’s inauguration in January 2025 with a key “[battle] shaping up in Russia’s Kursk region,” parts of which Ukraine invaded in August with some of its best-equipped units. Russian troops ultimately held off that invading force. 

According to the Financial Times, while Kiev is directing resources to reinforce its incursion into the Kursk region, Ukrainian defences in Donbass are “crumbling” due to a shortage of fighters and ammunition. Russian troops have intensified attacks in recent months, where Ukrainian troops have been unable to hold the front line.

“The average age is already above 40 in various brigades and there doesn’t seem to be enough reinforcements arriving on the frontline,” said Franz-Stefan Gady, a military analyst and fellow at the International Institute for Strategic Studies in London, to the outlet.

Gady’s revelation about the average age of conscripts comes only days after Solomia Bobrovska, a deputy of the Supreme Rada (Ukrainian parliament) and in the parliament’s defence committee, said that the Ukrainian authorities will not be able to implement the mobilization plan by the end of the year. 

Nonetheless, the Kiev regime still believes it can forcibly draft an additional 160,000 citizens between November and February, which the National Security and Defence Council hopes will replenish military units to about 85%.

The London-based newspaper cited military experts and one senior Kiev official as expressing skepticism that the target will be reached, saying drafting up to 100,000 was more realistic to expect.

“That would fill about half of the manpower gap,” they said, which would still be an improvement as some units are currently staffed to about a third of what was needed.

Several Ukrainian commanders and soldiers believe recruitment efforts were hindered by the open-ended nature of military service and the lack of proper training.

“A lot of guys now see mobilization as a death sentence,” said one senior soldier who joined the army in spring 2022 and has not had a break since.

Stanislav Aseyev, a prominent Ukrainian journalist turned soldier, told the British newspaper that “without a clear answer about the period of service and quality of training, the recruits will be as demoralized and ineffective as the current battle-weary infantry.”

The realization that finances will dry up once Trump enters the Oval Office only compounds existing issues, such as the manpower shortage and the lack of weapons. Making Trump’s arrival worse for the Kiev regime is the fact that Mike Pompeo will not have a role in the administration, someone who would have defended Ukraine’s interests against Vice President-elect JD Vance, a Ukraine sceptic.

Senior Ukrainian officials “were disturbed” when Trump announced “there would be no place for Pompeo, seen as more sympathetic [to Ukraine],” The Economist reported, which also quoted one of the officials as saying that it is “a very negative development.”

“The worry now is that Trump’s offer to Ukraine will come to resemble something closer to ideas put forward by J.D. Vance, the incoming vice president,” something that “would essentially rule out [Ukraine’s] NATO membership,” the report added.

In effect, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky will not have a voice representing him in the Trump administration, unlike the current situation where his US counterpart Joe Biden is a fervent supporter and has wasted well over $100 billion on helping Ukraine’s war effort. As Ukrainian officials admit, there is already a shortage of manpower, and Russia is rapidly advancing, meaning that the inauguration of Trump to the US presidency shortly on January 20 – in the heart of winter – could not come at a worse time for the Kiev regime.

If there were one gleaming hope for Zelensky, it would be that a figure like Pompeo would have a position in the Trump administration. However, as it appears, there will be no prominent voice to defend Ukraine’s interests.

As temperatures continue to plummet in Ukraine, the situation by the time Trump becomes president again will be even worse than it is today, potentially forcing Zelensky to begin peace negotiations even without major coercion from the incoming administration.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Blinken Atrocious in a Dangerous World

November 15th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

It is hard to credit one of the least impressive Secretary of States the United States has ever produced with any merit other than being a plasterwork that, from time to time, moved with caution on the world stage for fear of cracking. On the stage, Antony Blinken’s brittle performances have been nothing short of unimpressive, notably in pursuing such projects comically titled “Peace in the Middle East.”  Each time he has ventured to various regions of the world, the combatants seem keener than ever to continue taking up arms or indulging in slaughter.

A sense of Blinken’s detachment from the world can be gathered from his Foreign Affairs piece published on October 1, intended as something of a report on the diplomatic achievements of the Biden administration.  It starts off with the sermonising treacle that is all a bit much – the naughty states on the world stage, albeit small in number (Russia, Iran, North Korea and China), “determined to alter the foundational principles of the international system.”

The Biden administration had, in response, “pursued a strategy of renewal, pairing historic investments in competitiveness at home with an intensive diplomatic campaign to revitalize partnerships abroad.”  This served to counter those challengers wishing to “undermine the free, open, secure, and prosperous world that the United States and most countries seek.”  Then comes the remark that should prompt readers to pinch themselves. “The Biden administration’s strategy has put the United States in a much stronger geopolitical position today than it was four years ago.”

An odd assessment for various reasons.  There is the continued war in Ukraine and Washington’s refusal to encourage any meaningful talks between Kiev and Moscow, preferring, instead, the continued supply of weapons to an attritive conflict of slaughter and such acts of industrial terrorism as the attack on the Nord Stream pipeline.

There has been the relentless watering down of the “One China” understanding over the status of Taiwan, along with continued provocations against Beijing through the offensive pact of AUKUS with Australia and the UK.  That particularly odious pact has served to turn Australia into a US military garrison without the consent of its citizens, an outcome sold to the dunces in Canberra as utterly necessary to arrest the rise of China.  Along the way, an arms buildup in the Indo- and Asia-Pacific has been encouraged.

With such a view of the world, it’s little wonder how blind Blinken, and other members of the Biden administration, have been to Israel’s own rogue efforts at breaking and altering the international system, committing, along the way, a goodly number of atrocities that have seen it taken to the International Court of Justice by South Africa for committing alleged acts of genocide.

Through his various sojourns, the point was always clear.  Israel was to be mildly rebuked, if at all, while Hamas was to be given the full chastising treatment as killers without a cause.  When the barbarians revolt against their imperial governors, they are to be both feared and reviled.  In June this year, for instance, Blinken stated on one of his countless missions for a non-existent peace that Hamas was “the only obstacle” to a ceasefire, a markedly jaundiced explanation given the broader programs and objects being pursued by the Israeli Defence Forces.  Hamas has been accused of being absolutist in its goals, but one can hardly exempt Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu from the charge.  Not for Blinken: “I think it is clear to everyone around the world, that it’s on them [Hamas] and that they will have made a choice to continue a war that they started.”

On the issue of aid to Gaza’s strangled, dying population, Blinken has been, along with his equally ineffectual colleague in the Pentagon, Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin, cringingly ineffective.  Their October 13 letter sent to their Israeli counterparts made mention of several demands, including the entry of some 350 aid trucks into Gaza on a daily basis, and refraining from adopting laws, now in place, banning the UN Agency for Palestinian Refugees (UNRWA).  Each demand has been swatted back with a school child’s snotty petulance, and aid continues being blocked to various parts of Gaza.

On October 24, Americans for Justice in Palestine Action (AJP Action) “urgently” called on the Secretary of State “to stop wasting his time with failed diplomatic visits and to demand an immediate ceasefire in Gaza and Lebanon.”  Those at AJP Action must surely have realised by now that Blinken would be utterly rudderless without those failed visits.  Indeed, Osama Abu Irshaid, Executive Director of the organisation, went so far as to say that “Blinken’s diplomatic theatre is enabling Netanyahu’s war crimes.”  To arm and fund Israel “while requesting a ceasefire” was a policy both “hypocritical and ineffective.”  Such is the nature of that sort of theatre.

In the meantime, the tectonic plates of international relations are moving in other directions, a point that has been aided, not hindered, by the policy of this administration.  Through BRICS and other satellite fora, the United States is finding itself gradually outpaced and isolated, even as it continues to hide behind the slogan of an international rules-based order it did so much to create.  This is not to say that the US imperium has quite reached its terminus.  If anything, the Biden administration, through the good offices of Blinken, continues to insist on its vitality.  But US hegemony long left unchallenged is, most certainly, at an end.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image source

I am astonished and delighted.  I hope it isn’t fake news.

President-elect Donald Trump on Thursday said he is “thrilled to announce” Robert F. Kennedy Jr as his nominee for Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) in a statement on social media.

“For too long, Americans have been crushed by the industrial food complex and drug companies who have engaged in deception, misinformation, and disinformation when it comes to Public Health,” Trump wrote on platform X, along with his announcement.

“HHS will play a big role in helping ensure that everybody will be protected from harmful chemicals, pollutants, pesticides, pharmaceutical products, and food additives that have contributed to the overwhelming Health Crisis in this Country,” Trump wrote on Nov. 14.

If this is real, the media and Trump Transition Team certainly misled me about the impossibility of Bobby Kennedy in a power position that can bring down the criminal pharmaceutical industry.  

This is a victory even if Big Pharma, wielding its campaign contributions, forces the Senate to refuse to confirm Kennedy in office.  Trump can go to the public with the names of the bought-and-paid-for corrupt Senators and ask why Americans elect people who knowingly serve corporate criminals who knowingly damage the health of the American people.  The nomination of Kennedy is the most powerful of all of Trump’s appointments, with Matt Gaetz’s being second.

We will now see if the Republican Senate is with Trump or against Trump and the American people.  If the Senate consents to recess appointment of Trump’s team, they are with the President.  If they do not, they are against him and are part of the deadly enemy he and we must defeat.

Kennedy’s nomination restores my hope that Trump might achieve something. Trump,  Kennedy, Gaetz, and Gabbard are fighters, a rarity in a Republican administration. 

But I still have concern about what seems to be a foreign policy/military team that is too committed to Israel to achieve peace.  It will be ironic if Kennedy restores our health but Trump’s foreign policy team destroys us in war.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Trump’s Picks Are All Neocon Warhawks Ferociously Devoted to Israel

By Mike Whitney, November 15, 2024

If George W. Bush was elected to a third term in office, this is what his cabinet would look like. Rubio, Waltz, Stefanik, Hegseth. Not a peacenik among them. Not an antiwar candidate among them. Not even a non-interventionist among them. Every single pick is a hard-boiled, right-wing war-hawk that is committed to marching in lockstep with the world’s most notorious pariah-state, Israel.

They Were There First: Election Denialism, the Democratic Way

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, November 14, 2024

2016 might have given the Democrats meditative pause as to why Trump was elected.  Even more significantly, why Trump’s election was more apotheosis rather than gnarly distortion.  Instead of vanishing as aberrant over the Biden years, Trumpism has come home to roost in winning, not only the Electoral College but the majority vote by convincing margins.

“President Musk” and “Assistant Secretary Trump” — The Real Pecking Order? “Money Controls Politics.” Julian Rose

By Julian Rose, November 14, 2024

We know that banks, corporations and intelligence services actually run the modern world’s daily affairs, but now we have sheer individual wealth and prestige claiming their own unique powers of intervention on the world stage.

Devastating Impacts of China-USA Trade Disputes on U.S. Employment. Trump Wants to Reinforce “Neocolonial” Anti-Chinese Sentiment

By Bhabani Shankar Nayak, November 14, 2024

American imperialism, along with its Western European allies, views the world primarily in terms of trade surpluses and deficits. These powers often use military conflicts to ensure the smooth flow of trade, free from any barriers imposed by governments in countries across Asia, Africa, and Latin America.

UK, France Begging “Lame Duck Biden” to Escalate with Russia Before Trump Takes Office. What Starmer and Macron Want Is “a Fight with Russia”

By Drago Bosnic, November 14, 2024

The involvement of Western European powers in the NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict is no secret. The once powerful countries were leading the charge in terms of (neo)colonialism for centuries, but as their might started fading away, with the irony of history (or one could even say “karma”), they’ve also become someone’s colonies, vassals and satellite states.

The US Is Unlikely to Coerce Zelensky Into Holding Elections Without a Ceasefire First

By Andrew Korybko, November 14, 2024

Russia’s Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) published a statement on Monday alleging that “Washington is considering holding presidential and parliamentary elections [in Ukraine] next year in the context of continued hostilities with Russia.” The purpose is to act “As one of the ‘legitimate’ ways to eliminate the ‘overly presumptuous’ V. Zelensky”, “if necessary.”

Entering the Ring of War Propaganda

By Mark Taliano, November 14, 2024

Western populations are inundated with war propaganda, and all of the MSM is guilty.  It serves to promote criminal warfare rather than peace. Once we enter the ring of propaganda fabricated by western agencies of deception, we start to lose, since it is at that point that we become entwined in the convoluted narratives.

“Trump’s hawkish lineup is starting to look like a reunion for the worst of US interventionists. The man who said ‘no wars’ hired a cabinet that’s clearly thirsting for the next one.” —@ghida_fakhry

“It’s not Trump’s pro-Israel cabinet. It’s Israel’s pseudo-American cabinet.” —Alon Mizrahi @alon_mizrahi

“Awww fuck! It’s over before it even started!” —Nick@NickJ132388

If George W. Bush was elected to a third term in office, this is what his cabinet would look like. Rubio, Waltz, Stefanik, Hegseth. Not a peacenik among them. Not an antiwar candidate among them. Not even a non-interventionist among them. Every single pick is a hard-boiled, right-wing war-hawk that is committed to marching in lockstep with the world’s most notorious pariah-state, Israel.

Image is licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0

Headshot of Pete Hegseth.

Let’s start with Trump’s pick for Secretary of Defense, the man whose job it is to oversee the War Department and act as the principal defense policymaker and adviser. Trump chose Fox television host Pete Hegseth, “a decorated Army veteran who served in Iraq and Afghanistan as well as Guantanamo Bay.” Hegseth has no administrative skills or experience, but he is a Trump loyalist who shares the president’s views on “woke” policies in the military. More importantly, Hegseth is dyed-in-the-wool Israel aficionado who thinks the interests of the Jewish state are inextricably linked to those of the United States. Check out this short excerpt from Pete Hegseth’s book, “American Crusade, Our Fight to Stay Free” (2020) that was posted on Michael Tracey Twitter site:

“Simply put: if you don’t understand why Israel matters and why it is so central to the story of Western civilization—with America being its greatest manifestation—then you don’t live in history. America’s story is inextricably linked to Judeo-Christian history and the modern state of Israel. You can love America without loving Israel—but that tells me your knowledge of the Bible and Western civilization is woefully incomplete…..

If you love America, you should love Israel. We share history, we share faith, and we share freedom. We love free people, free expression, and free markets. And whereas America is blessed with two big, beautiful oceans to protect it, Israel is surrounded on all sides by countries that either used to seek, or still seek, to wipe the nation off the map.

The battle wages on Israeli soil as well. With each trip I take to Israel for FOX Nation, and on my personal time, I discover a new way in which Islamists and their leftist enablers seek to deny Jewish history and heritage. Today, Islamists in Jerusalem are attempting to claim that the Holy Temple built by King Solomon and rebuilt by Herod never existed. Apparently, they want us all to believe that Jews—from Abraham to Jesus—never sacrificed, built, or worshipped on that particular piece of real estate. “Temple denial” is yet another tool by which they seek to erase the Jews and the Jewish state. If that isn’t delusional enough, on a recent trip to Bethlehem—the birthplace of Jesus—I discovered that Palestinians now claim that Jesus was not in fact Jewish but instead a Palestinian. Try that one on for size—or watch my two FOX Nation documentaries on the subject: Battle in the Holy City and Battle in Bethlehem.” Michael Tracey@mtracey

A Secretary of Defense doesn’t have to be impartial to fulfil his responsibilities to the president and the American people, but it does make one wonder how Hegseth’s pro-Israel zealotry will impact the way he implements US policy. If, for example, Hegseth was ordered to stop the delivery of all bombs and lethal weaponry to Israel while ceasefire negotiations with Hamas took place, would a Christian Zionist like Hegseth obey such an order or act according to his own deeply-felt religious convictions?

I can’t answer that, but the obvious conflict of interest should have been a red flag for Trump if his goal was actually “America First”.

Oh, and did we mention that Hegseth is also an Iran hawk, which appears to be a basic requirement for any position on the Trump team. This is from Axios:

Alongside his strong support for Israel, Hegseth has also expressed strong positions regarding Iran… He had called the Iranian revolutionary government an “evil regime”, and in 2020 said that if Iran wanted “to come back to the table for talks on their nuclear capabilities” it should do so “limping and begging.”…

“Sometimes we have moments, and I happen to believe we can’t kick the can down the road any longer in trying to prevent Iran from getting a nuclear bomb,” Hegseth said in an appearance on Fox & Friends.

“What better time than now to say ‘we’re starting the clock, you’ve got a week, you’ve got X amount of time before we start taking out your energy production facilities. We take out key infrastructure, we take out your missile sites, we take out nuclear developments, we take out port capabilities.’” Trump appoints pro-Israel, Iran hawk Pete Hegseth for secretary of defense, Axios

Does that sound like a reasonable approach to you or the fast-track to a regional war?

And how does this fit with all the non-interventionist gobbledygook that Trump was spewing before the election? Was it all for show? And, please, don’t tell me that Hegseth wasn’t fully vetted or that Trump was unaware of his political views before he picked him. That’s nonsense. Hegseth is a hard-nosed, prowar jingoist who recently dismissed public demands for a ceasefire as “extortion on behalf of Hamas” (say what??) and who thinks the only problem with Biden’s Middle East policy was that it wasn’t tough enough.’ And so it is with all Trump’s picks. They’re all ferociously devoted to Israel and they’re all gung-ho for a war with Iran.

Pete Hegseth on dual loyalty—Wow.

Here’s how the typically temperate Daniel McAdams summed up Hegseth:

President-elect Donald Trump’s designated Secretary of Defense is a certifiable lunatic. A cultist in the manner of Manson. Literally someone who needs to be in a mental hospital. Who craves an apocalyptic war to end all of mankind so that his twisted understanding of God will come down and slaughter all (including Jews) who do not convert to his cult’s beliefs. This is a truly dangerous person. This is the person running our military machine. The madmen have taken the asylum. Daniel McAdams @DanielLMcAdams

Yikes. Looks like Don Rumsfeld won’t be our worst Sec-Def after all.

Image is from Gage Skidmore/Flickr

Then there’s Marco Rubio or “Little Marco” as Trump used to affectionately call him during the 2016 campaign. Rubio—who Trump picked as Secretary of State—is another shoot-first-and-ask-questions-later warhawk whose views veer only slightly from those of John Bolton and Lindsay Graham. In a recent video by peace activist Medea Benjamin, Benjamin—who is shown standing outside Rubio’s senate office next to a giant flag of Israel—says the following:

We are here outside Marco Rubio’s office. You have probably heard that he has been picked by Trump to be the next Secretary of State. We have been to his office before, and we were always curious that there was an Israeli flag outside. And I thought maybe he would take the flag down to show his allegiance is 100% to the US government and not to the Israeli government. But, no, lo and behold, the flag is still here, which gives you a pretty good indication of where his allegiance is going to be as Secretary of State. Medea Benjamin@medeabenjamin

Imagine if Rubio placed a Russian flag outside his office, or a Palestinian flag? What do you think the reaction would be? Is it really appropriate for a US senator to display the banner of a foreign power in front of his taxpayer-provided office? Here’s more background on Rubio from Michael Tracey:

Marco Rubio would arguably be the most hardcore interventionist Secretary of State for an incoming administration in decades, perhaps rivaling Hillary Clinton. Definitely outpaces Colin Powell, who was in the relatively more “realist” faction of the G. W. Bush Administration

And here’s more on Rubio from the horse’s mouth, The Jewish Telegraphic Agency:

President-elect Donald Trump is filling out his national security team with pro-Israel hawks who favor maximum pressure on Iran… Reports Monday said Trump planned to name two Floridian allies to top jobs: Sen. Marco Rubio will be tapped to be secretary of state, and Rep. Michael Waltz will be his national security adviser.

Both men have said Israel should not be prevented from staging a direct attack on Iran’s nuclear weapons program. That stance echoes Trump who, before the election, urged Israel to “​​Do what you have to do.” Trump had criticized President Joe Biden for confining Israel to only hitting military sites, but not nuclear ones, in a retaliatory strike….

Trump has yet to formally name Rubio, but his pending appointments has been widely reported and the Republican Jewish Coalition, which has a longstanding relationship with Rubio, congratulated him.

“President Trump’s choice of Senator Rubio for this critical role sends a message loudly and clearly: The days of weakness and appeasement are over,” the RJC said in a statement on Monday night. “We know that with Senator Rubio leading the State Department, America will stand shoulder-to-shoulder with our allies and confront our enemies.”

Rubio came up in Florida politics in part because of the backing of billionaire auto dealership magnate Norman Braman, a past president of the Greater Miami Jewish Federation. He is known to be close to Miriam Adelson, the pro-Israel casino magnate who funneled $100 million into Trump’s campaign this year.….

In October, after Iran barraged Israel with missiles, and as Israel’s conflict with the Lebanese terror group Hezbollah was escalating, he tweeted, “Israel should respond to Iran the way the U.S. would respond if some country launched 180 missiles at us. And they should do in Lebanon what we would be demanding our leaders do if terrorists were launching anti-tank rockets at us from a neighboring country, forcing 60000 Americans to evacuate their homes and farms for almost a year.”

In the 2016 election, she and her late husband, Sheldon Adelson, were close to deciding whether they would back Rubio or Texas Sen. Ted Cruz as the Republican nominee. Then Trump pulled ahead of the pack and Sheldon Adelson decided to endorse the reality TV star.

Rubio has said for years that the United States should not stand in the way of an Israeli strike on Iran’s nuclear program. Trump taps Iran hawks Marco Rubio, Mike Waltz for top national security role s, The Jewish Telegraphic Agency

Funny how much influence people like Adelson have when it comes to selecting who is going to lead the country. And, it doesn’t stop there either because—as we can see—a hundred million bucks not only buys you a president but everyone in the president’s cabinet as well. Sounds like a bargain to me, although seriously corrupt too. It is convenient, however, when publications, like the Jewish Telegraphic Agency, explain exactly how the system works and then boast about how it serves their overall interests. What’s that saying about “the tail wagging the dog”?

Image is from the Public Domain

Then there’s Mike Waltz, Trump’s pick for national security advisor who is—surprise, surprise—another warmongering neocon who, in Trump’s words, will be “a strong champion of my America First Foreign Policy agenda, and a tremendous champion of our pursuit of Peace through Strength!”

Peace?? Not bloody likely!

In a nutshell: Waltz opposed leaving Afghanistan, he thinks we haven’t been supportive enough of Ukraine, and he also thinks that Iran needs a good “punch in the nose”; which I would interpret as tacit support for military action. Here’s Michael Tracey’s take:

At the “America First” summit in DC, Rep. Mike Waltz (R-FL) says he just returned from Ukraine and is now calling for the deployment of US military “advisors” directly into the war to operate US weapons systems alongside Ukrainian forces. “Let’s win this damn war!” he proclaims Michael Tracey @mtracey

Troops on the ground?? Is that what Waltz wants?

Sure sounds like it, but how does that fit with Trump’s elusive peace agenda? Here’s more from Tracey:

Mike Waltz, the incoming National Security Advisor, worked for Donald Rumsfeld and Dick Cheney. Remember like a week ago when everybody was absolutely convinced there was some giant ideological chasm between Trump and the Cheneys? Michael Tracey @mtracey

Waltz says “punch Iran in the nose”

.

Watch on X

.

Here’s more from Caitlin Johnstone:

Like (John) Bolton, Waltz is a warmongering freak. Journalist Michael Tracey has been filling up his Twitter page since the announcement with examples of Waltz’s insane hawkishness, including his support for letting Ukraine use US weapons to strike deep into Russian territory, criticizing Biden for not escalating aggressively enough in Ukraine, advocating bombing Iran, opposing the US military withdrawal from Afghanistan, and naming Iran, North Korea, China, Russia and Venezuela as “on the march” against the United States toward global conflict. The mainstream press are calling Waltz a “China hawk”, but from the look of things he’s a war-horny hawk toward all the official enemies of the United States. The Incoming Trump Administration Is Already Filling Up With War Sluts, Caitlin Johnstone@caitoz

And here’s more from the Jewish Telegraphic Agency:

Waltz has been among Israel’s most robust backers in the U.S. House of Representatives and has also said Israel should not hesitate to hit Iran’s nuclear sites and oil fields. Biden had discouraged such actions, fearing such attacks would trigger a full-scale regional war which would draw in the United States.

“So far…it’s important to note what hasn’t been hit in Iran,” Walz said in an Oct. 25 tweet, listing an Iranian oil facility and a nuclear facility. “This might be Israel’s last best chance to diminish Iran’s nuclear program and shut down their cash. Did Biden/Harris pressure Israel once again to do less than it should? Jewish Telegraphic Agency

What this excerpt shows, is that Trump’s picks are looking for an opportunity to attack Iran. The prevailing view seems to be that Biden was “soft” on Iran and that now is the time to take more assertive “muscular” action to ensure Israel’s security. As we noted earlier, all of Trump’s picks appear to share this view.

Still think Trump wants to end the foreign wars?

Image is from the Public Domain

Official portrait of Elise Stefanik. She is a middle-aged woman with dark hair.

Trump also picked fiery Congresswoman Elise Stefanik (NY) as US ambassador to the United Nations

Here’s Tracey:

Elise Stefanik, Trump’s new pick for UN Ambassador, is in some ways more ideologically zealous than Nikki Haley, Trump’s previous occupant of that role. Stefanik was integral in launching the crusade to whip up the confabulated anti-Semitism panic over the past year, and was showered with Adelson awards for her services —all while successfully insinuating herself into the Trump political operation. Stefanik and Haley have no discernible substantive differences; Stefanik has vehemently denounced the Biden-Harris administration for insufficiently arming Ukraine and Israel, and allegedly kowtowing to China —she also denounces the Afghanistan withdrawal on principle. Nor are there any discernible policy differences between Stefanik and Liz Cheney, her predecessor as Chairwoman of the House GOP conference Michael Tracey

Looks like Adelson was a player in Stefanik’s career as well. Isn’t it amazing how much power Israeli billionaires have over American politics? The whole system is awash in the filthy money of foreign donors. We are a Third-world sh**hole country; no doubt about it. Here’s Caitlin Johnstone again:

Stefanik is best known for her congressional efforts to stomp out free speech on college campuses, making a lie of Trump’s lip service to the importance of First Amendment rights. She’s a hawkish swamp monster whose political career was primed in some of the most odious neoconservative think tanks in Washington, and opposes placing any limits on US military support for Israel. Earlier this year Stefanik actually flew to Israel to give a speech before the Israeli Knesset vowing to help stop the “antisemitism” of protesters against Israel’s genocidal atrocities at American universities. Caitlin Johnstone

.

.

Here’s a congratulatory note Stefanik got from the ADL’s Jonathan Greenblatt after she was picked by Trump:

Mazel Tov to @EliseStefanik on her nomination to be the next US Ambassador to the
@UN Rep. Stefanik has been a critical partner and absolutely fearless in fighting campus antisemitism. I’m excited to work with her to combat anti-Jewish hate & anti-Israel bias on the world stage. @JGreenblattADL

Naturally, if you are getting love letters from Jonathan Greenblatt, you’re playing on the wrong team, in this case, Team Genocide. Stefanik appears to be solidly in that camp.

Of course, this is just the tip of the iceberg, but there’s enough here for readers to chew on for a while. What’s clear is that the much-ballyhooed announcement that Trump would not pick either Mike Pompeo or Nikki Haley for cabinet positions was an obvious head-fake aimed at misleading his supporters. Trump’s backers were led to believe that ‘things had changed’ when in fact, the only thing that’s changed is that Trump has officially joined the family of Swamp creatures he pledged to remove.

We’ll let Caitlin Johnstone have the last word:

The only intellectually honest reason to support Trump is because you’re a garden variety Republican and you support standard Republican agendas like lower taxes on the rich and low tolerance for human diversity. There is no honest basis to support Trump on antiwar grounds, or because you want the swamp of corruption to be drained from Washington. This was obvious to anyone who paid attention the last time he was president, but it is glaringly obvious now from all the warmongering swamp monsters he’s been packing his cabinet with. This narrative so-called “MAGA Republicans” have about themselves as some new special breed of Republican who are meaningfully different from the Republicans of the past simply is not born out by any kind of material evidence. They’re not draining the swamp. They’re not fighting the deep state. They’re not ending the wars.They’re doing all the gross stuff Republicans have always tried to do while LARPing as brave rebels. I despise the entirety of the Republican Party; it’s one of the most evil things humanity has ever produced. Caitlin Johnstone@caitoz

Wish I’d said that!

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from TUR

Author’s Update

President-elect Donald Trump has announced the nomination Robert F. Kennedy Jr as Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS). 

“For too long, Americans have been crushed by the industrial food complex and drug companies who have engaged in deception, misinformation, and disinformation when it comes to Public Health,” said Donald Trump. 

“HHS will play a big role in helping ensure that everybody will be protected from harmful chemicals, pollutants, pesticides, pharmaceutical products, and food additives that have contributed to the overwhelming Health Crisis in this Country,” 

Bobby Kennedy is firmly opposed to the Covid mRNA “Vaccine”.  

Trump’s selection of Bobby Kennedy will require Senate confirmation. While the Republicans control the Senate, will  the Kennedy nomination be endorsed?

As Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS), will he be in a position to call for the cancellation of the vaccine to the detriment of Big Pharma.

Let us support him in this important endeavour. 

Let us also recall that Pfizer ALREADY had a criminal record with the U.S. Department of Justice in 2009.

How on earth can we trust a Big Pharma vaccine conglomerate which pleaded guilty to criminal charges by the US Department of Justice.

People were never informed. Both the media and the governments “turned a blind eye”. 

In 2009 Pfizer pleaded “Guilty to a Felony Violation of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.” 

And that is the Big Pharma Company which is now marketing the Covid mRNA “vaccine”, which has resulted in an upward trend of mortality and morbidity, starting immediately following the roll-out of the Covid-19 in mid-December 2020. (That was exactly three years ago)

Video. US Department of Justice. 2.3 Billion Medical Fraud Settlement

Pfizer’s CEOs Were not Arrested.  They were Put on “Probation” by the U.S. DOJ  

 

***

We are being accused of  “spreading disinformation” regarding the Covid-19 vaccine. 

The Reuters and AP media “trackers” and “fact checkers” will be out to smear the testimonies of parents who have lost their children.  

“Once the Lie becomes the Truth, there is no moving backwards. Insanity prevails. The world is turned upside down.”

Let us be under no illusions, the Covid Jab is not only “experimental”, it’s a Big Pharma “killer vaccine” which modifies the human genome. The evidence of mortality and morbidity resulting from vaccine inoculation both present (official data) and future (e.g. undetected microscopic blood clots) is overwhelming. 

The official data (mortality and morbidity) as well as numerous scientific studies confirm the nature of the Covid-19 mRNA vaccine which is being imposed on all humanity. 

Peer reviewed reports confirm the causes  of vaccine related deaths and “adverse events” (injuries) including among others blood clots, thrombosis, myocarditis, cardiac arrests.

The stated objective is to enforce the Worldwide vaccination of 8 billion people in more than 190 countries, to be followed by the imposition of a digitized “vaccine passport”. Needless to say this is a multi-billion dollar operation for Big Pharma. It’s a crime against humanity.

The global vaccine project entitled COVAX is coordinated Worldwide by the WHO, GAVI, CEPI, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation in liaison with the World Economic Forum (WEF),  the Wellcome Trust, DARPA and Big Pharma which is increasingly dominated by the Pfizer-GSK partnership established barely four months before the onset of the Covid-19 crisis in early January 2020.  

In recent developments,

Bill Gates is on Trial in the Netherlands

The court ruled Gates must pay attorneys’ fees and additional legal costs totaling 1,406 euros (approximately $1,520). A hearing is scheduled for Nov. 27. A Modest sum of money for Bill Gates. 

‘Even if … your name is Bill Gates, you still have to go to court’

Father of Vaccine-injured Plaintiff Made ‘Emotional Plea’ to the Court

At the Sept. 18 hearing, plaintiffs also delivered statements. According to Zebra Inspiratie, “One of the victims, who is very ill, was also given the opportunity to make a plea. She was no longer able to speak and was represented by her father. It was an emotional plea.”

Krikke said the plaintiff’s father told the court that his daughter, who was previously healthy, fell ill after getting the COVID-19 vaccine and could no longer speak, telling the judge that he “would really like to speak to Bill Gates directly” to ask him what happened to his daughter.

“After that, the judge was really quiet,” Krikke said.

The Oct. 18 ruling also addressed the plaintiffs’ claims about Gates’ role in the WEF’s “Great Reset” project.

See:

Judge Rules Bill Gates Must Face Vaccine-Injured in Netherlands Court

By Michael Nevradakis, October 25, 2024

 

There are Millions of Victims Worldwide

It is a Criminal Undertaking.

Bill Gates is not only responsible for the deaths resulting from the Vaccine.

He was also involved in the Fraud and Fear Campaign leading up to the historic COVID-19 pandemic lockdown, resulting in the “Closing Down” of  190+ National Economies with devastating impacts on the lives of 8 billion people Worldwide. 

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 20, 2024

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, November 14, 2024

 

The Covid 19 “Vaccine” from the very outset in January 2021 has been conducive to a Worldwide Upward Movement in Mortality 

This is Not Manslaughter. It’s Murder

Yes, It’s a killer vaccine. That message should be loud and clear.

This is happening all over the world: children and adolescents are dying.

Crimes against humanity, crimes against our children.

Less than two months following the launching of Pfizer’s mRNA “vaccine”, a mass funeral protest was held for children who died after receiving the vaccine in Geneva, Switzerland (January 29, 2021)

Video

Myocarditis, Cardiac Arrest: “Young People Are Dying”. Sudden Death on a Massive Scale

The Vaccine Safety Research Foundation has recently released Until Proven Otherwise— a short video documentary about the corroborating findings of two leading cardiologists.

Video

 

Our Children Are the Victims 

Share the following videos far and wide showing what parents have already gone through in losing their children.

Video

*

Video

Sofia Benharira, 16 years old, dies following the Pfizer vaccination.

Our Athletes are Dying

Video below which documents news reports of  “1,000 Athletes Collapsing, Dying, Heart Problems, Blood Clots – March 2021 To June 2022.”

The Criminality of Pfizer is Beyond Doubt

But did you know, Pfizer has already a Criminal Record with the US DOJ for “Fraudulent Marketing”.

And Nobody Knows About Pfizer’s Criminal Record because the Media Fails to Report It. 

Pfizer Reveals in a secret report (declassified under freedom of information) that its mRNA vaccine is a “killer vaccine”. The evidence comes from the “Horse’s Mouth”

By February of 2021, Pfizer had already received more than 1,200 reports of deaths allegedly caused by the vaccine and tens of thousands of reported adverse events, including 23 cases of spontaneous abortions out of 270 pregnancies and more than 2,000 reports of cardiac disorders.

Bear in mind, this is Pfizer’s own data.

In a twisted irony, the data revealed in this “insider report” refutes the official vaccine narrative peddled by the governments and the WHO. It also confirms the analysis of numerous medical doctors and scientists who have revealed the devastating consequences of the mRNA “vaccine”.

What is contained in  Pfizer’s “confidential” report is detailed evidence on the impacts of the “vaccine” on mortality and morbidity. This data which emanates from the “Horse’s Mouth” can now be used to confront as well formulate legal procedures against Big Pharma, the governments, the WHO and the media.

Pfizer was fully aware that the mRNA vaccine which it is marketing Worldwide would result in a wave of mortality and morbidity. This is tantamount to a crime against humanity on the part of Big Pharma.

Pfizer knew from the outset that it was a killer vaccine. 

It is also a  Mea Culpa and Treason on the part of corrupt national governments Worldwide which are being threatened and bribed by Big Pharma.

No attempt has been made by the governments to call for the withdrawal of the killer vaccine.

People are told  that the vaccine is intended to save lives.” (Michel Chossudovsky)

Click here to read Pfizer’s “confidential” report.


Figure 1. Total Number of BNT162b2 AEs by System Organ Classes and Event Seriousness

It would appear that Figure 1 has been removed from the above version of the report.

We have added it in again.

 

What is Presented above is but the “Tip of the Iceberg” of what is happening Worldwide

This whole process is “profit driven” in the billions, sustained by scientific fraud and disinformation.

Worldwide “Big Money” Vaxx Operation

Over a two year period, more than 12.9 billion vaccine doses were administered across 184 countries (Bloomberg, September 21, 2022, see graph below).

 

Recorded September 21, 2022: 12.9 Million doses administered (mid December 2020- September 21, 2022)

July 2023, the estimated number of doses administered Worldwide (WHO) is of the order of 14 billion, for a total World population of 8 billion people. (1.75 doses per person for a World population of 8 billion).

The scale and social impact of this vaccine operation are beyond description. It’s a war against humanity in its entirety. 

The Unspoken Truth: We are dealing with a highly profitable multibillion dollar operation which is predicated on increased levels of vaccine related mortality and morbidity. 

  • DO NOT GET VACCINATED.
  • STAND IN SOLIDARITY WITH THOSE WHO HAVE BEEN VACCINATED.
  • INFORM PEOPLE ACROSS THE LAND ON THE HEALTH RISKS. 
  • TAKE A FIRM STANCE AGAINST THE VACCINE PASSPORT. 

The legitimacy of politicians and their Big Money sponsors must be challenged.

We must act with a single voice nationally and internationally.

Our First Task is to disable the fear campaign

The COVID-19 “vaccination” programme should be halted immediately worldwide.

Please forward this article to friends, colleagues, family. Global Research is the object of censorship. The search engines will not pick it up.

For a more detailed and comprehensive analysis. See Michel Chossudovsky’s recently released book on the Worldwide Corona Crisis. Click here: FREE Download


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’État Against Humanity

Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression

By Michel Chossudovsky

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0, Year: 2022, Product Type: PDF File, Pages: 164 (15 Chapters)

Translations in several languages are envisaged. The book is available in print form in Japanese. 仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を目論む者たち

 

As a means to reaching out to millions of people worldwide whose lives have been affected by the corona crisis, we have decided to distribute the eBook for FREE.

Price: $11.50. FREE COPY Click here to download.


In this September interview, Michel Chossudovsky outlines recent developments pertaining to the Covid-19 mRNA Vaccine.

Video: Prof. Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux

 

click here to leave comment and access Rumble
Odysee version

To access Odysee, leave a comment

Is the Vaccine Safe?

If your remain unconvinced on the dangers of Big Pharma’s Vaxx, have a look at the following carefully research video which according to Dr. Gary G Kohl is:

a must-watch, totally-truthful, science-based, vaccinology-literate video for anyone who is considering getting a booster (or even an initial jab)”.

Video, click lower righthand corner to enlarge screen

Source: JRickey Productions Studio

Regime de Kiev ajudando terroristas na Síria.

November 14th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

A cooperação entre os terroristas wahabitas e os neonazistas ucranianos parece cada vez mais clara. Além das provas da presença de radicais islâmicos no campo de batalha ucraniano, foi recentemente revelado que a inteligência ucraniana está a ajudar membros de um ramo da Al-Qaeda na Síria, fornecendo informações estratégicas para forças dissidentes locais atacarem as tropas do governo legítimo de Bashar al-Assad.

Segundo fontes próximas do governo sírio entrevistadas pela mídia russa, Kiev está trabalhando com membros do grupo Hayat Tahrir-al-Sham (HTS), anteriormente Jabhat al-Nusra, uma milícia salafista extremista que atualmente controla partes da província síria de Idlib. O grupo surgiu de uma divisão local da Al-Qaeda e muitos analistas afirmam que recebe financiamento da Turquia e do Qatar, embora estes estados neguem tais acusações.

O apoio russo ao governo sírio foi vital para Damasco infligir derrotas substanciais aos terroristas do HTS – bem como a outros grupos islâmicos, como o próprio ISIS. Dados os laços de inimizade entre os terroristas e a Rússia, a cooperação com a Ucrânia não parece surpreendente, uma vez que parece haver uma verdadeira “coligação global” contra Moscou, com a OTAN, Kiev, terroristas do Oriente Médio e africanos a trabalharem em conjunto para atacar alvos russos em qualquer lugar. .

Informações fornecidas pelo governo sírio revelam que instrutores militares ucranianos estão a trabalhar no terreno na Síria para treinar terroristas locais em técnicas avançadas de guerra, transmitindo conhecimentos típicos das forças especiais. Soldados russos que lutam na Síria em nome do governo Assad também foram entrevistados pela mídia, confirmando que viram cidadãos ucranianos do lado inimigo.

Uma das principais técnicas ensinadas pelos instrutores é o uso de drones militares. Comandos ucranianos estão treinando rebeldes sírios para usar drones de diversas maneiras, incluindo lançadores de granadas, detecção de movimentos inimigos e ataques suicidas. Além disso, um grande número de armas recebidas por Kiev está sendo entregue aos terroristas, ampliando o seu poder de combate.

Numa entrevista a jornalistas russos, Mohammed Hamra, um antigo funcionário do governo sírio natural de Idlib, disse que o serviço de segurança local identificou pelo menos 250 instrutores ucranianos na região. Ele disse que o objetivo dos comandos estrangeiros é treinar os militantes para combater as forças governamentais e ensiná-los a matar soldados russos, transmitindo a experiência de combate ucraniana do conflito de Donbass. Além disso, a inteligência síria afirma que os militantes estão preparando uma série de ataques especiais contra a base russa na região de Khmeimim.

Outro fato interessante é que foram detectados ucranianos entregando drogas aos militantes salafistas. Estas drogas incluem estimulantes e substâncias energéticas e destinam-se a manter os terroristas acordados durante o maior tempo possível, aumentando o seu estado de alerta durante situações de operações complexas.

Deve-se enfatizar que a cooperação não é unilateral. Em troca, os militantes do HTS ofereceram a Kiev vários militantes chechenos que anteriormente se tinham juntado aos rebeldes na Síria. A presença de separatistas chechenos no campo de batalha ucraniano expandiu-se em grande parte devido a este intercâmbio militar com terroristas do Oriente Médio. Da mesma forma, militantes de outros grupos extremistas, como o próprio ISIS, juntaram-se ao HTS após a intervenção da Rússia na Síria. Estes grupos têm um forte interesse em aderir à Ucrânia, tanto em retaliação à ajuda de Moscou a Damasco como para ganhar experiência militar prática.

Parece claro que existe uma coligação internacional de movimentos terroristas contra a Rússia. Recentemente, houve um escândalo em África sobre a presença de soldados ucranianos ao lado de terroristas tuaregues, o que permitiu, por exemplo, um ataque brutal a membros do Grupo PMC Wagner no país. As técnicas utilizadas pelos terroristas africanos para este ataque não eram típicas da guerra de guerrilha primitiva tradicionalmente praticada por tais grupos, uma vez que incluíam a utilização de drones modernos. O governo do Mali acusou a inteligência ucraniana de transmitir conhecimentos militares aos terroristas, e uma situação semelhante foi relatada agora pelo governo sírio.

Isto não é surpreendente, considerando que os militantes neonazistas e salafistas trabalham pelos mesmos interesses ocidentais. Sempre houve envolvimento ocidental nas ações destes grupos, o que explica a atual aliança anti-russa. Esta é mais uma prova de que não é possível qualquer diplomacia entre Moscou e o regime de Kiev, uma vez que negociar com terroristas é absolutamente inaceitável.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Kiev regime helping terrorists in Syria, InfoBrics, 14 de Novembro de 2024.

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

They Were There First: Election Denialism, the Democratic Way

November 14th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

The scene is memorable enough.  November 2016.  The Twin Peaks Tavern, Castro District.  Men gathered, beside themselves.  “It’s shocking how those people voted him in,” splutters one over a Martini.  “Yes,” says a companion, bristling in anger at the election of Donald J. Trump, sex pest, dubious businessman, orange-haired monster and reality television star. “Why were they ever given the vote?”  History had come full circle, the claim now being that tens of millions of voters in the 2016 US presidential election should have been disenfranchised.  In their mind, this bloc was to be abominated as Hillary Clinton’s designated “deplorables”, a monstrous collective needing to be pushed into the sea.

In November 2024, we see similar tremors of doubt and consternation, though the official stance, as expressed by President Joe Biden, is to “accept the choice the country made.”  In the vast, noisy hinterland of social media speculation lie unproven claims that some 20 million votes have gone missing, necessitating a recount.  Ditto problems with failing voting machines.  In a statement of cool dismissive confidence, Jen Easterly, director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, is adamant:

“we have no evidence of any malicious activity that had a material impact on the security and integrity of our election infrastructure.”

2016 might have given the Democrats meditative pause as to why Trump was elected.  Even more significantly, why Trump’s election was more apotheosis rather than gnarly distortion.  Instead of vanishing as aberrant over the Biden years, Trumpism has come home to roost in winning, not only the Electoral College but the majority vote by convincing margins.

Much is made of Trump’s pathological campaign against the legitimacy of his loss in 2020, as well as it might.  Less is made, certainly from the centre left and Democratic quarters, of the conspiratorial webbing that served to excuse an appalling electoral performance on behalf of the donkey party and their chosen candidate, Hillary Clinton.  Doing so shifted any coherent analysis about loss and misjudgement to plot and the sorcery of disruption – the very sorts of things that Trump would use to such effect after 2020.  Indeed, the seeds of election denialism were already sown in 2016 by the Democrats.  Trump would draw on this shoddy model with vengeful enthusiasm in 2020.

In Shattered: Inside Hillary Clinton’s Doomed Campaign, journalists Jonathan Allen and Amie Parnes make the point that the Clinton team took a matter of hours to concoct “the case that the election wasn’t entirely on the up-and-up… Already, Russian hacking was the centrepiece of the argument.”

In declassified notes provided in September 2020 by the then Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe to the Senate Judiciary Committee, the picture of pre-emptive delegitimization becomes vivid.  Clinton, in late July 2016, “had approved a campaign plan to stir a scandal against US Presidential candidate Donald Trump by tying him to Putin and the Russians’ hacking of the Democratic National Committee.”  Then Central Intelligence Agency Director John Brennan “subsequently briefed President Obama and other senior national security officials on the intelligence, including the ‘alleged approval by Hillary Clinton July 26, 2016 of a proposal from one of her foreign policy advisors to vilify Donald Trump by stirring up a scandal claiming interference by Russian security services.’”

Since her loss, Clinton has been impervious to the notion that she lacked sufficient appeal in the electoral race.  Trump was, she has continued to insist, never a legitimate president to begin with.

Other Democrat worthies never deviated from the narrative.  The late Californian Senator Dianne Feinstein was certain in January 2017 that the change in fortunes in the Clinton camp had much to do with the announcement the previous October that the FBI would be investigating Clinton’s private email server.  Typically, the issue of what was exposed was less relevant than the fact of exposure.  The former was irrelevant; the latter, Russian, unpardonable, causal and fundamental.

In June 2019, former President Jimmy Carter went even further, showing that the Democrats would remain indifferent to Trump as a serious electoral phenomenon. 

“I think a full investigation would show that Trump didn’t actually win the election in 2016,” he stated on a panel hosted by the Carter Center at Leesburg, Virginia.  “He lost the election, and he was put into office because the Russians interfered on his behalf.” 

This execrable nonsense was fanned, fed and nurtured by media servitors, to such a degree as to prompt Gerard Baker, currently editor-at-large for the Wall Street Journal, to remark that it was mostly “among the most disturbing, dishonest, and tendentious I’ve ever seen.”

An odd analysis in Politico by David Faris about the latest election suggests that Democrats “have the advantage of introspection” while the Republicans, after losing in 2020, “chose not to look inward and instead descended into a conspiratorial morass of denial and rage that prevented them, at least publicly, from addressing the sources of their defeat.”

Faris misses the mark in one fundamental respect.  The Democrats were, fascinatingly enough, the proto-election denialists.  They did not storm the Capitol in patriotic, costumed moodiness, but they did try to eliminate Trump as an electoral force.  In doing so, they failed to see Trumpland take root under their noses.  His stunning and conclusive return to office demands something far more substantive in response than the amateurish, foamy undergraduate rage that has become the hallmark of a distinct monomania.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

Well, those with the most beef lead the herd. That sounds like the primitive form of leadership adopted before mankind grew up a bit.  The era when warriors and physical prowess alone decided the pecking order.

However, over a few thousand years people progressed and the powers required for remaining king of the castle changed.

Those with the ability for intellectual reasoning overcame purely physical strength and eventually those with a commercial penchant pushed aside the intellectuals. 

.

Image courtesy – urbanchickencoops.ca

.

Only a few hundred years ago, we in the West had an era of great advances in the arts and in self-discovery, known as the Renaissance, in which superstition and religious dogma were eclipsed by a dynamic exploration of both the physical and psycho-spiritual worlds. 

.

Renaissance Conflict and Rivalries: Cultural Polemics in Europe, c. 1300–c. 1650

.

Science emerged as a discipline in search of rational explanations of what makes universal life forces behave the way they do. The same with the development of medicines and systems of governance.

The integration of all these facets of human evolution promised something better and more sophisticated than rule by baseline power and control which had started the social cycle going.

But, lo and behold, emerging out of supposedly progressive political energies of North America, are symptoms of the old brute power game once again taking centre stage.

Only now it is not individual physical strength, but individual financial strength that aims to rule the day. Hence America welcomes an era of ‘billionaire presidents of power’ to occupy the throne of domestic and globalist influence. 

’ it looks like Musk will come out at the top of the pyramid and Trump will slot in behind him.

We know that banks, corporations and intelligence services actually run the modern world’s daily affairs, but now we have sheer individual wealth and prestige claiming their own unique powers of intervention on the world stage.

One entrepreneurial billionaire applauds another such determined billionaire in a game of mutual back slapping. George Soros, Bill Gates and Jeff Bezos are among another clique from the same stable. 

So Trump gives Musk the privilege of intervening in the affairs of State; possibly even setting the agenda in some areas. And Musk hails triumphant Trump by pouring money into his political fighting funds. 

None of this has anything to do with merit, you understand.  Unless making a financial killing is considered meritorious in its own right. Something that seems to have become an integral part of ‘The American Dream’.

Musk’s Tesla electric car business is seemingly not favoured by Trump. The supposedly liberal philosophy behind the ‘X’ social media operation also does not go down well. 

We don’t know what the EMF microwaving satellite spy in the sky extravaganza is thought of by Trump – nor Musk’s ‘smart’ (arsed) AI agenda. But he does not seem to have his hopes pinned on the cyborgian transhuman future which Musk has in mind for us.

However, one can be pretty sure that Trump admires Musk quite simply because he’s the richest man in the world. And that sort of admiration leads to the complete abandonment of sobriety.

Wealth is mesmerising. Extreme wealth is intoxicating.  And because most of mankind is equally mesmerized by these beasts of Mammon, they find a ready audience wherever they go, whatever they do and say.

They worship themselves, each other and their deeply ingrained illusions of power; and this gives them an aura of invincibility in the eyes of billions of aspiring materialists who see grandiose pomposity as the very pinnacle of ‘success’. 

The dominance of a politically motivated billionaire elite goes beyond globalism, as we know it today. It belongs to the realm of ‘self congratulating’ dictatorship and despotism.

It is a return to the age when physical strength dominated tribal life –   except that now the tool of domination is not a powerful physique but vast individual wealth.

Collective attainment of such wealth has been spearheaded by transnational and multinational corporations over the past few decades. This form of wealth gathering requires a degree of team work and shared financial management. 

But the individual despot likes to go it alone – and nobody, or almost nobody, tries to stop him. Because if one’s life goals are essentially materialistic, somewhere inside one harbours the same dream as the despot.

So here we are. 

Many today long to see – and to feel respect for – some genuine leadership qualities in those who strut the world stage. So they imbue these actors with qualities they do not possess, because the psychological need to feel protected and cared for by some father figure is a dominant emotional condition, particularly in times of great uncertainty.

Some may argue that such elite figureheads represent resistance to a quasi-governmental and corporate takeover. A brake against the deep state architects of control establishing their cybernetic New World Order. 

But this theory fails to hold water, since the individual despots operate entirely within the parameters of the status quo. They do not stand for a revolutionary change of attitude and redirected goal of life that constitutes the only way the broad swathe of humanity can find liberation and emancipation. They simply rearrange the deck chairs on the Titanic.

Thus, once again, we come face to face with an indisputable truth. The true values upon which to build a community, society, nation and world – are not materialistic in nature, but are spiritual.

As long as ‘leaders’ flaunt their financial vanities and pretend to offer alternatives to the blue pill Matrix, the world, and all its life forms, will continue to slide into an irrevocable state of oblivion. 

As long as those in power use psychic and financial exploitation to cause others to suffer inferiority complexes and feelings of being lesser human beings – as long as this form of inequality prevails as the norm – then we cannot hope for the grand redistribution of wealth and social status that is the only way to set the world on its true path of socioeconomic and spiritual emancipation. 

While the speculation and second-guessing of what will next emerge along the linear pathway of political subterfuge rages on – the real work of humanity is consigned to the shadows, smothered, fractured – and barely visible amongst the superficial ebb and flow of various shades of criminality. 

I prefer to view this exhibition of Muskian type megalomania as the last hurrah of a dying era. The final burst of individual two-dimensional tunnel vision power compulsion. 

Serious people, with their eyes set on both personal and collective transformation, recognise that the change which is most deeply longed for is the realisation of our highest body, mind and spirit aspirations. A route that frees one from the constant tug of the ego and the seductive allure of narcissism.

This is the way of truth which stands in stark contrast with the battle of the egos that rages on the world stage.

Just because someone is in possession of a large amount of money does not mean he/she has something useful to say.  In fact it generally means the opposite.

The kind of attention to overt materialism required to elevate someone into the category of billionaire is proportionate to the lack of wisdom such a person exhibits. How else could it be?

Unless and until spiritual and humanitarian values are nurtured into having a leading role in our daily lives, no genuine life improvements can take place.

Yet the majority of ‘educated’ people still strain their ears to catch every last word of purposeful deception spewed out into an already over polluted mass media market place by the Musks, Trumps and Gates’s of this world. While completely ignoring outstanding words of wisdom that bring clarity and sanity into meaningful focus.   

Here’s a pearl of such wisdom to hold onto at a time when the bombastic and belligerent kings of spin crowd out the courageous purveyors of truth:  

“Civilization, in the real sense of the term, consists not in the multiplication, but in the deliberate and voluntary reduction of wants.” —Mahatma Gandhi

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Julian Rose is an early pioneer of UK organic farming, a writer,  broadcaster and international activist. He is author of the acclaimed title ‘Overcoming the Robotic Mind’ and other works. Do visit his website www.julianrose.info.

He is a regular contributor to Global research.

Featured image is from Sky News

The U.S.-China Business Council report on “U.S. Exports to China 2023” reveals that $151.3 billion worth of American goods were exported to China, supporting over one million U.S. jobs. According to the American Bureau of Economic Analysis, an official U.S. government agency,

“In 2023, U.S. exports of goods and services to China were $195.5 billion, down 0.9% from 2022, while imports from China were $447.7 billion, down 20.6% from 2022. As a result, the trade deficit with China declined to $252.1 billion”.

However, these economic facts and figures do not determine U.S. policy toward China. Instead, the neo-colonial and imperialist strategies led by the U.S. and Europe shape the nature of the U.S.-China trade dispute. The imperialist, colonial, and capitalist core finds an alternative model of development and economic growth neither acceptable nor tolerable.

In the name of trade disputes, U.S. President Donald Trump has consolidated and further reinforced the anti-Chinese policies and sentiments shaped by American business elites and their think tanks, such as the Center for Strategic and International Studies, the American Enterprise Institute, the Atlantic Council, and others. These institutes, under the guise of research, often serve as the propaganda arm of the American ruling elites, represented by the U.S. government. Trump’s second term is expected to be even more aggressively anti-China, particularly in terms of imposing tariffs on Chinese goods and services. Trump has stated that “tariffs are the greatest thing ever invented,” tariffs as an economic weapon used by imperialist countries like the U.S. and Western European nations to undermine and dismantle trading abilities of developing countries in Asia, Africa and Latin America. Tariffs are the foundations of unfair trade practices led by the imperialist countries in the name of protecting domestic industries, innovation and intellectual properties.  American and European consumers suffer the most because of anti-Chinese trade practices.

However, these anti-Chinese tariffs are not intended to benefit American, European consumers or global economy. Instead, they aim to protect corporate profits by undermining high-quality, yet more affordable Chinese goods and services. The trade dispute is often framed as a trade war between the U.S. and China, a conflict that was both intensified and accelerated under Trump. According to Josh Lipsky, the ripple effects of the U.S.-China trade war in 2018 could have cost the global economy $700 billion. It is going to grow in the second term of Trump presidency.

Who paid this huge cost? The simple answer is consumers—the working masses. The trade dispute between China and America led to rising consumer prices on goods and services provided by China. As a result, working people bore the brunt of the increased cost of living, paying more for everyday products that are essential to their lives. In a capitalist market society dominated by imperialists, both at home and abroad, who truly cares for the masses? The policies that shape this system often prioritise corporate profits over the well-being of ordinary people. 

American imperialism, along with its Western European allies, views the world primarily in terms of trade surpluses and deficits. These powers often use military conflicts to ensure the smooth flow of trade, free from any barriers imposed by governments in countries across Asia, Africa, and Latin America. These imperialist powers provoke anti-China sentiments in the China’s neighbourhoods by forming military, strategic and economic alliances. President Trump, as a businessman, aligned himself with this imperialist market trajectory in world politics, seeking to undermine and dismantle any successful models of state-led economic development, such as China’s. There is little distinction between Republicans and Democrats when it comes to containing China’s growth and development. Both parties compete to be more anti-China, striving to outdo one another in their approach to the issue. The Biden administration, for instance, continued Trump’s policies on China, even increasing tariffs and levies on Chinese products and services. The recently concluded election campaign further revealed that there was little difference between President-elect Trump and his opponent, Kamala Harris, in their stance on undermining China’s alternative development model. Both Republicans and Democrats share a common approach when it comes to China, united in their efforts to curtail its rise.

American and European consumers are the beneficiaries of Chinese trade but these countries frequently accuse China of unfair trade practices, aiming to undermine its competitive advantage and progressive subsidy policies. They also accuse the Chinese state of engaging in business espionage and technology theft, alleging violations of international trade agreements. However, there is no truth to these accusations. In reality, China has reformed its Foreign Investment Law to encourage technological cooperation based on voluntary, mutually agreed-upon rules that govern business investments. The law not only bans forced technology transfers but also protects the trade secrets and intellectual property of foreign investors. These false allegations are part of a broader strategy to undermine China and its creative, technological, and scientific capabilities, as well as the productive potential of its skilled workforce.

American imperialism and its European allies have failed to acknowledge the failures of their capitalist models of development, which has led to a declining ability to meet their consumption needs through domestic production. Capitalism, driven by the pursuit of profit and mass consumerism, has undermined domestic industries, contributing to deindustrialisation in both Europe and America. The trade deficit is a direct result of this imbalance between production and consumption. In contrast, China’s trade surplus is driven by its technologically advanced workforce, which produces more than it consumes. As a result, China exports more and imports less, leading to a trade surplus. Meanwhile, capitalist countries like the United States and those in Western Europe consume more than they produce, which causes their imports to exceed exports and results in trade deficits.

In this context, imperialist nations are engaged in an economic war with China over trade surplus. However, this trade dispute does not serve the interests of people worldwide. The imperialist powers are deflecting attention from their own capitalist failures by unjustly blaming China for its development, which is fundamentally centered around the well-being of its people and people across the world.

China should reconsider its approach to retaliating against imperialist market logic. Moving away from a corporate-driven market strategy based on tariffs and levies is crucial. Increasing tariffs on American and European goods does not benefit consumers in China, Europe, America, or anywhere else in the global market. Instead, China should focus on promoting worker-led cooperative business models and investment strategies, both domestically and internationally. By prioritizing these models, China can foster more equitable and sustainable economic relationships that serve the interests of workers and consumers worldwide, rather than continuing to rely on punitive trade measures designed by the neocolonial imperialist and their crony capitalists. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Bhabani Shankar Nayak is a political commentator. 

Featured image source

The involvement of Western European powers in the NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict is no secret. The once powerful countries were leading the charge in terms of (neo)colonialism for centuries, but as their might started fading away, with the irony of history (or one could even say “karma”), they’ve also become someone’s colonies, vassals and satellite states.

This is particularly true for the United Kingdom, which not only lost control over what later became the United States in the 18th century, but effectively turned into one of America’s most loyal “allies” (although a vassal is a more fitting term). However, perhaps the saddest fall was seen in France, which became even less sovereign in recent decades, especially after the death of Charles de Gaulle, the last independent leader in Paris.

Thus, the US managed to accomplish unprecedented uniformity in the political West, particularly in the aftermath of the unfortunate dismantling of the Soviet Union. Ever since, despite occasional disputes, NATO acted largely in unison, with both London and Paris giving significant contributions to Washington DC’s aggression against the entire world. This uniformity became particularly apparent in Ukraine, where the United Kingdom and France are essentially even more hawkish than the US itself. London’s pathological Russophobia, which admittedly goes back centuries, is still breaking all principles of basic logic. Namely, the UK often goes too far and seems to even demonstrate readiness to risk its own existence just so it could hurt Moscow’s interests as much as possible.

This rabid hatred for all things Russian is really giving the likes of Poland and the Baltic states a run for their money and it seems there’s no end to it. The Kremlin is perfectly aware of all this, which is why it has been considering the seemingly “drastic” option of cutting even the most basic diplomatic ties with Downing Street. And who could possibly blame Russia given the fact that the UK is doing everything in its power to destroy whatever’s left of their relationship? London has simply crossed all red lines and it seems it’s showing no intent of stopping. For instance, Prime Minister Keir Starmer fully supports the use of the Franco-British “Storm Shadow”/SCALP EG air-launched cruise missiles against targets deep within Russia’s undisputed territory, with no apparent limitations.

It should be noted he pledged his support for this move just four days after taking office on July 5. However, while the UK has a history of Russophobia, Russia’s “old friend” France, perhaps the only Western power to have had relatively good relations with it in the last 150 years, seems to be losing its connection with reality and is now going through a phase of quasi-Napoleonic delusions of grandeur. President Emmanuel Macron will surely be remembered for destroying whatever’s left of Russo-French ties and effectively turning the two countries into mortal enemies. Paris is one of the most deeply involved Western powers in the NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict, with its special forces and Foreign Legion personnel present since the very beginning of the special military operation (SMO).

For some inexplicable reason, France is simply looking for a fight with Russia, instead of focusing on a plethora of burning issues at home. It keeps sending weapons and personnel to fight alongside the Neo-Nazi junta forces, although Russian long-range missiles keep finding both. The Kremlin’s world-class capabilities in this field are causing massive casualties for all parties involved in the NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict, but the French seem to be bearing the brunt of it. This year alone, nearly half a dozen precision strikes obliterated hundreds of personnel from France, starting with Kharkov back in January. However, instead of learning its lesson, Paris kept sending more of them, resulting in even higher casualties by August, although things got even worse in September.

And while NATO forces keep getting obliterated, with multiple hypersonic strikes on their positions, resulting in hundreds of dead and wounded “tourists” on another failed “Ukrainian war safari”, it seems it’s simply never enough. Namely, Macron and Keir Starmer are now making a last-ditch effort to get the lame-duck Biden administration to officially green-light long-range strikes using NATO-sourced weapons.

Several major outlets of the mainstream propaganda machine are reporting this, with the Telegraph even citing sources in the UK government. Talks on the issue took place in Paris, with both the UK and France adamant to see the NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict escalate, especially before Trump takes office, as he repeatedly made it clear that he has other priorities.

It remains to be seen whether Trump will indeed keep his word, but European NATO members don’t seem to be ready to take any chances and are seeking ways to ensure escalation before January. The complexity of their weapon systems requires extensive presence of British and French personnel on the ground in NATO-occupied Ukraine. This is the only way to ensure these long-range strikes can even be conducted. The presence of NATO ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance) assets has fallen significantly in recent months, particularly after an RQ-4 “Global Hawk” was neutralized over the Black Sea back in June. This makes the presence of NATO personnel on the ground even more important, although it will be extremely difficult to hide such an increase in their numbers.

However, Russian President Vladimir Putin has made it abundantly clear what would happen in case of such attacks. He reiterated this warning and repeatedly demonstrated that he doesn’t bluff. Unfortunately, both the UK and France seem to have this inexplicable desire to be wiped off the map. It should be noted that Russia fields missiles capable of simply deleting both countries in one fell swoop.

This is currently true for two ICBMs (intercontinental ballistic missiles) in its arsenal, namely the older R-36M2 “Voevoda”, better known by its menacing NATO reporting name SS-18 “Satan”, and the latest RS-28 “Sarmat”, reportedly named SS-X-30 “Satan 2”. Either of these can obliterate the entirety of France (let alone the much smaller UK), meaning that both countries are indeed playing with their very existence.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelenskyy meets French President Emmanuel Macron during a state visit to France, 17 June 2019. (Source: President.gov.ua)

John F. Kennedy, Malcolm X, Martin Luther King, Robert F. Kennedy. A Bizarre Kind of Executive Action: The Suppression of Epochal Documentaries. Edward Curtin

By Edward Curtin, November 14, 2024

I was hopeful that if enough people got see to see these illuminating and brilliantly done films, built on more than 120 interviews over six years with key historical figures, including many family members of the four men, change was possible because more people would demand accountability. That the movies were also entertaining, despite their profoundly serious content, boded well for their reaching a wide audience.

Appeal to the Superpowers: Stop the Zionist-Israeli Genocide at Once!

By Peter Koenig, November 14, 2024

A month ago, the Biden Administration has told Netanyahu that within a month, the situation in Gaza must have improved, sufficient food trucks must be allowed into Gaza, the indiscriminate bombing must stop, adequate amounts of drinking water must be made available to the Gazan population, schools, and hospitals – those that still exist – must remain untouched, otherwise no more US weapons will be shipped to Israel.

Joint Extraordinary Summit Between the Organization of Islamic Cooperation and the Arab League Calls for Embargo Against Israel

By Abayomi Azikiwe, November 14, 2024

A recent gathering of two multilateral organizations, the Arab League and the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC), has demanded united action to halt the genocide in Gaza and the rapidly spreading war throughout the West Asia region.

Abu Ghraib Detainees Awarded $42 Million in Torture Trial Against Virginia Based CACI

By Sanya Mansoor, November 14, 2024

The jury awarded a total of $42 million to three Iraqi men — a journalist, a middle school principal, and fruit vendor — who were held at the notorious prison two decades ago. The plaintiffs’ suit accused Virginia-based CACI, which was hired by the U.S. government to provide interrogation services at Abu Ghraib, of conspiring with American soldiers to torture detainees.

Draft Dodger in Chief Dodges “Historic” Opening of US Embassy, Jerusalem. Felicity Arbuthnot

By Felicity Arbuthnot, November 14, 2024

It was NBC’s Cal Parry who summed up the obscenity of Donald Trump’s ignorant and igniting decision to move the US Embassy to West Jerusalem, then to celebrate the inauguration on Monday, 14th May: “Well dressed American and Israeli officials on one side of the screen: desperation, death and fires on the other.”

Trump’s Partner for Peace in the Middle East

By Steven Sahiounie, November 14, 2024

On November 12, US President-elect Donald Trump announced that he had picked real estate executive Steven Witkoff to be his upcoming administration’s special envoy to the Middle East. Witkoff is a New Yorker, Jewish, a successful real estate executive, and a personal friend of Trump.

After Four Years of Censorship: Mainstream Media Now Confirms That “COVID Jabs May be to Blame for Increase in Excess Deaths”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Sarah Knapton, November 13, 2024

From early 2021, coinciding with the rollout of the Covid vaccine, an upward trend in Covid vaccine-related deaths has unfolded. There is an increase in excess mortality attributable to the Covid vaccine. Ironically, three years later the mainstream media is now reporting (see Telegraph above) on Covid vaccine-related excess mortality.

Below is an excerpt from an article published by TODAY on November 8:

Elaine and Scott Conley died only seven months apart, leaving behind four children. Now, their community of Topsfield, Massachusetts,wants to give the kids a brighter future.

“It’s unfathomable … and so horrific,” Elaine’s sister Diane Fucci, 58, tells TODAY.com.

Elaine, 52, died on October 26, 2024, more than a year after she was diagnosed with leukemia. Her death came approximately seven months after her husband Scott, 52, died of a heart attack on March 15, 2024.

Elaine, an occupational therapist and Scott, 52, a detective with the Chelsea Police Department, shared four children: Twins Aidan and Max, 19, Keira, 15, and Shea, 11.

According to Fucci, Elaine was the “fun and easy” sister who loved animals.

“She was the baby of five … as a kid she had hamsters and mice,” she says, adding that in childhood, “We could get Elaine to do anything we wanted — if as you timed her doing it.”

Click here to read the full article.

My Take…

Both parents were in COVID-19 vaccine-mandated professions.

These mandates are wiping out entire families.

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image: Elaine Walsh Conley and Scott Conley pictured on their wedding day. (Courtesy Diane Fucci via TODAY)


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Russia’s Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) published a statement on Monday alleging that “Washington is considering holding presidential and parliamentary elections [in Ukraine] next year in the context of continued hostilities with Russia.” The purpose is to act “As one of the ‘legitimate’ ways to eliminate the ‘overly presumptuous’ V. Zelensky”, “if necessary.” To that end, the US is already supposedly leveraging its agents of influence in Ukraine to “create[e] a new party designed to occupy a pro-American niche”.

This analysis here from August “Assessing The Veracity Of SVR’s Latest Report About Impending Political Changes In Kiev” hyperlinks to three associated analyses from December 2023, January 2024, and May 2024 in an attempt to account for why prior predictions of political changes there have yet to happen. As regards the latest prediction, which is importantly caveated with the vague claim that it’ll only be done “if necessary”, there are reasons to expect it to be more difficult to pull off than SVR’s statement implies.

.

.

The only realistic way that the US can coerce Zelensky into holding elections without a ceasefire first, remembering that he said that he supposedly can’t hold them till the conflict ends due to his government’s interpretation of the martial law decree, is by withholding military aid. If Trump goes through with that, then he risks facilitating a Russian military breakthrough that could raise the chances of Russia achieving its maximum goals in the conflict, which the US naturally wants to avoid happening.

Despite Trump promising to end the NATO-Russian proxy war in Ukraine that Biden was responsible for provoking, he’s still a businessman at heart and therefore likely isn’t comfortable with his country receiving no return on their hundreds of billions of dollars’ worth of investments. For that reason, it’s improbable that he’ll create the conditions for Russia to achieve its maximum goals in the conflict by withholding military aid from Zelensky until the latter holds new elections as a means for replacing him.

What’s more likely is that Trump coerces Zelensky into agreeing to a ceasefire and then demands that he hold elections shortly after that, perhaps on the pretext of ensuring a democratic mandate for proceeding further with peace talks, after which he and his party could then be replaced. This “phased leadership transition” would only occur “if necessary” since Trump might also let Zelensky continue putting off elections while using the SBU to consolidate his one-party rule if he does his bidding.

It’s premature to predict whether or not Trump would demand that elections be held after a ceasefire, but it can be assessed with a high degree of confidence that he wouldn’t demand that they be held before then since that could facilitate Russia inflicting a strategic defeat on the US. Whenever elections finally arrive, it’s a certainty that the US will do everything possible to perpetuate its influence over Kiev, even if this requires “democratically” replacing Zelensky and his party with more popular proxies.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.    

Featured image: President Donald J. Trump participates in a bilateral meeting with Ukraine President Volodymyr Zalensky Wednesday, Sept. 25, 2019, at the InterContinental New York Barclay in New York City. (Official White House Photo by Shealah Craighead)

There is no doubt that the leaders of Washington, Moscow and Beijing could stop that horrifying massacre at once.

President-elect Donald Trump has said on many occasions, during his campaign and after his election, that he will stop the Ukraine war in less than 24 hours. If this is possible, and there is no doubt that it is, the same applies to halting almost instantaneously the abject slaughter-genocide of Zionist-Israel against Palestinians in Gaza, in the West Bank, and against Lebanon – and the threat on Iran, the entire Middle East, and whatever and whoever else may be on the domineering hit list of the Chosen People.

A month ago, the Biden Administration has told Netanyahu that within a month, the situation in Gaza must have improved, sufficient food trucks must be allowed into Gaza, the indiscriminate bombing must stop, adequate amounts of drinking water must be made available to the Gazan population, schools, and hospitals – those that still exist – must remain untouched, otherwise no more US weapons will be shipped to Israel.

Today is the deadline.

The situation in Gaza has worsened. Before October 7, 2023, around 500 trucks per day with nutrition and medication were allowed into Gaza.

Today, recently only fraction of about 35 to maximum 50 per day enter Gaza.

On many days, none at all.

Mind you, and just so everybody understands, this October 7, 2023 is an artificial date, and the Hamas attack is “artificial” in the sense that it had been planned by Israel (Mossad), CIA, MI6, for several years before. The same with Hamas – its creation was a western Secret Service achievement. Precisely for the reason and purpose that it serves today.

As testified by high-level officers of the Israeli security force protecting the border to Gaza – “not even a rat could cross that border unobserved”; thus, a several hour-long pause in border protection must have been ordered in the early morning of October 7, 2023, so that Hamas could carry out their planned attack. See this video, dated 13 November 2024:

Ex-NHS surgeon Nizam Mamode broke down as he told the international development committee what he witnessed when working as a surgeon in Gaza.

One could call it a “False Flag” of gigantic proportions.

Today, deadline day of the Biden Administration’s ultimatum – bombing of Gaza, especially northern Gaza, continues indiscriminately. Targeting schools and medical facilities – as if no such ultimatum existed. It would appear that Netanyahu and those who command him, never actually listened, or agreed to it.

What would you believe the Biden Administration’s response and reaction is to the continuous attack and obliteration of Gaza?  Yeap — continue with weapon shipments and indiscriminate support of the Zionist genocide as per status quo, despite the broken ultimatum.

This is not just shame – it is first-hand testimony of what our rudderless, rules-based world has become today.

Here comes a relatively simple solutions for the three World Powers, Washington, Russia, Beijing: to act in unison and to stop the killing, destruction, and misery at once.

Now that the US ultimatum expired, these three world powers could simply occupy Israel with minimal casualties, block deliveries of fuel, food, medication, water supply [much of which belongs to Palestine anyway] – and of course, weapons and money. All blocked at once.

From one day to the other, the killing would stop.

Or, is somebody telling the world that there are powers, obviously Zionists or Zionist-associated supremacies, that are above the United States, Russia, and China?

If this is so, it is high time (it is a second before midnight) for those in the know —Big Tech, Big Finance— to come to the fore and reveal the perpetrators. If they do not, sooner or later – rather sooner than later – We, the People, will find out on our own and take the reins into our hands. What then follows is not a Revolution, but and Evolution of a “higher’ kind, taking care of the criminals in a “Nuremberg 2.0” and ascending towards a New World of sovereign states, harmoniously living together.

Wait, we are not there yet.

We are still at the point where the three superpowers in unison could stop this war – as well as the Ukraine war, and all wars and conflicts —at once. All they need to do is joining together for the sake of humanity – and apply their genius, willpower and political might for lasting peace.

This is what this APPEAL is all about:

It is for a threesome act of the mighty to save humanity.

For a union of the three, as if they had to save their own lives.

Not tomorrow.

NOW.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image source

“The old lie: Dulce et decorum est /Pro patria mori (It is a sweet and fitting thing to die for one’s country”) – Wilfred Owen

Yes, it seems fitting that I am writing these words on November 11, Veterans Day in the U.S. and Remembrance Day in Commonwealth countries, a day that began as Armistice Day to celebrate the ending of World War I, the “war to end all wars.”

That phrase has become a sardonic joke in the century that has followed as wars have piled up upon wars to create a permanent condition, and the censorship and propaganda that became acute with WW I have been exacerbated a hundredfold today. The number of dead soldiers and civilians in the century since numbs a mind intent on counting numbers, as courage, love, and innocence wails from skeletons sleeping deep in dirt everywhere. The minds of the living are ravished at the thought of so much death.

Almost a year ago I reviewed a film – Four Died Trying – about four American men who were assassinated by the U.S. government because they opposed the wars upon which their country had come to rely: President John F. Kennedy, Malcolm X, Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr., and Senator Robert F. Kennedy. I wrote of this documentary film, directed by John Kirby and produced by Libby Handros, that it was powerful, riveting, and masterful, the opening 58 minute prologue to a film series meant to be released at intervals over a few years. This prologue was released at the end of 2023 to great applause.

I wrote of it:

Today we are living the consequences of the CIA/national security state’s 1960s takeover of the country. Their message then and now: We, the national security state, rule, we have the guns, the media, and the power to dominate you. We control the stories you are meant to hear. If you get uppity, well-known, and dare challenge us, we will buy you off, denigrate you, or, if neither works, we will kill you. You are helpless, they reiterate endlessly. Bang. Bang. Bang.

But they lie, and this series of films, beginning with its first installment, will tell you why. It will show why understanding the past is essential for transforming the present. It will profoundly inspire you to see and hear these four bold and courageous men refuse to back down to the evil forces that shot them down. It will open your eyes to the parallel spiritual paths they walked and the similarity of the messages they talked about – peace, justice, racism, colonialism, human rights, and the need for economic equality – not just in the U.S.A. but across the world, for the fate of all people was then, and is now, linked to the need to transform the U.S. warfare state into a country of peace and human reconciliation, just as these four men radically underwent deep transformations in the last year of their brief lives.

This 58 minute prologue touches on many of themes that will follow in the months ahead. Season One will be divided into chapters that cover the four assassinations together with background material covering “the world as it was” in the 1950s with its Cold War propaganda, McCarthyism, the rise of the military-industrial complex, the CIA, red-baiting, and the ever present fear of nuclear war. Season Two will be devoted to the government and media coverups, citizen investigations, and the intelligence agencies’ and their media mouthpieces’ mind control operations aimed at the American people that continue today.

Then in March of this year I wrote about the second film in the series, The World As It Was, that explores the very disturbing history of the 1950s in the U.S.A., a decade that lay the foundation of fear upon which the horrors of the 1960s were built, and from which we now are reaping the flowers of evil that have sprung up everywhere we look because the evils of those decades have never been adequately addressed.

But I was hopeful that if enough people got see to see these illuminating and brilliantly done films, built on more than 120 interviews over six years with key historical figures, including many family members of the four men, change was possible because more people would demand accountability. That the movies were also entertaining, despite their profoundly serious content, boded well for their reaching a wide audience.

Just recently, I was again asked by the filmmakers, as were others, to preview the third film, Jack Joins the Revolution, about John F. Kennedy, from his youth to the hope he inspired when he entered politics in 1947 until his death on November 22, 1963 and the shock and despair that overtook the nation and the world. This third film matched the brilliance of the first two, but I did wonder why there had been a lapse of more than six months between this one and the previous.

It seemed to me that this was the perfect time for these films to be released in quick succession to have a profound effect.

But having watched this third film, I discovered to my great surprise that it has not been released, nor, even more shockingly, has the second one that I previewed eight months ago. Why? I do not know, but it is very odd, to put it mildly. I do know that by not releasing them now a significant opportunity is being lost. These films would be of great help to the country, because they depict what a truly populist presidency looks like and the malign forces that oppose him.  But alas, for reasons that are hard to fathom, the films are being suppressed by someone.  We can only hope that the filmmakers will be successful in their efforts to free the films in time for them to be of value at this crucial moment in our history.

It is well known that JFK was a naval war hero in WW II, but less well known that his war experience turned him fiercely against war, that to end all wars was a fundamental theme of his for the rest of his life.

Image: United States Navy Lieutenant Junior Grade John F. Kennedy, 1942 (John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum Photograph by Frank Turgeon Jr.)

United States Navy Lieutenant Junior Grade John F. Kennedy, 1942

Jack Joins the Revolution explores this and reminds the viewer that Kennedy was well acquainted with death, having almost died eight times before he was assassinated, something he knew was coming. He was courageous in the extreme. Thus my earlier reference to Veterans Day, for JFK was a veteran of exceptional courage who not only saved his comrades when their PT boat was sunk by the Japanese in the south Pacific, but tried to the end to save his country and the world from the madness of the endless wars that have followed his death at the hands of the CIA and the U.S. warfare state.

This film clearly shows why he became such an obstacle to the imperial war machine and the CIA that to this very day have a huge stake in suppressing the truth about the man. If the film (and the others) is not released, these forces will have been successful. It will be another posthumous assassination.

For what is most striking about this episode is the light it sheds on John Kennedy’s forceful, long-standing anti-colonial and anti-imperial convictions for which he was attacked by politicians of both parties. It is suggested, and I think rightly, that this grew out of his Irish roots, for Ireland’s long fight for independence from British colonial occupation was dear to his heart and also a fundamental inspiration in the following decades for anti-colonial freedom fighters everywhere. It still is.

To listen to the film’s clips of his speeches on these topics is a revelation for those unfamiliar, not only with his radical views for a politician, but to his passionate eloquence that is sorely missing today. Attacking the policies of support for dictators and the coups against foreign leaders under the Eisenhower administration and the CIA led by Allen Dulles, JFK called for freedom and independence for people’s everywhere and the end of colonialism supported by the U.S. and other nations. Algeria, Iran, Cuba, Latin America, Africa – it’s a long list.

Even before he became president, in 1957, then Senator Kennedy gave a speech in the U.S. Senate that sent shock waves throughout Washington, D.C. and around the world. He came out in support of Algerian independence from France and African liberation generally, and against colonial imperialism.

As chair of the Senate’s African Subcommittee in 1959, he urged sympathy for African and Asian independence movements as part of American foreign policy. He believed that continued support of colonial policies would only end in more bloodshed because the voices of independence would not be denied, nor should they be.

That speech caused an international uproar, and in the U.S.A. Kennedy was harshly criticized by Eisenhower, Nixon, John Foster Dulles, and even members of the Democratic party, such as Adlai Stevenson and Dean Acheson. But it was applauded in Africa and the Third World.

Yet JFK continued throughout his 1960 presidential campaign to raise his voice against colonialism throughout the world and for free and independent African nations. Such views were anathema to the foreign policy establishment, including the CIA and the burgeoning military industrial complex that President Eisenhower belatedly warned against in his Farewell Address, delivered nine months after approving the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba in March 1960; this juxtaposition revealed the hold the Pentagon and CIA had and has on sitting presidents, as the pressure for war became structurally systematized and Kennedy was removed through a public execution for all the world to see.

Many voices speak to this and other issues in the film: Oliver Stone, James W. Douglass, RFK, Jr., Robert Dallek, Monica Wiesak, his niece Kathleen Kennedy Townsend, Peter Dale Scott, James Galbraith, his nephew Stephen Smith, David Talbot, Peter Janney, and others.

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. speaks about the 1953 U.S. coup against the democratically elected Prime Minister Mohammad Mossaddegh of Iran and of the approximately 72 CIA-led known coups the United States engineered between 1947 and 1989; author Stephen Schlesinger of the Dulles brothers’ work for the United Fruit Company and their subsequent involvement in the 1954 coup d’état against the democratically elected Guatemalan President Jacobo Árbenz who was instituting land reform that threatened United Fruit’s hold on so much of the country. In both cases, and many others, the U.S. supported vicious dictators and decades of terrible bloodshed and civil wars. We see a clip of JFK himself condemning the U.S. support of the Cuban dictator Batista, who was finally overthrown by Fidel Castro and his rebel compatriots, the Cuban Revolution that Kennedy understood and sympathized with.

All this just leading up to Kennedy’s presidency, which will be covered in the next film.

Watching this riveting documentary, one cannot but be deeply impressed with a side of John Kennedy few know – his hatred of oppression, colonialism, imperialism, war, and his love of freedom for all people. One comes away from the film knowing full well why the CIA had branded him an arch-enemy even before he took office, and then when in office he rattled their cage so much more in the cause of peace.

And one is left asking: why then has this film (and its predecessor about the right-wing witch hunt and crackdown on dissent in the 1950s) not been released to the public at a time when nothing could be more timely?

It is a very strange kind of executive action, considering the brilliance and importance of these films for today – this very moment in history.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, Behind the Curtain.

Edward Curtin is a prominent author, researcher and sociologist based in Western Massachusetts. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Essential Guide to Understanding and Optimizing Thyroid Health

November 14th, 2024 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

Thyroid dysfunction is extremely common, affecting up to 70% to 80% of people by age 60, with symptoms including fatigue, weight gain, depression and low body temperature

Body temperature and pulse rate are indicators of thyroid health, with optimal morning temperature being 98 degrees F and midday reaching 98.6 degrees F with a pulse of between 60 to 100 beats per minute

Conventional T4-only treatments like Synthroid may be insufficient; many patients benefit from balanced T3/T4 therapy through natural glandular supplements or timed-release T3 formulations

Progesterone and adrenal health directly impact thyroid function, making it essential to address these hormones together rather than treating thyroid issues in isolation

Supporting thyroid health requires a comprehensive approach including iodine supplementation, gut health optimization, stress reduction and minimizing exposure to environmental toxins

*

Maintaining optimal thyroid function is necessary for overall health, yet it remains one of the most misunderstood and mismanaged aspects of endocrine health. In my recent in-depth interview with pharmacist and health coach Carol Petersen, we explored the complexities of thyroid health, uncovering insights that challenge conventional medical practices.

Your thyroid gland, though small, plays a pivotal role in regulating your metabolism, energy production and overall hormonal balance. Just as progesterone, which we discussed in our last interview, is essential for balancing estrogen and supporting various bodily functions, thyroid hormones are indispensable for maintaining metabolic rate and cellular energy.

Petersen pointed out the intricate relationship between progesterone and thyroid health: “Progesterone is so pivotal to good thyroid activity. You can’t uncouple the two things.” This connection underscores the importance of addressing hormonal balance holistically rather than in isolation.

Progesterone supports adrenal function, which in turn supports thyroid activity. Without adequate progesterone, your thyroid cannot function optimally, leading to a cascade of metabolic issues.

Understanding this relationship is important because many individuals may experience thyroid dysfunction symptoms without realizing that progesterone imbalance is the underlying cause. By ensuring that progesterone levels are sufficient, you create a supportive environment for your thyroid to operate effectively, enhancing overall metabolic health and energy levels.

The Prevalence of Hypothyroidism

Hypothyroidism is alarmingly common, with estimates suggesting that by age 60, up to 70% to 80% of the population may experience low thyroid function. Petersen noted, “There’s hypothyroidism all over the place,” highlighting the silent epidemic that many suffer from without proper diagnosis or treatment. This high prevalence is often masked by the subtlety of symptoms and the inefficacy of conventional testing methods, which fail to capture the full picture of thyroid health.

Most people remain undiagnosed because they do not seek medical advice until their metabolic rate is severely compromised. Symptoms such as fatigue, weight gain and depression are often dismissed as normal aging processes rather than indicators of thyroid dysfunction. This widespread underdiagnosis contributes to the ongoing struggle many face in maintaining energy levels and overall health.

Hypothyroidism presents a broad spectrum of symptoms that significantly impact daily life. Recognizing the symptoms early leads to more effective interventions and prevents the progression of thyroid-related health issues. Key indicators include:

  • Fatigue — Persistent tiredness that’s not alleviated by rest.
  • Weight gain — Unexplained increases in body weight despite no changes in diet or activity levels.
  • Dry skin and hair — Skin becomes rough and dry, and hair may fall out or become brittle.
  • Constipation — Reduced gut motility leading to infrequent or difficult bowel movements.
  • Inability to sweat — Decreased sweating can lead to overheating and discomfort.
  • Depression and anxiety — Mood swings, feelings of depression, and heightened anxiety levels.
  • Low body temperature — A consistently low body temperature may indicate a sluggish metabolism.
  • High cholesterol — Elevated cholesterol levels are often a marker of hypothyroidism, as the thyroid plays a crucial role in lipid metabolism.

The Importance of Body Temperature and Pulse Rate

Conventional medicine typically relies on a basic thyroid panel measuring T4, T3, and thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH). However, this approach often misses the nuanced aspects of thyroid function. Advanced panels that include free hormones and reverse T3 provide a more accurate picture of thyroid health but are seldom utilized in mainstream practice.

One of the simplest yet most effective screening tools for thyroid health is measuring your body temperature and pulse rate. This approach is effective because T3 levels are generally higher in the morning and decline as the day progresses.

Elevated T3 levels in the tissues correlate with a more active metabolism, leading to increased body temperature and pulse rate. A morning body temperature of approximately 98 degrees Fahrenheit signifies healthy thyroid function. By midday, a temperature around 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit combined with a pulse rate between 60 and 100 beats per minute typically indicates a normal metabolic response.

When consulting your doctor about your thyroid function, a common test they may order is the TSH test, which measures the level of thyroid-stimulating hormone in your blood. It’s important to recognize that while a low TSH level is generally considered desirable, it’s sometimes suppressed by cortisol and adrenaline. Petersen explains:1

“TSH is your pituitary signal to the thyroid to be stimulating the release of more thyroid hormone. And we have these accepted ranges, again, pretty much by committees, of a normal TSH is 0.35 or 0.5, can be to 3.5, 4.5, 5.5 depending on the lab. Although the Endocrine Society has recommended 3.5 as an upper limit …

So, we have the situation where conventional medicine doesn’t recognize your hypothyroidism until you’re way off that range. And I zero in on around 0.8 to 1.0 as a more optimal range.”

Dr. Ray Peat considered a normal TSH below 0.5. Furthermore, even if your lab results are within normal ranges, unusual body temperature and pulse readings still suggest subclinical hypothyroidism. “Take your temperature before you get up in the morning … you should have gotten a temperature of 97.8 to 98.2,” Petersen notes, referencing Dr. Broda Barnes’ work.

You can use the basal body temperature thermometer to measure your temperature as they are more accurate and measure it to 100th of a degree.

A consistently low body temperature indicates a sluggish metabolism, while monitoring pulse rate offers insights into metabolic rate, as thyroid hormones play a key role in regulating heart rate and overall energy expenditure. An elevated pulse rate may reflect an overactive thyroid. These physiological signs are often overlooked in conventional medical settings but provide valuable information about your thyroid’s operational status.

Critiquing the Conventional T4-Only Therapy

Your hypothalamus secretes thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) that triggers your pituitary gland to release TSH that then causes your thyroid to release T4. Nearly 90% of your thyroid hormone is released in an inactive form of T4. Your liver then converts T4 to T3 with the help of an enzyme.

The most common thyroid medication in the U.S. is Synthroid (levothyroxine), a synthetic form of T4. “Conventional wisdom says our thyroid gland makes about 80% T4, and therefore we should treat with T4. But T4 is relatively inactive till it’s converted to T3,” Petersen explained.2 Relying solely on T4 therapy downregulates the enzyme responsible for converting T4 to the active T3 form, worsening hypothyroid symptoms.

This highlights a fundamental flaw in conventional treatment paradigms. By focusing only on T4, doctors may create a situation where patients remain symptomatic despite appearing to receive adequate thyroid hormone replacement. “Using T4, in some patients you actually make them more hypothyroid,” Petersen noted, emphasizing the need for a more balanced approach that includes lifestyle changes and active T3 supplementation when necessary.

Safe Dosing Strategies for T3 Supplementation

For those requiring T3 supplementation, timed-release formulations offer a more stable hormone level throughout the day. This method prevents the spikes and crashes associated with conventional dosing, ensuring a steady metabolic rate and hormone balance. Using timed-release T3 formulations or compounding T3 to create a steady release throughout the day is another option.

Petersen advises cautious dosing when using T3 supplements: “Use multiple times per day, a smaller dose … Just not really over 20 to 25 micrograms per day.” This method ensures that your body receives a consistent supply of T3, supporting optimal metabolic function without the negative side effects associated with high-dose, single-time administrations.

Exploring Natural Glandular Supplements as Alternatives

Glandular supplements, such as Armour Thyroid, offer several advantages over synthetic thyroid medications. They provide a natural balance of T4 and T3, which leads to better overall thyroid function and symptom relief. However, sourcing and quality control remain critical factors in their effectiveness.

“Armour used to be good. I personally use ERFA. It’s available in Canada and other countries,” Petersen shared, advocating for high-quality glandulars sourced internationally. She explains that over-the-counter thyroid glandulars in the U.S. have undergone regulatory changes that require the extraction of T3, leaving only T4 in the supplements. This alteration diminishes their efficacy, as T3 is the active form of thyroid hormone crucial for metabolic processes.

Ensuring that glandular supplements contain adequate levels of both T4 and T3 is essential for maintaining optimal thyroid function and preventing the pitfalls associated with T4-only therapy.

The Essential Role of Adrenal Health in Thyroid Function

Thyroid function is intricately linked to adrenal health, a connection often neglected in conventional treatments. “Before you’re supplementing thyroid, you have to look at how is this person doing with their adrenal glands? Because the adrenals support the thyroid,” Petersen emphasized.3 Without adequate adrenal support, thyroid treatments may exacerbate symptoms, leading to issues like palpitations and anxiety.

Assessing adrenal function involves more than just looking at thyroid levels. Petersen advises monitoring blood pressure as an indicator: “If your [systolic] blood pressure is running … 100 or less, they don’t have the adrenal support to take thyroid. They’re going to have a problem with it.” Low blood pressure signifies insufficient adrenal function, which undermines the effectiveness of thyroid therapy.

Supporting adrenal health through supplements like progesterone and DHEA, as well as lifestyle modifications, is important for ensuring that thyroid treatments are effective and do not lead to adverse side effects.

Chronic stress also undermines adrenal health, which in turn impairs thyroid function. Consider stress-reduction techniques such as meditation, adequate sleep, and relaxation practices as part of your comprehensive thyroid health regimen, ensuring that both adrenal and thyroid functions are supported and optimized.

Iodine Supplementation: Balancing Essential Nutrients

Iodine is fundamental for thyroid hormone production, yet its role is complicated by the presence of halides like chlorine and bromine. Petersen recommends using Lugol’s solution to ensure adequate iodine intake: “I’ve been recommending two to four drops of Lugol’s solution in water daily. So, one drop is 6.25 milligrams (mg), so basically 12.5 to 25.”

Proper iodine supplementation supports thyroid hormone synthesis, but it must be balanced to avoid adverse reactions, especially in individuals with high halide exposure. Halides such as chlorine, fluorine and bromine interfere with iodine uptake by the thyroid gland.

“We know the halides, chlorine and fluorine, interfere with our thyroid. And bromine. It interferes with that thyroid function,” Petersen explained. These halides replace iodine in thyroid hormones, leading to dysfunctional molecules that impede thyroid activity.

Chlorine is commonly found in tap water, while bromine is present in various industrial chemicals and consumer products. Reducing exposure to these halides involves adopting practices such as using filtered water, avoiding chlorinated pools and being mindful of the products you use daily.

Ensuring adequate iodine intake while minimizing exposure to halides is essential for maintaining optimal thyroid function. This balance is best achieved through careful dietary choices and targeted supplementation, as recommended by Petersen.

Progesterone and Coconut Oil for Thyroid Health

Progesterone plays a vital role in supporting both adrenal and thyroid function. By addressing progesterone deficiency, hormonal balance is restored, creating a supportive environment for thyroid activity. Progesterone supports adrenal function, which in turn supports thyroid function. Without adequate progesterone, your adrenal glands cannot effectively support the thyroid, leading to a cascade of metabolic issues.

Supplementing progesterone helps stabilize hormonal balance, reduce anxiety, improve sleep quality, and enhance overall thyroid function. Incorporating progesterone into a thyroid health regimen is essential for ensuring that all aspects of hormonal balance are addressed, thereby optimizing thyroid function and overall metabolic health.

Coconut oil, rich in medium-chain triglycerides and steroidal molecules, aids in the conversion of T4 to the active T3 form, thereby enhancing thyroid function and overall energy metabolism. Including coconut oil in your diet can be a simple yet effective strategy to support thyroid health. Its unique composition not only provides a source of healthy fats but also supports the biochemical processes necessary for optimal thyroid hormone activity.

Addressing Autoimmune Thyroiditis: Beyond Standard Treatments

Autoimmune conditions like Hashimoto’s thyroiditis complicate thyroid health but may be managed effectively with the right strategies. Petersen highlighted the importance of testing for thyroid antibodies: “60% of us have antibodies to thyroid peroxidase and thyroglobulin. You can have these tests run.” Elevated antibodies indicate autoimmune activity that impairs thyroid function, requiring a targeted approach to manage and reverse the condition.

Conventional medicine often overlooks the role of autoimmune activity in thyroid dysfunction, focusing instead on hormone replacement without addressing the underlying immune response. By identifying and addressing thyroid antibodies, it’s possible to mitigate autoimmune attacks on your thyroid gland, improving thyroid function and overall health.

The key to managing autoimmune thyroiditis lies in repairing your gut health. A healthy gut barrier prevents the leakage of proteins into your bloodstream, reducing your immune system’s attack on thyroid tissues. The solution to this problem is extensively covered in my new book, “Your Guide to Cellular Health.”

Implementing gut-healing protocols involves adopting a diet rich in anti-inflammatory foods, eliminating food sensitivities and supporting gut microbiota through probiotics and prebiotics. Your microbiome, the community of bacteria in your gut, is also crucial for converting the thyroid hormone T4 to its active form, T3. Certain bacteria produce enzymes necessary for this conversion, while others can inhibit it.

For healthy thyroid function, you need to make sure T4 is efficiently converted into T3. To encourage the conversion of T4 to T3, eat a diet of whole, unprocessed or minimally processed foods and make sure you include enough protein and healthy, easily digested carbs that won’t cause intestinal irritation or endotoxin production, such as whole fruit.

Lifestyle Factors: Diet and Exercise for Thyroid Health

Beyond supplements and medications, lifestyle choices significantly impact thyroid function. A balanced diet rich in the right carbohydrates — and free of ultraprocessed foods — supports cellular energy production, which is necessary for thyroid health. Excess polyunsaturated fat (PUFA) intake, including linoleic acid in seed oils, is a major culprit, as PUFAs interfere with your cell’s ability to use active thyroid hormone.

Incorporating a variety of nutrient-dense foods ensures that your body receives the essential vitamins and minerals necessary for optimal thyroid function. Additionally, consistent, moderate exercise enhances metabolic rate and supports thyroid function.

“Your metabolic rate is dependent on T3 thyroid, the active form of thyroid, plus your movement,” Petersen explains. Regular physical activity not only boosts metabolism but also supports overall hormonal balance and energy levels. By maintaining a balanced diet and engaging in regular exercise, individuals can support their thyroid health and enhance their overall well-being.

Exposure to toxins like endocrine-disrupting chemicals (EDCs) in plastics also interferes with thyroid hormone production and function, leading to a range of metabolic and endocrine issues. Using filtered water, avoiding the use of chemicals in your home and being mindful of the products you apply to your skin will help you reduce your exposure.

Avoiding these harmful substances will significantly improve thyroid health and prevent further hormonal disruptions. Sauna usage is another option for detoxification, which also helps to raise your body temperature.

Comprehensive Strategies for Thyroid Health

Thyroid health is a cornerstone of overall well-being, influencing everything from metabolism and energy levels to hormonal balance and immune function. The insights shared by Petersen offer a roadmap for those struggling with thyroid issues, advocating for a comprehensive, integrative approach that goes beyond conventional treatments.

For personalized support, consider reaching out to Petersen through her coaching program at The Wellness By Design Project. Additionally, her YouTube channel offers a wealth of instructional videos to help you understand and manage your thyroid health effectively.

Optimal thyroid health is within your reach. With the right strategies and support, you can navigate the complexities of thyroid function, address underlying hormonal imbalances and achieve a state of vibrant health and well-being. To support your thyroid function, consider the following steps:

  • Comprehensive testing — Move beyond basic thyroid panels to include free hormones and reverse T3 for a complete picture of thyroid health.
  • Balanced hormonal support — Address progesterone and adrenal health to support thyroid function.
  • Iodine supplementation — Use Lugol’s solution to ensure adequate iodine intake while minimizing halide interference.
  • Natural supplements — Explore high-quality glandular supplements and timed-release T3 formulations as needed.
  • Gut health — Prioritize gut repair to manage autoimmune thyroiditis effectively and increase cellular energy.
  • Lifestyle adjustments — Maintain a balanced diet, engage in regular exercise and implement stress management techniques to support overall thyroid health.
  • Minimize toxin exposure — Reduce exposure to endocrine-disrupting chemicals to protect thyroid function.
  • Consistent monitoring — Regularly monitor body temperature, pulse rate and thyroid hormone levels to ensure optimal thyroid function.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Notes

1, 2, 3 Youtube, Dr. Mercola, Essential Guide to Understanding and Optimizing Thyroid Health — Interview with Carol Petersen

A recent gathering of two multilateral organizations, the Arab League and the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC), has demanded united action to halt the genocide in Gaza and the rapidly spreading war throughout the West Asia region.

Representatives from Pakistan, the Islamic Republic of Iran, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia among many others delivered addresses which condemned the Zionist regime in Palestine saying emphatically that Tel Aviv must be isolated from the global trade and international bodies such as the United Nations.

Since the beginning of the Al-Aqsa Flood on October 7, 2023, the military forces of the settler-colonial state have killed more than 43,000 people in the Gaza Strip. These are the official figures given by the Gaza Health Ministry which are combined with more than 102,000 injured.

All of the 2.3 million people living in the enclave which even prior to the latest genocidal onslaught was described as the largest open-air prison in the world, today are displaced. The Israeli military routinely issues evacuation orders prior to bombing civilian areas. In other cases, there are no orders to leave the impacted areas which are housing units, neighborhoods, schools, hospitals, mosques and churches.

Throughout the world there have been mass demonstrations in solidarity with the people in Gaza and Lebanon. Within the region itself, the Axis of Resistance have engaged in military operations against the outposts within the Palestinian occupied territories and against commercial and military allies of Tel Aviv.

In response, the Israeli military forces have carried out extensive aerial bombardments in Lebanon killing over 3,000 since last October. The U.S. has bombed areas in Yemen where ports along with urban areas have been targeted. There has been a sharp increase in the number of Pentagon forces in the Mediterranean, Indian Ocean, Gulf of Aden waterways.

Role of the Arab and Muslim States

Consequently, the long-established organizations such as the Arab League and OIC are compelled to make public statements on the current situation. These gatherings reinforce what is regularly said within the halls of the United Nations General Assembly and its affiliates, the Non-aligned Movement (NAM), BRICS, among others.

Even within the imperialist states such as the U.S., Britain and the European Union (EU) countries there is growing support for the cause of the Palestinians. Demonstrations demanding the full disclosure and disinvestment from Israel and those conducting business with the racist regime are involving millions of youths and workers.

The concluding declaration of the Arab League-OIC meeting encompassed 38 resolutions, two of which read:

“To start working to mobilize international support to suspend Israel’s participation in the United Nations General Assembly and all its affiliated entities, in preparation for submitting a joint draft resolution to the General Assembly – the tenth special session (Uniting for Peace), on the basis of its violations of the United Nations Charter, its threat to international peace and security, and its failure to fulfill its membership in the United Nations and based on the advisory opinion issued by the International Court of Justice on July 19, 2024. To call on all countries to ban the export or transfer of weapons and ammunition to Israel; urging countries to join the initiative proposed by the Republic of Turkey and the core group consisting of (18) countries, which was signed by (52) countries, the Organization of Islamic Cooperation and the League of Arab States, and to send a joint letter to the UN Security Council, the President of the UN General Assembly and the UN Secretary-General to halt the provision of arms to Israel, and to invite all countries to sign it.” 

Host Saudi Crown Prince Mohammad bin Salman spoke to the summit condemning the actions of the Israeli state. His sentiments were echoed by Ahmed Aboul Gheit, the Secretary General of the League of Arab States, who emphasized that:

“Words cannot express the plight of the Palestinian people. The actions taken by Israel against the Palestinian people are undermining efforts to achieve lasting peace. It is only with justice that we will be able to establish lasting peace.” 

.

Saudi foreign minister Prince Faisal bin Farhan heads the preparatory ministerial meeting for the extraordinary Arab and Islamic summit ahead of Monday’s session. (A photo by Saudi media)

.

Pakistan Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif addressed the gathering where he denounced the Israeli aggression against Palestine, Lebanon and Iran. At the same time Sharif expressed his country’s unwavering support for the liberation of the Palestinian people.

Sharif pointed to the worsening humanitarian crisis in Gaza emphasizing:

“The humanitarian crisis in Gaza has reached a level beyond imagination. For over one year, the occupied Palestinian territories, especially Gaza, have fallen in endless darkness and despair with devastated homes, lives lost and families torn apart. These atrocities committed against the Palestinians have rightfully been labelled as genocide, not only by the media but the International Court of Justice. With each passing day, every moral code is flagrantly violated by Israel. Yet the killing and destruction continue with no end in sight. I ask … how long will this annihilation be ignored?” 

While the Arab and Islamic states met to decry the horrendous treatment of the Palestinians, no gathering of the Western governments have even criticized what Tel Aviv and its allies are doing let alone drafting a plan to reverse the genocidal reality. The U.S. and its allies have largely ignored the resolutions passed by the UN General Assembly which oppose the genocide and the ongoing occupation.

President Bashar al-Assad of the Syrian Arab Republic attended the extraordinary summit where he said that the primary issue for those at the gathering was the liberation of Palestine. He described those dominating the occupied Palestinian territories as “herds of settlers.”

After leaving the summit in Riyadh, Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan said that his government had broken all ties with the Israeli regime:

“The government of the Republic of Turkey, under the leadership of Tayyip Erdogan, will not continue or develop relations with Israel. [Our ruling coalition] is resolute in its decision to cut ties with Israel, and we will maintain this stance in the future as well. We, as the Republic of Turkey and its government, have currently severed all relations with Israel.” 

The President of the Islamic Republic of Iran Masoud Pezeshkian was not able to attend the summit due to administrative duties although he spoke to the Saudi head-of-state prior to the beginning of the meeting saying,

“I have no doubt that this summit will have effective and tangible results leading to the cessation of the Zionist regime’s crimes and the war and bloodshed in Gaza and Lebanon.”

Iranian media sources say that extraordinary joint summit was held at the suggestion of Tehran as the situation in the West Asia region has worsened. Iran has been a major target of the Zionists and imperialists as a result of its stance on the liberation of Palestine and solidarity with the resistance forces throughout the region.

Incoming U.S. President Donald Trump ordered the assassination of Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) Major General Qasem Soleimani at the Baghdad, Iraq International Airport on January 3, 2020. Soleimani was killed alongside the Iraqi Popular Mobilization Units (PMU) Deputy Commander Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis. Both military leaders played a significant role in the eradication of ISIS as a fighting force in Iraq and Syria.

Trump during his first administration in 2017 imposed a Muslim ban on entry into the U.S. While campaigning for his reelection, Trump pledged to engage in the largest deportation campaign in the history of the country. These factors should clearly indicate to Muslims and Arabs in the U.S. and internationally that the second Trump administration will pose major challenges to their existence.

Arab and Muslim Countries Must Unite to Defeat the Intensification of Imperialist War

The U.S. is the major contributor and facilitator of the genocidal war against Palestine and Lebanon. Any effective strategy to provide solidarity to the Palestinians and other contiguous states will inevitably place people living in the 52 countries which signed the declaration at the joint summit in a direct confrontation with Washington and Wall Street.

Trump in his first administration moved the U.S. embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem in violation of international law. His regime sought to undermine the Palestine solidarity movement through the “Abraham Accords” where regional states were encouraged to “normalize” relations with the Zionist state.

Since the Al Aqsa Flood, the plans aimed at normalization with Tel Aviv have faded amid rising demonstrations and resistance activity. Nonetheless, both imperialist-dominated political parties in the U.S. are firmly committed to the maintenance of the settler-colonial regime occupying Palestine. Until the U.S. power structure is transformed into a genuinely democratic state, the military funding of the genocidal entity will continue resulting in further humanitarian crises, deaths, injuries and displacements.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: A general view of the joint Arab League and Organisation of Islamic Cooperation summit in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, November, 11, 2023. (Source: PressTV)

A federal jury held a defense contractor legally responsible for contributing to the abuse of detainees at Abu Ghraib for the first time on Tuesday.

The jury awarded a total of $42 million to three Iraqi men — a journalist, a middle school principal, and fruit vendor — who were held at the notorious prison two decades ago. The plaintiffs’ suit accused Virginia-based CACI, which was hired by the U.S. government to provide interrogation services at Abu Ghraib, of conspiring with American soldiers to torture detainees. 

Tuesday’s verdict marks a rare victory for plaintiffs seeking to bring American corporations to justice for playing a part in the country’s so-called war on terror. 

“What the jury did today is send a very clear message that the contractors who go to war or go work with the government overseas, they will be held accountable for their role in whatever violations their employees may commit,” said Katherine Gallagher, senior staff attorney at the Center for Constitutional Rights, which represented the plaintiffs, at a press conference on Tuesday afternoon. “They need to have far better oversight over their employees to ensure that something like what happened at Abu Ghraib never happens again.”

The case hinged largely on the legal definition of conspiracy, which doesn’t require an overt act but can also include cooperation with others engaging in torture, said Stjepan Meštrović, a sociology professor at Texas A&M University and expert witness in multiple courts-martial of soldiers who served at Abu Ghraib.

“This ruling opens the door to future findings of responsibility based upon conspiracy to commit war crimes by civilian contractors and other adjuncts to military forces,” he said in an emailed statement. 

CACI had argued that while abuses did occur at Abu Ghraib, it was ultimately the Army who was responsible for this conduct, even if CACI employees may have been involved. The defense contractor also argued there was no definitive evidence that their staff abused the three Iraqi men who filed the case — and that it could have been American soldiers who tortured them. The jury did not find that argument persuasive.

A lawyer for CACI did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

The monetary compensation for plaintiffs includes $3 million each for compensatory damages and $11 million each for punitive damages. Their lawyers say that’s what they requested. Baher Azmy, legal director at the Center for Constitutional Rights, said in a press conference on Tuesday that the verdict “sends a strong message that this kind of corporate malfeasance and neglect and recklessness and deflection is outrageous and deserves to be punished.”

The case was filed 16 years ago but got caught up in procedural hurdles, as CACI tried more than 20 times to dismiss the lawsuit. November’s case was a retrial; in an initial trial in April, jurors were deadlocked following more than a week of deliberations. The judge declared a mistrial. That trial, earlier this year, also marked the first time that an American jury heard directly from Iraqis who were detained at Abu Ghraib.

The lawsuit was first brought in 2008 under the Alien Tort Statute, which allows noncitizens to bring cases involving clear violations of international law, such as torture, to an American federal court when there’s a substantial connection to the U.S.

“It was the United States that invaded Iraq, it was the United States that detained our clients, and it was a US company that profited from their torture and abuse,” Gallagher said in Tuesday’s press conference. 

That Al Shimari v. CACI survived so many procedural hurdles is impressive, notes Shirin Sinnar, a law professor at Stanford University, in an emailed statement. In recent years, the Supreme Court has made it harder for cases involving national security concerns to get a trial.

“It’s exceedingly rare for torture survivors or other human rights victims of the U.S. global war on terror to prevail in U.S. courts, whether against government officials or military contractors,” Sinnar wrote. “The Supreme Court has made it incredibly difficult to hold the national security state accountable in court. So this victory is exceptional in every sense of the term.”

It’s also notable that an American jury sided with the Iraqi men against an American military contractor, says Yumna Rizvi, a senior policy analyst at the Center for Victims of Torture, an international nonprofit.

“It shows that they’re clearly not in lockstep with the decisions of their government,” Rizvi said. “The American public is putting its government and its contractors on notice that, ‘We see you and we don’t agree with what you’ve done or are doing.’”

Rizvi wonders about the precedent that could have been set for other cases if plaintiffs had been able to go to trial earlier.

“You can’t just go around destroying people’s bodies and spirits and minds and just walk away from it,” she said. “Unfortunately, that’s what we’ve seen for too long in the U.S. war on terror and how the U.S. has behaved around the world.”

The plaintiffs — Suhail Najim Abdullah Al Shimari, Salah Hasan Nusaif Al-Ejaili, and Asa’ad Hamza Hanfoosh Zuba’e — had testified about facing sexual abuse and harassment, as well as being beaten and threatened with dogs at Abu Ghraib in the early 2000s.

“My body was like a machine, responding to all external orders,” Al-Ejaili, a former journalist with Al Jazeera, had previously said. “The only part I owned was my brain, which could not be stopped by the black plastic bag they used to cover my head.”

Al-Ejaili flew to the U.S. to be present for both trials, but he first heard the jury’s verdict while he was at home with his family in Sweden. On Tuesday, he was expecting a call from Azmy notifying him about the jury’s decision. When his phone rang, Azmy’s first words were:

“Salah, we won.” 

“It was pure, profound joy,” Al-Ejaili said.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Entering the Ring of War Propaganda

November 14th, 2024 by Mark Taliano

[This article was first published by GR in March 2018.]

Western populations are inundated with war propaganda, and all of the MSM is guilty.  It serves to promote criminal warfare rather than peace.

Once we enter the ring of propaganda fabricated by western agencies of deception, we start to lose, since it is at that point that we become entwined in the convoluted narratives.  Intelligence agencies are specialists at creating such fake narratives.[1]

Fundamental lies and omissions persist because we insist on using them as talking points despite the preponderance of evidence that negates them.

There are, for example, no “moderate terrorists”[2] in Syria.  The term itself is an oxymoron and quite ridiculous. All of the terrorists in Syria are there precisely because the West and its allies are waging a supremely illegal war against the Syrian government. They are all proxies for the West.

The War on Terror is a fraud and the West is not waging war against ISIS either.[3]  ISIS are monsters, but they are not Frankenstein monsters who have turned on their masters in Syria.  They remain Western assets, sometimes expendable[4], but assets nonetheless.  They served to deliver key strategic areas to the West and they still serve that function, as outlined in the 2012 DIA document.

The ring of propaganda includes Hollywood. The 2018 Oscars featured Bana al-Abed[5], falsely conflating her with feminism and freedom. Omitted from the spectacle is the fact that Bana’s father worked for both al Qaeda and ISIS[6], and that Western terrorist supporters and propagandists are exploiting her to create illegal war propaganda.

The White Helmets[7] fall into the same category.  They are terrorist-auxiliaries, and they exploit children, and murder children, to create fake narratives centered around their heroic “humanitarian” deeds. The White Helmets are not a legitimate source of information for news.

Also omitted from MSM narratives is that terrorists in East Ghouta[8]  murder civilians who try to escape occupied areas, just as terrorists murdered civilians trying to flee occupied Aleppo. Civilians continue to be used as human shields.  Most do not stay in terrorist-occupied areas of their own volition.

The choice in Syria is not between two monsters.  The Western terrorists are monsters, but the elected Syrian government is not a monster.  All of the demonization campaigns against Assad have proven false.  The Saydnaya torture evidence is fraudulent[9].  The Caesar “kills his own people”[10] photo evidence is fraudulent, and Assad does not gas his own people either.

The only monsters in the whole dirty war are the West and their allies.  We are the ones committing the Supreme international crime, we are the ones fabricating the war narratives, and we the people are accomplices in our governments’ crimes when we fail to denounce them.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Notes

[1] Mark Taliano, “ ‘Stories within Stories’ ”: The CIA’s Strategies to Dupe the American Public.” Global Research. 24 July, 2016. (https://www.globalresearch.ca/stories-within-stories-the-cias-strategies-to-dupe-the-american-public/5537635) Accessed 7 March, 2018.

[2] Mark Taliano, “U.S–Led NATO’s Tree Of Lies.” Global Research. 17 May, 2017. (https://www.globalresearch.ca/u-s-led-natos-tree-of-lies/5590456) Accessed 7 March, 2018.

[3] Makia Freeman, “ISIS Is a US-Israeli Creation. Top Ten ‘Indications’. Global Research, 7 March, 2018/The Freedom Articles, 5 April, 2016. “(https://www.globalresearch.ca/isis-is-a-us-israeli-creation-top-ten-indications/5518627)

 Accessed 7 March, 2017.

[4] Tim Anderson, “U.S. ATTEMPTED TO CREATE SUNNI-SHIA RIFT IN THE MIDDLE EAST: TIM ANDERSON.” Interview, Shiafollowers. 25 February, 2018. (https://shiafollowers.com/index.php/2018/02/25/u-s-attempted-create-sunni-shia-rift-middle-east-tim-anderson/) Accessed 7 March, 2018.

[5] “HOLLYWOOD CAUGHT EXPLOITING EIGHT YEAR OLD DAUGHTER OF TERRORIST AT OSCARS 2018 CEREMONY.”

clarityofsignal1. 6 March 2018. (https://www.bitchute.com/video/jTaAySeZSQfZ/) Accessed 7 March, 2018.

[6] “Beeley: Bana Alabed’s dad worked for ISIS.” RT UK. 17 October, 2017.(https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o4QDXpjoPT4&feature=share) Accessed 7 March, 2018.

[7] Vanessa Beeley, “WHITE HELMETS ‘Manufacturing Consent’ for War in Syria.” 6 March, 2018. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMdtfVCAdec&feature=share) Accessed 7 March, 2018.

[8] “Militants shell & shoot at escapees from E. Ghouta, may use them as human shields – Syrian nun to RT.”

RT Question More.  5 Mar, 2018. (https://www.rt.com/news/420506-ghouta-rebels-human-shield/amp/?__twitter_impression=true) Accessed 7 March, 2018.

[9] Rick Sterling, “Amnesty International’s ‘Kangaroo Report’ on Human Rights in Syria.” Global Research. 12 February, 2017. (https://www.globalresearch.ca/amnesty-internationals-kangaroo-report-on-human-rights-in-syria/5574195) Accessed 7 March, 2018.

[10] Rick Sterling, “The Caesar Photo Fraud that Undermined Syrian Negotiations.” Dissident Voice. 3 March, 2016. (https://dissidentvoice.org/2016/03/the-caesar-photo-fraud-that-undermined-syrian-negotiations/) Accessed 7 March, 2018


Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria directly from Global Research.  

Taliano talks and listens to the people of Syria. He reveals the courage and resilience of a Nation and its people in their day to day lives, after more than six years of US-NATO sponsored terrorism and three years of US “peacemaking” airstrikes.

Mark Taliano combines years of research with on-the-ground observations to present an informed and well-documented analysis that refutes  the mainstream media narratives on Syria. 

Voices from Syria 

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-1-6

Author: Mark Taliano

Year: 2017

Pages: 128 (Expanded edition: 1 new chapter)

List Price: $17.95

Special Price: $9.95 

Click to order

We repost this incisive article from 2018 by Felicity Arbuthnot, in light of Trump’s promise to end wars upon his resumption to office. This important article tells us of the trajectory of Israel’s war on Palestine.

***

It was NBC’s Cal Parry who summed up the obscenity of Donald Trump’s ignorant and igniting decision to move the US Embassy to West Jerusalem, then to celebrate the inauguration on Monday, 14th May: “Well dressed American and Israeli officials on one side of the screen: desperation, death and fires on the other.”

In 1948, 700,000 Palestinians began their flight from the city and the region trying to escape the massacres by Jewish militias on that date, seventy years ago. Commemorated ever since as the day of “Nakba” – disaster, catastrophe, cataclysm – following them to this day as land is stolen, families expelled and “settlements” encroach, and Palestinian history is bulldozed.

‘ “When the massacre started the (paramilitaries) took a kid and strapped him on an army jeep and drove him around different neighbourhoods of Jerusalem, saying ‘the same will happen to you if you don’t leave,’ ” Abu Kaya said, retelling his grandfather’s story to Middle East Eye.’ (1)

“ … not a single country currently has its embassy in Jerusalem because such a move is widely considered to violate international law.”

Further:

‘Under United Nations Resolution 181, which in 1947 set out the conditions for the partition of Palestine into an “Arab State” and a “Jewish State”, Jerusalem was to be administered by the UN under a “special international regime.”

‘The 1949 armistice agreement that formally ended the first Arab-Israeli war divided the city along the “Green Line” into Israeli-controlled western areas, and Jordanian-held East Jerusalem, which included the Old City.’

“Israel’s occupation of East Jerusalem and the West Bank since the 1967 Arab-Israeli war is widely recognised as illegal and violates further United Nations resolutions.

“For Palestinians then, sovereignty over the city is not something for leaders of other countries to determine, as US President Donald Trump did when he announced the embassy move in December.”

In the few minutes it took to jot down notes for this piece, the Palestinian death toll of those demonstrating rose from twenty eight dead, shot by Israeli soldiers, to forty three. The injured rose from 1,693 to “near two thousand.”

Fadi Abo Salah, 30, who lost both legs in a bombing by Israeli aircraft, was one who lost his life, in his wheel chair – targeted by an Israeli sniper – in front of his wife and three small children. (Palestine Live group.)

Israel, frequently declaring itself “the only democracy in the Middle East”, carried out a very democratic slaughter and target practice. Young, old, disabled, male, female, all were equally entitled to be shot, sniped at, tear gassed.

Tiny Laila al-Ghandour who died from teargas inhalation was just eight months old. (Guardian, 15th May 2018.)

Journalist Sharif Kouddos recorded:

“Wails of grief inside family home of Laila al-Ghandour, 8-month old who died of gas inhalation yesterday. Her aunt says the gas came from everywhere, including drones.”

By Monday’s end he Tweeted:

“It is unbearable to witness such a massive number of unarmed people being shot in such a short time,” stated Médecins Sans Frontières.

As the Embassy partied and visitors “clapped and cheered”, Gaza’s hospitals, already teetering on collapse resulting from restrictions on all coming in to the besieged Strip – including electricity, with water contaminated – had surgeons operating day and night, with the injured being treated in the hospital car parks even, due to the overwhelming influx of those targeted.

In another world, just sixty miles away: ‘Washington’s Ambassador to Israel, David Friedman, stood on a stage painted with the US flag and said:

“Today’s historic event is attributed to the vision, courage and moral clarity of one person to whom we owe an enormous and eternal debt of gratitude: President Donald J Trump.”

The crowd cheered and gave a standing ovation.’ (Guardian, 15th May 2018.)

Deaths had risen to fifty nine.

Of the eighty six Ambassadors to Israel, only thirty two attended the ceremony, with fifty four boycotting and only four EU Member countries attending. (2)

Moreover:

“The Haaretz newspaper reported that most EU member States did not participate in the ceremony because they have a firm policy towards the transfer of the US Embassy in Israel from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. It said that the ambassadors of Russia, Egypt, India, Japan and Mexico also did not attend the celebration.”

Fallout has been swift. French President Emmanuel Macron in a telephone call to Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas and to Jordan’s King Abdullah condemned the “violence of the Israeli armed forces …” and again criticized the moving of the Embassy.

King Abdullah, of course, has custodianship of all Jerusalem’s Holy Sites and: ‘has the right to exert all legal efforts to safeguard them, especially Al Aqsa Mosque, which is defined as “The Entirety of Al Haram Al Sharif.” ‘ (3) As far as can be ascertained thus far, it seems that this important, indeed unique, historic custodianship was neither discussed with the King or his representatives, nor even a consideration of the Trump Administration as they bulldozed their way through diplomacy, history and all norms in their Jerusalem settlement.

NATO ally President Erdogan of Turkey has recalled his Ambassadors to Israel and the US.

South Africa recalled their Ambassador to Israel, with immediate effect, as the Embassy celebrations were ongoing.

Ireland has summoned Israel’s Ambassador to protest Israeli violence.

Kuwait moved for an emergency meeting of the UN, which was blocked by the US. A ‘draft statement included language expressing “outrage and sorrow at the killing of Palestinian civilians exercising their right to peaceful protest.” ‘

‘It also reaffirmed UN resolutions on the status of Jerusalem, saying that recent events had “no legal effect” under international law. The statement was withdrawn once the US indicate that it would block it, a UN diplomat said.’ (CNN, 15th May 2018.)

Qatar condemned “a massacre” and “savage killings.”

Germany, somewhat weakly, expressed concern at the massacre saying:

“The right to peaceful protest must also apply in Gaza”, via a Foreign Ministry spokeswoman

In the UK, the Labour Party’s Shadow Foreign Secretary, Emily Thornberry in an unusually unequivocal statement said:

“We condemn unreservedly the Israeli government for their brutal, lethal and utterly unjustified actions on the Gaza border, and our thoughts are with all those Palestinians in Gaza whose loved ones have been lied or injured as a result.

“These actions are made all the worse because they come not as the result of a disproportionate over-reaction to one day’s protests, but as the culmination of six weeks of an apparently systemic and deliberate policy of killing and maiming unarmed protestors and bystanders who pose no threat to the forces at the Gaza border, many of them shot in the back, many of them shot hundreds of metres from the border, and many of them children.

“Throughout that six-week period, the UN’s Secretary General has been calling for an independent investigation into these incidents, one that should urgently determine whether international law has been broken, and hold the Netanyahu government to account for their actions. The UK should lead calls for the UN Security Council to order such an investigation today.

“These incidents must also be the catalyst for urgent and concerted international pressure on the Netanyahu government to lift the blockade on Gaza, and end Israel’s illegal occupation of the Palestinian territories. No longer can Netanyahu act as a law unto himself, under the protection of the Trump administration, whose decision to move the US embassy to Jerusalem today has further inflamed the situation.”

Chile, with the largest population of Palestinians outside the Arab world, raised Palestinian flags outside the main entrance of the Presidential Palace of La Moneda.

Sacha Sergio Llorenty Soliz, Bolivia’s UN Ambassador, read the names of the Gaza massacre victims at the UN session, wearing a Palestinian keffiyeh.

The mayor of Barcelona Ada Colau has demanded an arms embargo on Israel, demanding backing of Amnesty International’s call for a global arms embargo on Israel. Amnesty has condemned:

“ … an abhorrent violation of International Law and human rights. “

Zeid bin Ra’ad al-Hussein, UN High Commissioner for Human Rights stated:

“Those responsible for outrageous human rights violations must be held to account.”

Writer, broadcaster and academic, Kenan Malik Tweeted:

The death toll became sixty.

From the Trumposphere, Donald Trump input:

However, on this day of diplomatic vandalism – which the US State Department flagged as a “historic move” – the five times Draft Dodger in Chief it seems reverted to type. The man to whom limelight is seemingly indispensible, stayed in Washington and addressed the Embassy gathering by video, from a safe 5,897 miles away, dodging any potential conflict, demonstrations, dissent. Trump of course, pulled out of a visit to London in February, to open the new US Embassy, which has also relocated, reportedly for fear of the massive protests planned at his stay.

The man who can menace Iran, threaten North Korea with: “ … fire and fury and frankly the power the likes of which like this world has never seen”, cowers from peaceful protesters with placards. No wonder he had no intention of showing up in Jerusalem, even as guest of honour, surrounded by steel rings of security, in a region destabilized by the US and “allies” for decades, with the unarmed, indigenous population simply demanding some justice sixty miles away.

Donald Trump, it seems, talks the talk but can’t walk the walk. Perhaps someone also told him Armageddon is in Israel (site now named Megiddo.)

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Veteran War Correspondent Felicity Arbuthnot is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization and Associate Editor of Global Research.

Notes

1. http://www.middleeasteye.net/news/our-land-us-embassy-move-riles-palestinian-refugees-west-jerusalem-2027680826

2. https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/20180515-54-ambassadors-boycott-israeli-american-embassy-celebration/

3. https://kingabdullah.jo/en/page/the-hashemites/custodianship-over-holy-sites

Amerikan Donanmasının Füze Sorunu. Ret. Admiral Cem Gürdeniz

November 14th, 2024 by Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz

Amerikan donanmasının karaya ateşgücü intikali (Tomahawk Blok IV -V), hava savunma (SM2-3-6-ESSM) ve suüstü harbi (ESSM) için sahip olduğu ateş gücünü temsil eden füzelerin büyük bir çoğunluğu  dikey fırlatma rampaları (VLS-Vertical Launching System) ile ateşlenir. 

ABD VLS Kapasitesi    

Bugün ABD Donanmasının sahip olduğu 70 adet DDG51 sınıfı muhribin her birinde 96 VLS yuvası; 3 Zumwalt sınıfı kruvazörün her birinde 80 VLS yuvası; 17 adet CG47 sınıfı kruvazörün her birinde 122 VLS yuvası;12 Virginia sınıfı nükleer saldırı denizaltısının her birinde 12-40 VLS yuvası mevcuttur. Toplamda söz konusu gemilerin yani 102 adet muhrip, kruvazör ve denizaltının hepsinin faal olduğunu ve tüm VLS yuvalarının dolu olduğunu farz ve kabul edersek karşımıza atışa hazır toplam 10,000 füze kapasitesi (gemi başına ortalama 98) ortaya çıkar. 

ABD Müttefiklerinin VLS Kapasitesi

Diğer taraftan ABD’nin ayrılmaz müttefikleri İngiltere’nin toplam VLS yuva kapasitesi 19 gemide, 732 (gemi başına 38) füzeyken, Japonya’nın 16 gemide, 1000 (gemi başına 62), Güney Kore’nin 17 gemide, 700 (gemi başına 41) füze civarındadır. 

Çin ve Rusya VLS Kapasitesi

ABD’nin en büyük rakibi Çin Donanmasını incelersek, 10 adet 55 sınıfı muhribin her birinde 112 VLS yuvası; 30 adet 52D sınıfı muhribin her birinde 64 VLS yuvası; 40 adet 54A sınıfı muhribin her birinde 32 VLS yuvası;3 adet 75 sınıfı Amfibi Hücum gemisinin her birinde 64 VLS yuvası;2 adet 901 sınıfı uçak gemisinin her birinde 48 VLS yuvasına ve toplamda 85 adet gemide 5000 civarında füze kapasitesinin, (gemi başına ortalama 58) ortaya çıktığını görmekteyiz. Bu füze yuvalarından hava savunma maksatlı HQ-10, HQ-16 füzeleri; suüstü harbinde gemiye karşı YJ-12, YJ-83 füzeleri ile karaya güç intikal ettirmek üzere YJ18 füzeleri ateşlenebilmektedir. Çin denizaltılarında VLS sistemi mevcut değildir. Çin’in müttefiki Rusya’nın kapasitesi 32 gemi/denizaltıda 828 (gemi başına 26) füzedir. 

Değişen Füze Yükleri

Görüldüğü üzere ABD ve Rus donanması dışında denizaltılarında dikey lançer sistemi bulunan başka donanma yoktur. Dikey lançer füze yeteneğinde geminin görevine bağlı olarak füze yükleri değişime uğrar. Savaş gemilerinin temel görevi önce kendi bekalarını sağlamak olduğundan dikey lançer yüklerinde denizaltılar hariç çoğunluk yer, hava savunma füzelerine verilir. Gemiye karşı ve karadaki hedeflere karşı kullanılan füzeler geminin bulunduğu harekât alanı ve görev tipine göre önceliklendirilir. Bazı savaş gemilerinde gemiye karşı füzelerin VLS dışında ayrı sistemlerden atıldığını hatırlatalım. Örneğin Amerikan Harpoon füzeleri dörtlü kanisterlerden atılır. 

ABD, VLS Kapasitesinde Açık Ara Öndedir

Kısacası Amerikan savaş gemileri platform sayısı temelinde Çin savaş gemilerinden daha az sayıda olsa da (297’ye karşılık 450) VLS füze yuvası sayısında 10,000’e karşı 5000 füze ile 2 kat büyüklüğe sahiptir. Bu sayıya Japonya’nın 1000, Güney Kore’nin 700 füze kapasitesi eklenirse durumun Çin aleyhinde olduğu görülür. 

Tek Başına VLS Ölçüt Değildir

ABD’nin en büyük rakibinin Çin Donanması olduğunu göz önüne alır ve Pasifik harekât alanındaki bugünün mevcut şartlarında füze kapasiteleri paralelinde Tayvan Adası senaryosu için bir değerlendirme yaparsak, üç alana bakmamız gerekir. Birincisi Amerikan Donanmasının harbe hazırlık durumu paralelinde batı Pasifik harekât alanında bulundurabileceği VLS yetenekli gemi sayısıdır. İkincisi bu silahların tedarik edilme süreçleri ve üçüncüsü Pasifik harekat alanına yönelik lojistik olanaklardır. 

ABD ve Harbe Hazır VLS Gemi Sayısı

ABD’nin kendi yayın organı USNI istatistiklerine göre 4 Kasım 2024 itibarıyla ABD Donanmasının muharebe gücü 235 muharip gemi ve 60 yardımcı gemi olmak üzere toplam 295 gemiydi. Bu gemilerden 98 gemi (69 muharip ve 29 yardımcı gemi) ana üslerinden uzakta görevlendirilmiş gemi (deployed) statüsündeydi. Söz konusu 98 gemi içinde sadece 75 gemi seyir halinde idi. USNI, 75 geminin kaçının donanmanın muharip unsuru kaçının yardımcı gemi olduğunu belirtmiyor. Kaba bir tahminle 55 geminin muharip, 20 geminin yardımcı gemi olduğunu kabul edersek 4 Kasım itibarıyla ABD’nin tüm dünya denizlerinde hareket halinde olan muharip gemi sayısı 55 gemi olarak karşımıza çıkıyor. Toplamda 102 muharip gemide VLS sistemi olduğunu ve bunun toplam 235 muharip geminin %43’ünü oluşturduğunu göz önüne alırsak kaba bir hesapla denizde 4 Kasım 2024 günü tüm denizlerde seyir halinde olan 55 geminin 20-25 adedinin VLS yeteneğine sahip olduğu karşımıza çıkar. 

ABD Donanmasının Düşük Harbe Hazırlık Seviyesi

ABD’nin toplamda 295 gemisinden 98 geminin görevlendirilmiş (deployed) olması gerçekte gemilerin harbe hazırlık durumunun da düşük olduğunun bir göstergesidir. Bu istatistiklere göre Amerikan donanmasının harbe hazırlık seviyesi %40 civarındadır. Geri kalan gemilerin harbe hazırlık seviyesini yükseltmenin yıllar alacağı gerçeğinin yanında seferberlikte kullanılacak Amerikan rezerv filolarında tutulan savaş gemilerinin ortalama olarak 40 yaşın üzerinde ve kötü durumda olduklarını hatırlatalım. Limanda ana üslerinde bulunan gemilerin bir kısmının savaş zamanında kısa sürede harbe hazır hale getirileceğini kabul edersek en yüksek iyimserlikle bu seviyenin bugün için %50 civarında olmasını kabul edebiliriz. Çok düşük olan bu değeri, Amerikan Deniz Kuvvetleri Komutanı Proje 33 adı altında 2027 yılına kadar %80 seviyesine çıkarmayı hedefliyor. Amerikan donanmasının planlı bakım ve onarım faaliyetleri olması gereken takvime göre 7 yıl geriden geliyor. Bu çok ciddi bir zafiyet. 

2027 Senaryosu ve Füze Yükleri

Bu koşullarda ABD’nin en iyi olasılıkla Çin ile olası çatışma senaryosunu dayandırdığı 2027 yılında %80 hazırlık durumunu yakaladığı ve toplamda 188 olacak tüm harbe hazır muharip gemilerini Batı Pasifik’te konuşlandırdığı takdirde VLS yeteneğine sahip toplam gemi sayısı 80 civarında olacaktır. Bu sayı ile toplam VLS füze yuva kapasitesi 8000 olarak değerlendirilebilir. Toplamda 420 muharip gemiye sahip Çin için VLS yetenekli gemi sayısı tüm gemilerinin harbe hazır olması halinde 85 gemiydi. Çin’in harbe hazırlık seviyesinin gerek tersane sayısı ve gerekse nitelikli personel sayısı itibarıyla ABD’ye kıyasla daha yüksek olması nedeni ile %90’lık bir harbe hazırlık seviyesi kabulü uygulanırsa karşımıza 76 VLS yetenekli gemi çıkmaktadır. Yani Batı Pasifik’te 2027’de ABD ve Çin arasında VLS yeteneklerinde kabaca bir eşitlikten bahsedebiliriz. Ancak burada ABD’nin denizaltılarından Tomahawk füzesi fırlatma yeteneğinin büyük avantaj yarattığını hatırlatalım. ABD’nin elindeki 22 adet Virgina sınıfı nükleer saldırı denizaltısında (SSN) 300 adet VLS kapasitesi mevcut. Bu gemilerin %80 hazırlık durumunda 16 adedinin bölgeye sevk edileceğini düşünürsek en azından toplamda 240 füzenin ateşlenmesinin su altından yapılacak olması ABD’ye büyük bir avantaj sunmaktadır. Bu arada Amerikan su üstü gemilerinin VLS füze yüklerinde yoğun hava savunma ihtiyacı nedeni ile %75’lik yükün hava savunmaya geri kalanın gemiye karşı ve karaya saldırı füzeleri olabileceğini varsayabiliriz. Buna karşılık Amerikan savaş gemilerinin Çin’in, birinci ve ikinci adalar zinciri içinde ABD üssü Guam’ı dahi gerek karadan gerekse gemiden atılan füzeler ile tesir altına alabileceği göz önüne alınırsa özellikle Amerikan muharip su üstü gemilerinin savaşın ilk saatlerinden itibaren hayatta kalma şansının ya da hasar almama şansının düşük olduğunu vurgulamak gerekir. Çin’in gerek deniz ve karadan gerekse havadan ateşlenen gemiye karşı füze menzilene giren Amerikan savaş gemileri saatler içinde hava savunma füzelerini harcayacaktır. Amerikan savaş gemilerinin tümünün Çin’in füze menzili dışında kaldığını kabul edersek bu kez de hava savunma füzeleri dışında kullanılan karaya ve gemiye karşı kullanılan füzelerin kısa sürede tükeneceğini düşünebiliriz. 

.

Bir Amerikan güdümlü füze kruvazörü 2003 yılında ABD’nin Irak’ı işgali sırasında bir tomahawk füzesi ateşliyor [Credit: US Navy]

.

ABD’nin Ciddi Sorunu Füze Tedariki

ABD donanması dünyada VLS füze ateşleme kapasitesi en yüksek olan donanmaların başında gelmesine rağmen  bu füzelerin ateşlendikten sonra yerlerine yenilerinin koyulması gerekmektedir. Amerikan ‘’The National Interest’’ Dergisinin 14 Haziran 2024 sayısında Jim Fein tarafından yayınlanan ‘’Cephanesi Tükenmiş ABD Donanmamıza Yeniden İkmal Yapmanın Zamanı Geldi’’ başlıklı makalede ABD’nin 2023’e kadar yıllara sari şekilde  12,000 adet SM-2; 400 adet SM-3 ve 1500 adet SM-6 hava savunma füzesi ile 9000 adet Tomahawk füzesi (TLAM) tedarik ettiğini; Benzer şekilde bu füzelerden aynı zaman diliminde soğuk savaş sonrası yaşanan savaşlarda, tatbikat  ve eğitimlerde en az 2800 Standart ve 2900 Tomahawk füzesinin tüketildiğini yazıyor. Yazar bu durumda kâğıt üzerinde bugün için ABD’nin VLS ile fırlatılmaya hazır SM-Standart hava savunma füzelerinde azami 11.000 füze ve Tomahawklarda 6.000 füzeye sahip olduğunu belirtiyor ve toplamda 17,000 olan bu envanterin 10,000 toplam kapasiteye sahip 102 VLS gemisinin/denizaltının ikinci kez yüklemesine yetmeyeceğini ortaya koyuyor. Makale bu zafiyeti haklı olarak ABD’nin 1990 sonrası terörle savaşa odaklanması ve hava savunma gerektirmeyecek basit rakiplerle (Irak, Afganistan, Libya, Suriye) savaşmasına bağlıyor.  Bu durum, haliyle VLS füzelerine olan ihtiyacı kısmen Tomahawklar haricinde son derece azalttı. Aynı makaleye göre Pentagon 2017’den itibaren her yıl 125 SM-6 satın aldı. Ayrıca 2021,2022 ve 2023′te sırasıyla 122, 70 ve 68 yeni Tomahawk tedarik etti. İlginç şekilde ABD Başkanı 2025 bütçesi için yeni Tomahawk siparişini onaylamamış. 

İsrail Yüzünden Tükenen Füzeler

Diğer yandan ABD’nin elindeki hava savunma füzelerinin sayısının bugün hızla azalma nedenlerinin başında Ortadoğu’daki çatışmalarda İsrail’e İran’dan ve Lübnan Hizbullah’ından gelen füze saldırılarının önlenmesinde ABD’nin VLS yetenekli savaş gemilerinin düzinelerce füze fırlatması olarak gösteriliyor. 17 Nisan 2024 tarihli Amerikan The National Interest Dergisinde Peter Suciu imzalı ’Husi ve İran füzelerini imha etmek ABD’ye 1 milyar dolara mal oldu’’ başlıklı makalede Amerikan Donanma Bakanı Del Toro’nun Kongrede verdiği açıklamalara yer veriyor. Bakan şöyle diyor: “ABD Donanması gemilerine ve ticari gemilere yönelik 130’dan fazla doğrudan saldırıya karşı koyduk” dedi…Geçtiğimiz altı ay boyunca, deniz kuvvetleri, İran’dan ve vekil güçlerinden gelen hava tehditlerine karşı koymak için yaklaşık 1 milyar dolarlık hava savunma füzesi ateşledi.’’ Del Toro, bu durumun donanma stokları üzerinde yarattığı mali baskının altını çizerek, mühimmatı yenilemek için kısa dönemde 2 milyar dolar ve daha sonra 95 milyar dolarlık ek finansmana acil ihtiyaç olduğunu vurguladı. 

ABD Yaşamsal Stoklarını Tüketiyor

Henüz VLS sistemine sahip hiçbir Amerikan savaş gemisi Husi veya İran füzesi ile vurulmadı ancak gelecekte Çin ile yaşanacak büyük mücadele dönemi için ayrılan kaynakları Akdeniz’deki yıpratma savaşı kemiriyor. Örneğin hava savunma füzeleri içinde uzun menzilli balistik füzeleri önlemeye uygun olan ve atmosfer dışında önleme yapabilen SM 3’lerin bir adedinin maliyeti menzile bağlı olarak 9,7 milyon ve 27,9 milyon dolar arasındadır. Donanmanın 14 Nisan 2024 İsrail’in savunması sırasında ‘dört ile yedi’ tanesini ateşlediği açıklandı. 29 Ekim 2024 tarihli Wall Street Journal gazetesine göre İran’ın 1 Ekim’de İsrail’e yaptığı füze ve dron saldırısında İsrail’e destek için Akdeniz’de kullanılan 4 Aegis kruvazörünün VLS ateşlemeleri de dahil edildiğinde son bir yılda Amerikan savaş gemileri gerek Akdeniz gerekse Kızıldeniz’de toplamda 100’e yakın 1,8 milyar dolar değerinde hava savunma füzesi harcadı. Amerikan savaş gemileri hava savunma doktrini gereği imhayı garantilemek için yaklaşan hedefe 2 adet füze ateşliyor, bu da maliyeti artırıyor. Bir Amerikan kongre yetkilisi şöyle diyor: “Bunlar berbat Husi hedeflerini vurmak için gerçekten pahalı mühimmatlar…Her birini değiştirmek aylar sürüyor ve çok yüksek maliyetli.” Diğer yandan ABD savunma sanayi sadece Kızıldeniz’de Husilere karşı yürütülen Prosperity Guardian harekâtında bu füzeleri kullanmıyor. Bir savaş durumunda uçak gemisi darbe gruplarını bu gemiler koruyor. ABD’nin 11 uçak gemisi darbe grubu olduğuna göre bir savaş durumunda en az 44-55 VLS yetenekli gemi sadece bu göreve ayrılmak durumunda kalacaktır. ABD Çin’in 5000 – 8000 km menzilli DF 27 hipersonik gemiye karşı füzelerinden son derece çekiniyor. Mevcut hava savunma kapasitesinin yetmeyeceğini değerlendirerek başka çözümler arıyorlar. Mike Stone imzalı 25 Ekim 2024 Reuters haberinin başlığı şöyle: “Çin’in Pasifik’teki gemileri batırmak için hipersonik silahlar konuşlandırmasından korkan ABD Donanması, bazı gemilerini Patriot önleme füzeleriyle donatacak.’’ Bu haberin detaylarında PAC 3 füzelerinin Aegis sınıfı hava savunma gemilerine entegrasyon çalışmalarının başlatılacağını anlıyoruz. PAC 3’lerin Ukrayna Rusya savaşında hipersonik füzeleri düşürmede başarılı olduğunun haberde altı çiziliyor. 

.

A ship sails on open water with a companion ship.

Refah Muhafızı Operasyonu (Kaynak)

.

Silah Sanayi Üretim Temposu Hazır Değil

Temel sorun ABD Donanması ve savunma sanayi hem Avrupa’da hem de Orta Doğu’da büyük ölçekli bir yıpratma savaşı için tasarlanmış üretim alt yapısına sahip değil. Asıl savaşın Pasifik’te yaşanacağı düşünülürse gerek Ukrayna gerekse İsrail cepheleri Amerikan savunma sanayi planlamalarının dışında zafiyetlere neden oluyor. ABD, Çin ile savaşta kullanacağı füzeleri Akdeniz ve Kızıldeniz’de harcıyor. Diğer yandan kısa menzilli füzeler olan SM-2’lerin her biri 2 milyon doların biraz üzerinde ve SM-6’lar da yaklaşık 3,9 milyon dolara mal oluyor. Ancak en önemlisi bir adet SM 3 füzesinin üretimi en hızlı 2, en uzun 3 yıl sürüyor.  Standart füzelerinin Türkiye dahil 13 ülke tarafından kullanıldığını da düşünürsek bu füzeleri üreten RTX firmasının önümüzdeki günlerde büyük baskı altında kalacağını da öngörebiliriz. Kısacası ABD’nin karşısında rakiplerinin ciddi bir hava tehdidi var. Eski günler sona erdi. İran, Rusya ve özellikle Çin’in saldırı yetenekleri ABD Donanmasının hava savunma yeteneklerini sınırlayacak düzeyde. 

Pasifik’te Amerikan Lojistiği

ABD’nin Rusya Ukrayna krizinde gözlemlediği en önemli gerçek, Avrupa ile ABD arasında savaş Atlantik ve Akdeniz’de yaşanmadığı halde deniz köprüsü kurmada karşılaştığı zorluklardır. Zira Amerikan ticaret filosu yetersiz. Kendi bayraklarını taşıyan sadece 200 gemileri var. ABD’nin yardımcı gemiler filosu MSC (Military Sealift Command-Askeri Deniz Lojistik Destek Komutanlığı)nın olanakları da çok kısıtlı. Kendi ihtiyaçlarına yetmiyor. 19 adet açık deniz lojistik destek ve denizde akaryakıt ikmali tankeri; 14 adet cephane nakliye;15 adet askeri malzeme nakliye gemisi: 21 adet denizaşırı üslerde önceden konuşlu yığınaklanma malzeme gemisine sahipler. Çin için bu sayı 5500. Pentagon, Çin’le bir çatışma durumunda lojistik faaliyetlerin yaklaşık %90’ını deniz yoluyla gönderecektir. Bu sayıların Çin ve Rusya ile Atlantik/Avrupa ve Asya/Pasifik cephelerinde iki cepheli bir savaşta son derece yetersiz kalacağı açıktır. Sadece bir mekanize tümenin harp araçları 100 bin tonun üzerindedir.

NATO’nun soğuk savaş planlarına göre Avrupa’daki bir savaşta daha ilk aylarda bütünleme ikmali için ABD’den takviye edilmesi gereken yük miktarı 25 milyon ton civarındaydı. Askerî harekât ihtiyacı petrol ürünleri ise 100 milyon varildi. Şimdi bu tabloya mesafelerin Avrupa cephesine göre 2-3 kat olduğu ve 2000-5000 mil çapında ölçülebilen değerlerde yani çok uzak olduğu Pasifik harekât alanını ekleyelim. Karşımıza korkunç zor bir tablo çıkıyor. 2024 Şubat ayında Temsilciler Meclisi’nin bir komitesi Pentagon’un Ulaştırma Komutanlığı’nın (Transcom) deniz lojsitik kapasitesini “yetersiz” olarak nitelendirmişti.  Pasifik’te Japonya, Avustralya ve Güney Kore gibi en önemli ABD müttefiklerinin petrolü yok. En azından yakıtta ABD himayesine bağımlılar. Bu duruma Avrupa’da Rusya ile, Ortadoğu’da Amerikan korunmasına ihtiyaç duyacak İsrail’in savaşlarını ve ihtiyaçlarını ekleyelim. Pasifik ve Atlantik’te aylarca sürecek deniz ulaştırma köprüsü (sea lift) ve dolayısı ile bu konvoyların üç boyutlu tehdide karşı korunması ihtiyacını saymıyorum bile. Okyanus geçişlerinde 11 adet nükleer uçak gemisi hariç her geminin birkaç defa denizde yakıt ikmali yapma ihtiyacı var. Ancak yeterli gemileri yok. Olsa da bu gemileri savunmaya ayıracak VLS gemilerinin sayısı yeterli değil zira öncelikler farklı. Ancak donanmanın füze ihtiyacının karşılanması en az akaryakıt ihtiyacının karşılanması kadar önemli. Virgina sınıfı denizaltılar ilk salvo Tomahawk füzelerini kullandıktan sonra yeni yüklemeleri nasıl ve nerede yapacaklar?

Su üstü gemileri savaşın ilk günlerinde Standart füze yüklerini tüketecekler, zaten eldeki mevcutlar ikinci kez tam yüklemeye izin vermiyor. Eğer İran İsrail savaşı çıkar ve ABD, İran ile savaşa çekilir ise stokların çok daha hızlı azalacağı ve 2027 yılına kadar değil ikinci yükleme tek yüklemeye bile yetemeyecek duruma geleceğini söyleyebiliriz. Diğer yandan anavatanda imal edilen bu füzelerin donanmaya intikal ettirilip, Çin füze tehdidinin olmadığı alanlarda gemilere yüklenmesi ayrı bir sorun alanıdır. Eğer Çin denizaltıları İkinci Dünya Savaşında Amerikan denizaltılarının uyguladığı saldırgan denizaltı harbini uygularsa bu füzeleri taşıyan ikmal gemileri yolda batırılabilir. Guam adası gibi bölgeye en yakın Amerikan üssünün Çin Hava ve Füze tehdidi altında olması ayrı bir sorundur. Kısacası ABD’nin VLS yetenekleri Çin’in 2 katı olsa da anavatandan çok uzakta icra edilecek Amerikan Çin savaşında bu durumun ciddi bir fark yaratacağını söylemek kolay değil. ABD’nin çözmesi gereken sorunlar 2 kat avantajının çok ama çok üstündedir. Trump döneminin en öncelikli sorunu Amerikan Donanmasının sorunlarını aşmak olacaktır.

(16.Yüzyıldan sonra denizden uzaklaştırılan Türk’ü denizle tekrar buluşturan Büyük Atatürk’ü vefatının 86. Yılında özlemle anıyorum. Vatan kurtaran, devlet kuran ve Kemalizm gibi devrim ve ilerlemenin ideolojisini yaratan büyük önder aynı zamanda Cumhuriyet donanmasının kurucusu, Türk denizcileşmesinin teorisyenidir. Limansız, gemisiz, tersanesiz Türk denizcisini her alanda devrimle ve yatırımlarla tarih sahnesine tekrar çıkardı. Aziz hatırası önünde saygıyla eğiliyorum.)

*

Bu makaleyi arkadaşlarınıza ve meslektaşlarınıza e-posta ile göndermek/iletmek için aşağıdaki paylaş düğmesine tıklayın. Bizi Instagram ve Twitter ‘da takip edin ve Telegram Kanalımıza abone olun. Küresel Araştırma makalelerini yeniden yayınlamaktan ve paylaşmaktan çekinmeyin.

Global Research Online e-Kitaplarını Kaçırmayın!

Emekli Amiral Cem Gürdeniz, Yazar, Jeopolitik Uzmanı, Teorisyen ve Türk Mavi Vatan doktrininin yaratıcısı. Deniz Kuvvetleri Karargâhı’nda Strateji Daire Başkanlığı ve ardından Plan ve Politika Daire Başkanlığı görevlerinde bulunmuştur. Muharip görev olarak 2007-2009 yılları arasında Amfibi Gemiler Grup Komutanlığı ve Mayın Filosu Komutanlığı görevlerinde bulunmuştur. 2012 yılında emekli olmuştur. 2021’de Hamit Naci Mavi Vatan Vakfı’nı kurdu.Jeopolitik, denizcilik stratejisi, denizcilik tarihi ve denizcilik kültürü konularında çok sayıda kitabı yayımlanmıştır. Aynı zamanda ATASAM’ın onursal üyesidir.

Global Research dergisine düzenli olarak katkıda bulunmaktadır.

Trump’s Partner for Peace in the Middle East

November 14th, 2024 by Steven Sahiounie

On November 12, US President-elect Donald Trump announced that he had picked real estate executive Steven Witkoff to be his upcoming administration’s special envoy to the Middle East.

Witkoff is a New Yorker, Jewish, a successful real estate executive, and a personal friend of Trump. 

While the exact details of what Trump wants to accomplish in the Middle East are yet unknown, he has repeatedly said he wants peace. However, to accomplish peace, he would need to partner with a different Prime Minister in Israel than Benjamin Netanyahu.

Netanyahu is not seen as an obstacle to peace with the Palestinians. However, his two radical ministers, Bezalel Smotrich and Ithamar Ben Gvir will never allow any peace plan for Palestinians. They demand all Palestinians remain under brutal military occupation, or be deported, or be killed.

“Steve will be an unrelenting Voice for PEACE, and make us all proud,” said Trump of Witkoff.

“With President Trump, the Middle East experienced historic levels of peace and stability. Strength prevents wars. Iran’s money was cut off which prevented their funding of global terror,” Witkoff wrote on X in late July.

The Witkoff announcement came the day after Saudi Crown Prince and Prime Minister Mohammed bin Salman (MBS) hosted the Extraordinary Arab and Islamic Summit, which merged the League of Arab States and the Organization of Islamic Cooperation, on November 11 in Riyadh.

The summit issued a resolution covering the issues facing the Middle East, with the Israeli aggression against the Palestinian people a central point.

The leaders in attendance were likely to have wondered about Trump’s Middle East policy once he took office on January 20, 2025.

MBS demanded an immediate stop to Israeli military attacks in Gaza and Lebanon.  He condemned the massacre committed against Palestinian and Lebanese people and called on countries around the world to recognize Palestinian statehood.

Ahmed Aboul Gheit, secretary-general of the Arab League said,

“The actions taken by Israel against the Palestinian people are undermining efforts to achieve lasting peace. It is only with justice that we will be able to establish lasting peace.”

Lebanon’s Prime Minister Najib Mikati told the summit attendees that his country was under an existential threat due to Israel’s war on Hezbollah, which has killed civilians and destroyed infrastructure not connected to Hezbollah.

The 79 members that comprise the League of Arab States and the Organization of Islamic Cooperation include a few countries that recognize Israel and others opposed to normalization.

Experts have said the summit is a way to send a message to the upcoming Trump administration about what they want from Washington and what issues are a red line.

Trump has viewed Iran as an enemy and shared the view Netanyahu that Iran is the biggest threat to Israel, and the backbone of the axis of resistance to the occupation of Palestine, which was deemed illegal on July 19, 2024, under international law by the International Court of Justice.

Saudi Arabia normalized their relationship with Iran, following a momentous Chinese brokered deal signed in Beijing in March 2023.  Since then, the relationship has grown stronger and Iran’s President, Dr. Masoud Pezeshkian, spoke with MBS on November 10 praising the summit to be held, their joint relationship, and ways to further cooperate. Iran’s First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref attended the summit.

On the same day, the two leaders spoke, General Chief of Staff Fayyad al-Ruwaili of the Saudi Armed Forces met his Iranian counterpart, General Mohammad Bagheri, at the Iranian Armed Forces General Staff Headquarters in Tehran.  The continuing improvement in relations between the two political powerhouses in the region demonstrates they have rejected the ‘divide and conquer’ plans from the US State Department, which some dub the ‘Deep State’.  This may dovetail with Trump’s plan to eradicate the ‘Deep State’.

The summit resolution called for a Palestinian state with the borders of June 4, 1967, conforming to UN resolution 194, and reaffirmed that East Jerusalem is part of Palestine.  

The summit resolution called for Israel to be suspended from the UN, and called for a draft resolution to the UN in the 10th special session of ‘Uniting for Peace’, in which Israel will be labeled a threat to international peace and security after it fails to fulfill its UN membership.

The summit resolution condemned continuing Israeli airstrikes on Syria which have killed civilians and destroyed civilian properties, and called for the end of the Israeli occupation of the occupied Golan Heights of Syria. 

In Trump’s first term in office, he gave the Golan Heights to Israel, in violation of UN resolutions and international law. 

Trump had cut the CIA program which spent billions of dollars on the armed Syrian opposition in 2017. He also tried to withdraw the US troops and contractors in Syria, but the Pentagon somehow refused his order and explained that the US personnel were there to prevent an ISIS come-back.  ISIS has never re-grouped, and the US troops remain just to defend the Communist Kurdish separatists in northeast Syria.

In 2017, MBS cut support of the Syrian armed opposition they had been supplying with weapons and cash since 2012, funneled through the Kingdom of Jordan.  US President Obama and NATO attacked Syria for regime change beginning in March 2011. The Oval Office enlisted their allies Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and Jordan to support the Syrian armed opposition, which were not seeking freedom, but were fighting to establish an Islamic State in Syria.  Obama directed the US mainstream liberal media to spin the story that brave, freedom fighters in Syria wearing tennis shoes were battling a brutal dictatorship.  Never mind that the fighters were Al Qaeda and the Islam Army, and were chopping off the heads of Syrian civilians, including children. The US liberal state media, CNN, was chief among the propagandists that kept the American people in the dark about who the US was supporting in Syria.

Military analysts have wondered why Israel is still bombing shelters and hospitals in Gaza since Hamas has been decimated.  It is only because the US allows Israel to act with impunity. Perhaps Trump will change that, but only time will tell.

Political analysts on the Middle East have offered some tantalizing possibilities for what Trump might do. Trump values loyalty above all else. In the 2020 race, Netanyahu publically supported Joe Biden and urged the thousands of US citizens living in Israel to vote for Biden. 

Trump may make demands on Netanyahu for a peace plan for Palestine, which Smotrich and Ben Gvir refuse, which will be followed by the collapse of the Netanyahu coalition.  Netanyahu would then face prison for his corruption conviction, and a new Israeli government would be formed.

A new Israeli government, post-Netanyahu, might be willing to compromise for Israeli peace and security, and a two-state solution would be possible.

In 2022, then Prime Minister Yair Lapid said a two-state solution to the Israeli conflict was the right thing for Israel. Lapid is the current opposition leader from the centrist Yesh Atid party. In September 2024 he said he was for a two-state solution and normalization with Saudi Arabia.

Since November 2023, Lapid has called for the downfall of the Netanyahu government, and there is broad support for a change in leadership in Israel.  Trump might need that change to find a willing partner for peace in Israel and Palestine.

As of November 10, 2024, Israeli deaths are 1,139, Gazan deaths are 43,603, and West Bank deaths are 780. Israel has also killed more than 3,100 people in Lebanon.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: A cropped still frame from a video showing Steve Witkoff speaking on stage during a White House Opioids Summit held in the East Room on March 1, 2018 (From the Public Domain)

No mês passado, uma comitiva governamental se reuniu com altos funcionários chineses em Pequim. Dela, participaram o ministro Rui Costa, Celso Amorim, a ex-presidenta Dilma e o futuro presidente do Banco Central, Gabriel Galípolo, entre outros.

Os adversários da aproximação do Brasil com a China aproveitaram a oportunidade para pressionar o governo contra acordos fundamentais para o País, particularmente a entrada do Brasil na Nova Rota da Seda. No final de setembro, O Estado de S. Paulo, acompanhando as constantes movimentações, alertou, em editorial: “é preciso ponderar se isso é realmente necessário e se o custo geopolítico de um alinhamento desse tipo à China não será alto demais.”

O jornal O Globo já havia sinalizado preocupação semelhante com a possibilidade. “Promessas de investimento precisam ser bem analisadas, e só fazem sentido se canalizadas para projetos transformadores”, escreveu um colunista ainda em abril de 2023.

Em agosto, o presidente Lula disse, em evento na Confederação Nacional da Indústria (CNI), que “os chineses querem discutir conosco a Rota da Seda” e que, portanto”, “nós vamos discutir a Rota da Seda”. O interesse do presidente é absolutamente legítimo, levando em consideração que a Iniciativa Cinturão e Rota (outro nome para o empreendimento chinês) é nada menos do que o mais importante projeto de integração econômica da história mundial.

Ao contrário do Plano Marshall – o principal projeto econômico internacional dos EUA, executado para reconstruir a Europa no pós-II Guerra –, a BRI (na sigla em inglês) não é dirigida somente a um continente, mas, dez anos após o seu início, já está presente em todos os cantos do mundo. São 150 países participantes até agora e o mais importante é que trata-se de uma integração dos países de desenvolvimento econômico atrasado e que, portanto, tem como tarefa principal desenvolver suas economias (particularmente o setor produtivo) e realizar uma interligação.

É curioso que o BRICS surgiu como uma iniciativa voltada fundamentalmente para a economia, mas inegavelmente se tornou um projeto mais geopolítico do que simplesmente econômico. E que a Nova Rota da Seda assumiu o papel de impulsionador da integração e do desenvolvimento econômico dos países do chamado “Sul Global”. Assim, a BRI está para a economia o que o BRICS está para a política internacional.

O imperialismo, sobretudo o americano, tem calafrios quando vê a China executando extensas obras de infraestrutura por toda a África. Logo esse continente amaldiçoado, que não sabe até hoje o que é uma verdadeira independência e cujas enormes riquezas têm sido confiscadas há quase 600 anos pela Europa e pelos Estados Unidos.

É claro que eles se assombram ao pensar que os países pobres podem querer deixar de ser seus escravos e, unidos, buscar um caminho de verdadeiro desenvolvimento. Por isso uma das principais acusações contra a BRI é que ela não passa de uma “armadilha” para a China endividar os países parceiros, financiando projetos que ninguém conseguirá pagar. Ora, não são os Estados Unidos quem fazem exatamente isso, por meio do FMI e do Banco Mundial? Não são eles os principais responsáveis pela dívida externa brasileira, avaliada em torno de 230 bilhões de reais?

A Nova Rota da Seda já financiou mais de 5 mil projetos, estimados em até 2 trilhões de dólares. Na América Latina, 21 países já fazem parte da iniciativa, tendo recebido 12 bilhões de dólares em investimentos. Somos apenas 9% dos países que participam da BRI, embora 70% da América do Sul já tenha aderido. Os únicos que ainda não aderiram são o Paraguai (que não tem relações diplomáticas com a China), Colômbia (que vinha de governos totalmente controlados pelos EUA) e o próprio Brasil. Por outro lado, o Peru foi um dos principais destinos de investimentos da BRI em 2023, uma vez que é um ponto estratégico para as rotas comerciais marítimas do continente com a China.

Efetivamente, o Brasil não tem como não se integrar de uma vez por todas à Nova Rota da Seda, porque isso seria uma sabotagem até mesmo aos nossos vizinhos. A iniciativa chinesa pretende investir em portos, ferrovias, estradas, aeroportos e na infraestrutura de comunicação e internet do país. Isso significa um aporte de grande importância nos esforços para reindustrializar o Brasil após quase quatro décadas de devastação neoliberal. E essas obras de infraestrutura, principalmente na área de transporte, se vinculariam às obras no Peru e nos outros vizinhos. Ou seja, a BRI é um caminho mais curto para a tão sonhada integração sul e latino-americana, que o presidente Lula defende.

Zhu Qingqiao, embaixador da China no Brasil, explicou recentemente à CNN que, além de receber as obras cruciais de infraestrutura para reindustrializar o país, o Brasil também poderia elevar a qualidade das exportações para a nação asiática. O imperialismo americano sempre impediu o Brasil de se desenvolver e deixar de ser uma semicolônia exportadora de commodities. Bem, agora o Brasil poderia dar um grande salto adiante. Atualmente, nossas exportações para a China giram principalmente em torno da soja, minério de ferro e petróleo. A partir da entrada na BRI, afirmou o embaixador, a China irá facilitar a exportação brasileira de produtos de alto valor agregado, podendo o montante chegar a 110 bilhões de dólares. Isso tende a aumentar o superávit já existente na balança comercial com a China, enquanto a balança comercial com os Estados Unidos é deficitária. Importamos produtos industrializados dos EUA e exportamos produtos de baixo valor agregado – somos tratados como uma colônia.

Mas há quem ame ser tratado como uma colônia. Além dos grandes jornais da burguesia brasileira, os parlamentares bolsonarista não cansam de atuar contra os interesses nacionais. Eduardo Bolsonaro, o ursinho de pelúcia de Donald Trump, encabeça a oposição às aspirações de uma maior independência do Brasil. Só que, se já não fosse o suficiente a oposição de extrema-direita atuar contra os interesses nacionais, dentro do próprio governo há setores que não querem largar o mastro da bandeira dos EUA. De acordo com a CNN Brasil, são membros do Itamaraty (os mesmos que estão sabotando as relações com a Venezuela e com o BRICS?) e da Fazenda (aqueles que tentam agradar os banqueiros com o corte de gastos?).

É claro que essa defesa tão encarniçada da eterna submissão aos Estados Unidos não pode ser apenas uma paixão ideológica. Quando a representante do Comércio do governo dos EUA, no final do mês passado, aconselhou abertamente o Brasil (em plena São Paulo!) a não aderir à Nova Rota da Seda, ficou claro para qualquer um de onde vem todo esse medo em fazer parte do maior projeto geoeconômico da história. Afinal, quem ainda manda no Brasil é o Tio Sam. Lula briga contra elementos antinacionais guiados pela potência imperialista e a reunião que terá este mês com Xi Jinping, em Brasília, pode ser um passo decisivo para quebrar essa resistência reacionária e mostrar que quem deve governar o país é ele e a maioria do povo brasileiro, que o elegeu.

Eduardo Vasco

 

*

Eduardo Vasco é jornalista especializado em política internacional, correspondente de guerra e autor dos livros-reportagem “O povo esquecido: uma história de genocídio e resistência no Donbass” e “Bloqueio: a guerra silenciosa contra Cuba”.

Trump nomeará senador belicista para liderar a diplomacia.

November 13th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

O cenário político norte-americano parece completamente incerto para o futuro, tendo em conta a eleição de Donald Trump das pessoas ​​que vão ocupar os altos cargos do seu governo. Atualmente, o senador republicano da Flórida, Marco Rubio, é um dos candidatos mais prováveis ​​a se tornar o próximo secretário de Estado dos EUA. Rubio mudou, mesmo parcialmente, o seu discurso público sobre a Ucrânia para melhor se adequar à agenda de Trump, mas é difícil acreditar que ele adotará verdadeiramente uma posição pró-paz.

Analistas e eleitores nos EUA estão ansiosos por saber quem Trump escolherá para liderar a política externa americana nos próximos quatro anos. Recentemente, os meios de comunicação social democratas lançaram uma campanha pública de pressão para a nomeação de Mike Pompeo, que, entre a equipe próxima de Trump, parece ser o mais belicoso e pró-guerra, tendo em conta as suas atitudes durante o mandato anterior de Trump. No entanto, apesar do lobby midiático, Trump deixou claro que Pompeo não será a sua escolha para o cargo.

Um dos nomes mais prováveis ​​é Marco Rubio. Inicialmente, não haveria muita diferença entre nomear Pompeo ou Rubio, uma vez que o senador da Flórida há muito mantém uma postura pró-guerra, encorajando o apoio militar à Ucrânia e os esforços americanos para “desgastar” a Rússia tanto quanto possível. No entanto, Rubio parece estar a “mudar” de ideias, tendo recentemente feito algumas declarações a favor de uma solução diplomática.

Rubio afirmou que a guerra na Ucrânia está num impasse e que é necessária uma conclusão rápida. Ele enfatizou a sua condenação das ações russas, mas pareceu pensar de forma mais realista, dizendo que deve ser encontrada uma solução para evitar que os EUA continuem a gastar milhares de milhões de dólares dos seus fundos estatais para prolongar o conflito.

“O que estamos a financiar aqui é uma guerra em impasse, e ela precisa de ser concluída porque esse país vai retroceder cem anos (…) Isso não significa que celebremos o que Vladimir Putin fez, ou estamos entusiasmados com isso, mas acho que também deve haver algum bom senso aqui”, disse ele.

É curioso que Rubio tenha começado a difundir este tipo de retórica, considerando que foi um dos mais veementes apoiantes do esforço de guerra a favor da Ucrânia. Rubio e outros falcões republicanos lideraram esforços para promover sanções contra a Rússia e assistência à Ucrânia já em 2022, pouco depois do início da operação militar especial. Rubio defendeu medidas coercivas americanas específicas contra os então grupos separatistas no Donbass, mostrando uma posição sólida a favor das exigências de Kiev.

Além disso, Rubio sempre foi um representante da ala mais agressiva dos republicanos. Chegou a criticar a política externa de Trump no seu primeiro mandato, defendendo uma postura mais incisiva por parte de Washington na política global. Na prática, escolhê-lo seria na verdade como escolher Mike Pompeo, que é outra figura pública republicana que em todas as questões internacionais concorda com o intervencionismo típico dos democratas – não sendo por acaso apoiado pelos meios de comunicação social.

Porém, mais recentemente, Rubio mudou sua narrativa, tentando parecer mais realista e pragmático. Ele agora afirma ser “contra” o apoio financeiro e militar contínuo à Ucrânia e fez declarações a favor do chamado “plano de paz” de Trump – que parece ser apenas mais uma tentativa fútil de acabar diplomaticamente com o conflito sem aderir aos termos de paz de Moscou.

Em vez de uma mudança genuína, esta parece ser uma estratégia adequada à agenda política de Trump. Parece claro que uma das principais razões para a vitória de Trump foi a sua promessa de acabar com o financiamento da guerra. Milhões de americanos estão cansados ​​de ver o seu dinheiro ser gasto num conflito invencível noutro continente. O ativismo anti-guerra é atualmente popular nos EUA. Rubio entendeu isso e mudou seu discurso público para aumentar suas chances de ser escolhido para um cargo governamental relevante.

Assim que se tornar Secretário de Estado, Rubio poderá simplesmente regressar à sua velha retórica pró-Ucrânia. Ou, mais pragmaticamente, ele poderia hipocritamente manter o seu discurso público pró-paz, mas tomar decisões que vão absolutamente contra esta narrativa, implementando políticas para fomentar a guerra com a Rússia.

Na Internet, vários ativistas pró-Trump alertam que Rubio é uma espécie de “infiltrado” e que a sua eventual nomeação poderia arruinar o plano de desescalada militar de Trump. Na verdade, isto é apenas mais uma prova de como é pouco provável que o presidente eleito republicano, mesmo que realmente queira fazê-lo, seja capaz de “acabar com a guerra”.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Trump to appoint warmonger senator to lead diplomacy, InfoBrics, 13 de Novembro de 2024.

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Crimes ucranianos em Ugledar revelados.

November 13th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Mais uma vez, foi relatado que tropas ucranianas cometeram crimes contra civis russos na região de Donbass. Uma investigação recente revelou que os cidadãos de língua russa em Ugledar foram severamente assediados por soldados ucranianos, com casos de homicídio, espancamentos e humilhação pública dos residentes locais.

Uma equipe de investigadores liderada pelo ativista russo de direitos humanos Maksim Grigoriev publicou um relatório em 11 de novembro expondo uma lista de crimes cometidos por militares ucranianos e militantes neonazistas em Ugledar, uma cidade mineradora de carvão na República Popular de Donetsk que os russos recentemente libertaram.

Segundo Grigoriev, embora os ucranianos controlassem a cidade, as autoridades mentiram sobre o verdadeiro número de habitantes, alegando que não havia mais civis na área, quando na verdade mais de 3.000 residentes permaneciam nas suas casas. Como resultado desta mentira, foram autorizados bombardeamentos em grande escala por parte do exército ucraniano, resultando na morte de vários civis.

“O prefeito [da cidade] informou em 2022 que não havia ninguém aqui, embora restassem cerca de 3.000 pessoas (…) Eles [tropas ucranianas] estavam andando fora de Ugledar… e atirando contra ela com morteiros para incitar o pânico e fazer as pessoas saírem o mais rápido possível”, disse Maksim.

Só quando as tropas russas assumiram o controle total da cidade, no início de Outubro, foi possível avaliar adequadamente os danos causados ​​à população local pelos ucranianos. Os crimes não começaram com a operação militar especial, mas são uma realidade local há dez anos. Testemunhas entrevistadas por Maksim e sua equipe disseram que os abusos se tornaram frequentes na área desde 2014, com casos de quase todo tipo de crime, desde roubo de utensílios domésticos até assassinato.

Uma mulher não identificada disse a Maksim que seu filho foi assassinado publicamente por militantes neonazistas ucranianos em 2016. Ele brigou com membros do batalhão nacionalista Aidar enquanto tentava impedir que os militantes abusassem sexualmente de jovens mulheres russas na área. Como punição”, ele foi morto a facadas pelos neonazistas, e as autoridades ucranianas nada fizeram para prender os criminosos.

Segundo testemunhas, os ucranianos realizaram uma espécie de “saque total” em Ugledar. As tropas neonazistas simplesmente invadiram as casas locais e roubaram tudo o que encontraram. Não havia propósito material para tais atos. O saque não tinha como objetivo roubar itens caros que pudessem trazer lucro aos ucranianos. O único propósito era perturbar a vida dos cidadãos locais comuns. Além disso, os artigos roubados eram referidos pelos ucranianos como “bens do Donbass” e eram frequentemente recolhidos ou comercializados como “troféus de guerra”.

“Algumas casas foram demolidas, com torneiras, tomadas elétricas e até azulejos levados por saqueadores, segundo testemunhas”, diz o relatório.

Esta não é a primeira vez que crimes ucranianos são expostos depois de as tropas russas assumirem o controle de uma região. Em todas as grandes cidades libertadas pelas forças russas, a realidade no terreno foi exposta logo após a vitória militar. Por exemplo, anteriormente, quando os russos libertaram Artyomovsk (chamado de “Bakhmut” pelos ucranianos), civis locais disseram a jornalistas e investigadores que estavam a ser sujeitos a várias práticas criminosas por parte dos ocupantes neonazistas. Foi até revelado que crianças de etnia russa estavam a ser raptadas por ucranianos disfarçados de “voluntários humanitários”, com várias famílias a perderem os seus filhos em falsas “operações de resgate” levadas a cabo pelas forças de Kiev.

“Eles estavam levando as crianças embora. Eles chegavam às 18h, às vezes às 22h. (…) Eles se autodenominavam voluntários, mas não eram, eram da SBU ou talvez alguma outra organização que coleta informações (…) Eles tinham uma lista de pessoas, eles sabiam quem era morador e quantas pessoas estavam ali (…) Os voluntários chegavam de carro, distribuíam algumas caixas, coletavam informações, e aí com essas informações vinham pessoas uniformizadas correndo e olhando para as crianças (…) Eles estavam caçando nossos filhos, e nós estávamos escondendo eles nos prédios (…) Escondemos nossos filhos durante um mês inteiro”, disseram testemunhas locais aos investigadores na época.

Esta situação é apenas mais uma prova de que o problema ucraniano só pode ser resolvido por meios militares. Recentemente, o Presidente russo, Vladimir Putin, suspendeu todas as propostas diplomáticas em resposta ao massacre de civis por soldados ucranianos na região de Kursk. A razão da decisão da Rússia de partir para a ação militar é muito simples de compreender: o regime de Kiev provou ser incapaz de qualquer tipo de diálogo, uma vez que a sua ideologia oficial é o ódio contra o povo russo. É impossível para Moscou negociar com uma junta neonazista que tolera todo o tipo de crimes contra os russos, sendo a vitória militar a única opção que resta.

É claro que muitos outros crimes brutais cometidos pelos ucranianos ainda não foram revelados. Com cada cidade libertada pelos russos, mais casos de abusos contra civis por parte de Kiev serão expostos. Para a população local de língua russa, a vitória da operação militar especial é a única esperança contra a crueldade neonazista.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Artigo em inglês : Ukrainian crimes in Ugledar revealed, InfoBrics, 12 de Novembro de 2024.

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Sumner, WA – 30s year old music teacher Carrie Huss believed in medical freedom.

Aug. 2021: “I made the choice to get vaccinated. I think others should have the choice as well. And even if you believe differently than me, I still love you.”

Oct. 2024: “Carrie found herself in the hospital diagnosed with Stage 4 colon cancer.”

Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 mRNA vaccines cause turbo cancer, and colon cancer is in the top 5 most common.

Teachers have been decimated by COVID-19 vaccine mandates which have led to thousands of teachers across the US dying suddenly or developing life crippling illnesses, including cancer.

I feel really bad for Carrie Huss – she believed in medical freedom and she is a victim of the vaccine cartel. This is a tragic story.

.

.

Image

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from Carrie Huss’s Facebook via COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Bill Gates and the WHO Target 640,000 Palestinian Children

November 13th, 2024 by Dr. Mark Trozzi

[This important article by Dr. Mark Trozzi was first posted on GR on September 8.]

The Netanyahu regime and  Hamas, are currently taking daily  pauses from bombs, fires, and toxic fumes in Gaza; to administer an experimental genetically modified oral polio virus vaccine to six hundred and forty thousand children there. This experimental GMO polio virus is a project involving Bill Gates and the WHO.

Israeli military attacks on water wells, sanitation and sewage treatment, and the obstruction of essential hygiene supplies into the Gaza have created major waste-water and hygiene problems.

Israeli authorities claim to have detected “vaccine derived polio virus 2” in sewage samples in Gaza.

The “vaccine derived polio virus 2” is as the name suggests, an infectious polio virus that originated from oral polio vaccines. Vaccine-derived polio occurs when an attenuated poliovirus used to make oral vaccines, regains its virulence, and begins circulating,

Recently four Palestinian children presented with acute flaccid paralysis. One of them tested positive for “vaccine derived polio virus 2”. The author does not have access to details regarding what laboratory tests were performed on either the children or the sewage.

There are various possible causes of flaccid paralysis including toxic fumes from the bombs and fires, polio, and  others.  

To put this in context, please consider that at least thirteen thousand children have been killed in the war on Gaza in the past two years.

Does it concern my dear reader that after claiming a diagnosis of vaccine derived polio in four children,  Bill Gates and the WHO are now targeting six hundred and forty thousand Palestinian children with a genetically modified experimental polio virus, that has previously caused polio.

Please consider that so far, the experimental covid-19 genetic “vaccines”  from Bill Gates, the WHO and their partners, have killed tens of millions and injured hundreds of millions of people. I believe that we have more than ample reason not to trust Bill Gates, the WHO, or their partners.

More than a century of vaccine history reveals that it is not vaccines, but improved standards of living including water, septic, hygiene, food supply and security that are responsible for dramatic reductions in most infectious diseases.

Save the children!

They need restored living conditions, clean water, functioning septic, healthy food supply and security; not Bill Gates and the WHO.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from the author

The US Navy’s Missile Problem. Combat Readiness. Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz

By Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz, November 13, 2024

The vast majority of the missiles representing the firepower of the US Navy for land attack firepower (Tomahawk Block IV -V), air defense (SM2-3-6-ESSM) and surface warfare (ESSM) are launched from vertical launchers (VLS-Vertical Launching System) of the combatant ships.

The Very Definition of Tyranny: A Dictatorship Disguised as Democracy. “Deep State Coup to Stay in Power, and Trump Is the Vehicle”

By John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead, November 13, 2024

Unadulterated power in any branch of government is a menace to freedom, but concentrated power across all three branches is the very definition of tyranny: a dictatorship disguised as democracy. When one party dominates all three branches of government—the executive, the legislative, and the judicial—there is even more reason to worry.

Implications of a Second Trump Term for Working Class and Oppressed Peoples

By Abayomi Azikiwe, November 13, 2024

In the immediate aftermath of the media calling the elections in favor of the Trump-Vance ticket, African Americans in various states across the U.S. received text messages ordering them to report to plantations to resume the slave labor which was the bulwark of colonial and antebellum periods of North American history.

Will Trump End or Escalate Biden’s Wars?

By Medea Benjamin and Nicolas J. S. Davies, November 13, 2024

When Donald Trump takes office on January 20th, all his campaign promises to end the war in Ukraine in 24 hours and almost as quickly end Israel’s war on its neighbors will be put to the test. The choices he has made for his incoming administration so far, from Marco Rubio as Secretary of State to Mike Waltz as National Security Advisor, Pete Hegseth as Secretary of Defense and Elise Stefanik as UN Ambassador make for a rogues gallery of saber-rattlers.

NATO and Vaccines: The Twin Sacred Cows

By John Leake, November 13, 2024

At the 2008 NATO Summit in Bucharest, Russian President Vladimir Putin addressed the assembly and stated his opposition to U.S. plans to deploy missile defenses in Poland and the Czech Republic, and his opposition to Georgia and Ukraine’s NATO membership bids.

Did Trump Really Call Putin Late Last Week?

By Andrew Korybko, November 13, 2024

The Washington Post’s (WaPo) report alleging that Trump called Putin the Thursday after he won the election and told him not to escalate the conflict was contradicted by both the Kremlin and Kiev.

Exposing the WHO’s Hidden Influence on National Health Policies

By Dr. Mark Trozzi, November 13, 2024

One of the most startling revelations in our discussion was the WHO’s extensive network of collaborating centers embedded within various national institutions. In Australia, Lucinda explained, these centers exist in universities, government agencies, and healthcare organizations, each tasked with promoting WHO directives.

Team Trump won a decisive victory on November 5, 2024 in part because of the dream team that came together in the last few months of the campaign including Trump, Vance, Gabbard, Kennedy, Musk all supported with a final hour endorsement from podcaster Joe Rogan. Part of the truly populist win was the mantra MAHA or Make America Healthy Again coined by Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

With the dizzying array of concerns that have emerged over the past five years, how will the administration prioritize the ongoing safety concerns of the genetic COVID-19 vaccines effectively mandated in children by school requirements without exemptions. While states such as Texas have banned COVID-19 vaccine mandates given the clear and present danger posed by taking a shot, other states have not provided those protections. Dangers from routine childhood vaccines, pharmaceutical drugs, water, food, and air all could get on the public health radar screen for intervention during Trump #47.

Two action items within the control of the President—show your support!

  • Deny certain federal funding to any state that does not provide an as-of-right philosophical exemption for current and future vaccines for all citizens in every setting. This would ensure a student’s right to an education as well as an employee’s right to work is preserved and protected. Mandates must end; this became clear as a result of the COVID-19 era. 
  • End liability protection for the vaccine industry and restore America’s Seventh Amendment right to a trial by jury, by either advancing Rep. Paul Gosar’s bill, HR 9828, that restores liability, or, direct the head of the CDC to take all steps possible to support the removal of liability protections for vaccine manufacturers. 

Please enjoy this full-length interview hosted by political analyst Shannon Joy with Dr. McCullough as they work through these issues and sort out priorities for Kennedy and others who do not have medical and public health training. 

[Start at 00:54:00]

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from Courageous Discourse

Introduction: An Urgent Conversation with Lucinda Van Buren

In my recent interview with Lucinda Van Buren, we delved into the alarming impact of global health organizations, particularly the WHO, on healthcare systems worldwide. Lucinda, a nurse with over 26 years of experience, has been an ethical beacon throughout the COVID era, preserving scientific integrity in a field fraught with political and financial agendas. Our discussion shed light on the troubling, often covert influence of the WHO and its affiliates in shaping national health policies that bypass local needs and ethical standards.

.

Watch here

.

The WHO Collaborating Centers: A Global Network with National Consequences

One of the most startling revelations in our discussion was the WHO’s extensive network of collaborating centers embedded within various national institutions. In Australia, Lucinda explained, these centers exist in universities, government agencies, and healthcare organizations, each tasked with promoting WHO directives. This network, guided more by global agendas than local interests, exemplifies a trend toward centralized control that undermines national sovereignty and accountability.

Conflicts of Interest: WHO’s Funding and the Influence of Private Donors 

Image is from Dr. Rath Health Foundation

A significant point of concern lies in the WHO’s funding sources, with private entities like the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation contributing heavily. This financial structure has raised ethical questions, as WHO policies often align closely with the interests of these donors. The organization’s aggressive promotion of COVID-19 “vaccines,” despite mounting evidence of adverse effects and limited efficacy, reflects this influence. It has become clear that the WHO’s policy priorities do not align with the well-being of the public, but instead with the financial interests of its most significant benefactors.

Ethical Violations and Psychological Coercion in Healthcare 

Lucinda spoke passionately about the erosion of medical ethics she witnessed firsthand. Throughout the pandemic, healthcare workers were pressured into compliance with mandates, often at the expense of their ethical responsibilities to patients. For those like Lucinda who resisted, the professional consequences were severe, yet they underscored the importance of integrity in healthcare. She highlighted the psychological manipulation that leveraged fear to enforce compliance, and how her practice of mindfulness and meditation enabled her to see through this coercion.

Reclaiming Healthcare from Global Control: A Call to Action

Our conversation concluded with a powerful message on the need to reclaim control of healthcare from unaccountable global entities. The WHO’s actions during the pandemic—redefining medical terms, monopolizing health narratives, and utilizing its vast network of collaborating centers—underscore the dangers of centralized authority over national health policy. To protect public health, we must hold these organizations accountable, ensuring that healthcare policies prioritize the welfare of the people they serve.

Conclusion: The Path Forward 

Lucinda’s courage in speaking out highlights the responsibility we all share in holding these organizations accountable. As healthcare professionals, citizens, and advocates, we must work to dismantle these global mechanisms that undermine transparency and ethics in healthcare. Only by restoring sovereignty and accountability can we ensure that public health policies genuinely serve the interests of the people.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense

Is Israel’s Annexation of the West Bank Underway?

November 13th, 2024 by Germán Gorraiz López

Since 75% of the settlers are ultra-orthodox (over 500,000), in recent years a dangerous symbiosis has developed in the occupied territories of Palestine between the political leaders of the settlers and the rabbis who have for decades preached their opposition to any territorial commitment to the Palestinians. They have tried to give a religious justification to the illegal Israeli occupation of Palestinian territories.

Operation “Annexation of the West Bank” was reportedly launched after the bloody Hamas attack on 7 October and nearly 700 Palestinians have already died as a result of Israeli army operations and attacks by Israeli settlers in the West Bank and East Jerusalem.

Image: Israel Katz (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

undefined

For his part, the new Minister of Defence, Israel Katz, last August proposed “to temporarily evacuate the West Bank in order to thwart terrorist infrastructures by taking all necessary measures, including forced displacement,” of the Palestinian population settled in the West Bank.

After Katz’s appointment as Minister of Defence, the plan was taken up again by the Israeli extreme right and the settler movement that try to take advantage of the inertia in Gaza to advance their objective of occupation of the West Bank which for them would be the “Area of Judea and Samaria” within the atavism of Greater Israel.

In this context, the State of Israel declared in 2023 more than 2,300 hectares in the occupied West Bank as “state land” and at the end of May, the Israeli army ceded important legal powers in the occupied West Bank to settler officials led by Smotrich. The transfer was described by legal experts as “a de facto annexation.”

The existence of the West Bank annexation plan would be corroborated by Israel’s Finance Minister, Bezalel Smotrich, who at a recent meeting of his party, the ultra-nationalist Religious Zionism, stated that “both Gaza and the West Bank will be taken from the Palestinians forever” while he indicated that “2025 is the year of sovereignty in Judea and Samaria”, not being a new nakba to Jordan that would mean de facto the disappearance of the Palestinian state.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Germán Gorraiz López is a political analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Separation wall between Israel and the West Bank near Jerusalem. Photo by Mazur Travel/Shutterstock.

There are numerous arguments being advanced as to the reasons behind the outcomes of the November 5 presidential and congressional elections which resulted in the declaration of former President Donald Trump as the winner of the race for the White House.

Republicans retook control of the Senate while the final composition of the House of Representatives remains to be determined.

Among some of the leading Democratic Party officials and pundits there have been sharp disagreements over why the campaigns of Vice President Kamala Harris and Minnesota Governor Tim Walz did not prevail in their attempts to defeat Trump in what would have been his final attempt at occupying the Oval Office. Some officials such as former Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi have blamed incumbent President Joe Biden for not exiting the race earlier allowing for a primary contest which could have determined his successor over a period of several months.

Vermont Senator and former presidential candidate Bernie Sanders accused the Harris-Walz ticket of not placing enough emphasis on the plight of the working class in the United States allowing for the right-wing demagoguery Trump and Ohio Senator J.D. Vance to mascaraed as champions of ordinary people attempting to stay ahead of inflationary pressures.

Upsurge in Racist Threats

Neither of these explanations took serious considerations of the continuing racist, sexist, misogynist and anti-LGBTQ plus bigotry which permeates the ideological framework of the U.S. and its dominant social groupings. Although Harris has never been considered a left-wing radical within the Democratic Party, the Republican campaign media tactics centered around labelling her and Walz as such.

In the immediate aftermath of the media calling the elections in favor of the Trump-Vance ticket, African Americans in various states across the U.S. received text messages ordering them to report to plantations to resume the slave labor which was the bulwark of colonial and antebellum periods of North American history. The abolition of African enslavement grew out of an international movement to end this economic system in the U.S. and other geopolitical regions in Western Europe and the Western Hemisphere.

.

Source: Abayomi Azikiwe

.

In the U.S., it would take a Civil War between 1861-1865 to destroy the structural basis for African enslavement. Later at the conclusion of 1865, the 13th Amendment to the Constitution was ratified nearly three years after the Emancipation Proclamation issued by then President Abraham Lincoln.

At the time of the conclusion of the Civil War there were nearly four million Africans subjected to involuntary servitude. Another 500,000 were considered “free” although they were denied the legal rights of social equality and self-determination. Then of course, the passage of several Civil Rights Acts and the 14th and 15th Amendments to the U.S. Constitution during the period of 1866-1875 ostensibly granted African Americans full “citizenship.”

Nonetheless, the rise of the Ku Klux Klan and other white supremacist terrorist organizations ensured the overthrow of Federal Reconstruction and the return of near slave-like conditions for African Americans after the contested presidential elections of 1876. The adoption of segregationist laws ushered in the era of Jim Crow where African Americans were the victims of thousands of lynchings, forced geographic removals, land thefts and the imposition of sharecropping, tenant farming and peonage.

.

Source: Abayomi Azikiwe

.

Consequently, the arrival of text messages to the mobile phones of African Americans in Alabama, Georgia, Detroit, Michigan, Virginia, Ohio, North Carolina, and South Carolina provided a clear picture of what the upcoming era will entail. These texts targeted African Americans studying on college and university campuses such as Clemson University, Ohio State University, University of Alabama, among others. A number of messages threatened racist violence against African Americans from the Klan and other racist groups.

The Economic Crisis and the Expansion of Imperialist War

One of the central myths of the Trump-Vance campaign was that the economic crisis facing the U.S. is the direct result of the policies adopted and implemented by the Biden-Harris administration. The falsehoods that during the Trump administration of 2017-2021 there was a major improvement in the socioeconomic conditions of working class and oppressed peoples can be easily refuted with the facts.

If the actual situation is correctly examined, it will reveal that tremendous problems existed for the majority of people in the U.S. even prior to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning in the early months of 2020. Corporate tax cuts given to the transnational corporations by the Trump administration along with massive subsidies to the Pentagon exacerbated the federal budget deficit and lowered real wages for working people.

During 2019 a record number of store closings exceeded 9,300 with 23 corporate bankruptcies costing workers hundreds of thousands of jobs. These closings included long-time retail outlets such as Payless Shoe Source, Sears, Forever 21 and many others.

The following year was one of the most distressing in modern history. The worst pandemic in over a century resulted in more than a million deaths, tens of millions of job losses and tens of thousands of permanent business closings. The Trump administration initially released $2.2 trillion in stimulus funds in order to avoid a complete economic collapse and prolonged depression.

Trump’s handling of the pandemic created confusion and pandemonium. Although MRNA vaccines were distributed on an emergency use basis, there were conflicting messages over whether they should be accepted among the people. Attacks on healthcare workers, including physicians and nurses, reached unprecedented levels. By the end of the first Trump administration the spread of COVID-19 persisted without any clear strategy to bring the pandemic under control.

In response to the police executions of Breonna Taylor, George Floyd and numerous African Americans, mass demonstrations and rebellions erupted throughout the U.S. The outrage over the brutal deaths of African Americans spread to other geopolitical regions in Europe, Africa and Asia. The United Nations Human Rights Commission held hearings on racist state violence in the U.S. at the aegis of the African Union (AU), which evoked the resolutions submitted by Malcolm X (El Hajj Malik Shabazz) when he attended the Organization of African Unity (OAU) Summit in Cairo, Egypt in July 1964.

Consequently, the failure to respond adequately to the pandemic and the attempted suppression of anti-racist demonstrations in 2020 was instrumental in sealing the fate of the first Trump administration. With the ascendancy of President Joe Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris, there was great expectations on the part of many oppressed and working peoples for fundamental reforms.

During Biden’s first year in office with a Democratic Party effective majority in the House of Representatives and Senate, an additional stimulus package was approved. All together $5.5 trillion in stimulus funding was made available in the U.S. by the end of 2021.

Despite this massive infusion of federal money into the U.S. economy, real wages declined while consumer prices skyrocketed impacting the ability of working people to purchase food, gasoline, housing and other important necessities of life. Measures by the Federal Reserve Bank to calm inflation has not resulted in a substantial improvement in the living standards in the U.S.

It was these contradictions which were exploited by the Trump campaign to win 73 million to the 68 million votes of Harris-Walz in the presidential elections. However, the advocacy of tariffs, mass deportations and political retributions against perceived enemies will not bring about the promised economic revival for the tens of millions experiencing hardships and impoverishment in the U.S.

World War, Fascism and the Anti-Imperialist Struggle

It is important to review the history of the rise of fascism during the early decades of the 20th century beginning with Italian National Fascist Party under Benito Mussolini during World War I. Like the White House tenure of Trump, there are many myths surrounding the improvement of the economic conditions under Mussolini where it was said that “the trains ran on time.”

The reign of the Italian fascists from 1922-1943 was characterized by the subjugation of the North Africa territory of Libya and the execution of the liberation movement leader Omar al-Moktar in 1931. The Ethiopian people were subjected to a genocidal war from 1935-1941 where the use of mustard gas and a systematic policy of extermination led to the deaths of 70,000, the injuring of 200,000 and the displacement of millions. Other North African territories were contested by Italian and German fascist regimes against Britain, France and the U.S. from 1940-1943.

In Germany, the seizure of power by Adolph Hitler in 1933 eventually led to World War II which resulted in the defeat and destruction of Germany by May of 1945. Neither Italy nor Germany has gained the economic and military dominance which the fascists sought in the aftermath of the First Imperialist War.

Trump has run three electoral campaigns under the theme of making America great again. If history is a guide to the contemporary world situation, Trump’s program for reclaiming the uncontested supremacy of Washington and Wall Street will inevitably fail. The overwhelming majority of people throughout the world will vigorously fight the imperialist onslaught by the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) led by the U.S.

As has been demonstrated in Palestine and other states within West Asia, the determination of people to resist Zionism and their U.S. imperialist backers has only grown exponentially. Trump’s policies will end in economic ruin for the U.S. as well as defeat at the hands of oppressed and working people domestically and throughout the globe.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: Dec. 14, 2018: Amazon workers in Shakopee, Minnesota, protesting a variety of working conditions. (Fibonacci Blue, Flickr, CC BY 2.0)

To be Pro-Israel Is to be Pro-War

November 13th, 2024 by Caitlin Johnstone

The way raw video evidence debunked the “Amsterdam pogrom” narrative in real time in full view of the entire world is exactly why Israel hates journalists. It’s why it won’t let the western press visit Gaza, and it’s why it murders Palestinian journalists at every opportunity.

.

.

.

.

.

Trump’s “America First” cabinet is being packed full of swamp monsters who want to pour American money into helping Israel destroy the middle east, pour American money into the unwinnable proxy war in Ukraine, and prepare American troops to fight a war with China to defend Taiwan.

*

And just as we’re reacting to the news of Trump filling his new cabinet with murderous warmongers, the Biden administration comes in with a helpful reminder that they too are evil blood-soaked monsters. The White House has announced that it will be imposing zero consequences on Israel for failing to abide by its 30-day deadline to let more aide into Gaza. The “deadline” was a phony election ploy, just as we said it was at the time.

Friendly reminder that Biden could still end the genocide in Gaza right now. He could end it today. He could have ended it any day over the last thirteen months. Israel’s atrocities will continue into the next administration because the Biden administration wants them to.

*

Everything American liberals are worried will be done to them by the Trump administration are things that were done to people in other countries by the Biden administration.

Anyone who supported Trump on anti-war grounds already has more than enough evidence to stop doing so. If you’re still supporting him after his cabinet picks thus far you’re going to support him no matter what he does on foreign policy, because you don’t really care about peace — you just care about your favorite political party winning.

*

I’m already getting Trump supporters all over my replies telling me that the hawkish inclinations I’m seeing from the incoming administration aren’t what they look like. They did this throughout his entire first term. Four fucking years of morons telling me the insane acts of warmongering I was witnessing were actually fine and good, or even brilliant strategic maneuvers against the deep state warmongers. Really not looking forward to another four years of this shit.

*

Being pro-Israel is being pro-war, because the state of Israel cannot exist in its present iteration without nonstop US-backed military violence. Supporting Israel necessarily means supporting endless western military interventionism in the middle east. Trump supporters keep lying to themselves about this.

It was obvious that Trump’s “anti-neocon” schtick was bullshit even before his cabinet picks. You cannot be “anti-neocon” and also be Israel’s BFF. That’s not a thing. US military support for Israel is absolutely central to the neoconservative ideology — just research the history of neocons and PNAC. Trump and his allies talk a big game about massively unpopular Bush-era neocons, but Trump has always been fully aligned with those same neocons on Israeli warmongering. He had actual PNAC members in his cabinet like Elliott Abrams and John Bolton for fuck’s sake, and he has openly admitted to being bought and owned by the Adelsons.

So the Trump faction is doing this weird cognitive dissonance straddle where they’re more or less completely aligned with the neocons on middle east policy (and China policy as well for the record) while posturing as big opponents of neoconservatives and warmongers. There is a faction of the “MAGA” movement which is anti-Israel, or at least anti US aid for Israel, but they are a much smaller and far less powerful contingent. It will be interesting to see how this plays out.

*

When people defend the Gaza genocide by saying “those Arabs hate gay people” or whatever, they’re admitting that they think someone having different beliefs than their own justifies wiping out their entire population.

You normally hear this argument from right wing Israel supporters speaking to left-wing Palestine supporters. They assume it’s a debate-winning argument because they know leftists support LGBTQ rights, so upon hearing this the leftist will say “Oh okay well kill them all then.”

Leaving aside the premise that all Palestinians hate gay people (which is of course silly), the fact that they project this assumption onto others says a lot about their own worldview. Anyone making this argument is telling you they would support the mass military slaughter of you and everyone who thinks like you if given the opportunity, because they believe those who think differently than themselves should be exterminated.

*

Leftists, liberals and rightists all mean very different things when they say they support free speech.

When an anti-imperialist socialist says they support free speech, they mean they want the freedom to hold power to account, scrutinize their government’s actions, and share dissident ideas and information. This is the original reason freedom of speech has been enshrined as an important value in our society, and it’s why leftists (the real kind) aggressively defend it.

When a rightist says they support free speech, they typically mean they want to be able to say racist things without any consequences and make mean jokes about trans people on social media. It’s less about holding power to account and more about being able to say what you want wherever you want for its own sake, because not being allowed to say what you want doesn’t feel very nice. This is what you’re looking at when you see Trump talking about the importance of free speech rights while also saying he wants to jail people for burning the American flag and telling donors he’ll crack down on pro-Palestine protests. He’s not promising the freedom to speak truth to power, he’s promising the freedom to say racial slurs.

When a liberal says they support free speech, they typically mean they support free speech for themselves and people who think like them, and for the citizens of enemy countries like Iran and China. They’re more than happy to see speech critical of the powerful curbed in the name of stopping “disinformation” or “Russian propaganda”. They support Silicon Valley tech platforms collaborating intimately with US government agencies to suppress dissident ideas and information, so long as doing so doesn’t benefit a rival political faction. They believe their worldview is the way, the truth and the light, and that information needs to circulate in a way that helps others believe this too.

There are of course exceptions and variations on this; American libertarians are often an odd hybrid of the leftist and rightist schools of thought on free speech, for example. It’s good to be aware that when someone says they support free speech, they could mean something very, very different from what you mean when you say it.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image source

The Establishment Is Disarming the Trump Insurrection. Paul C. Roberts

November 13th, 2024 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

It is dangerous for Trump supporters to think that the battle is over with the election victory. The battle has not begun, and it never will if Trump cannot put together a fighting administration.

There are about 4,000 political appointees in the Executive branch, 1,200 of which have to be confirmed in office by the Senate. The confirmation power gives the Senate input in controlling staffing in a presidential administration.

Trump and his transition team do not know 1,200 people, much less 4,000. Desperate to get a government underway, their inquiries will result in input from many sources, especially from the ruling establishment. At best a president and transition team can only focus on a few key areas where the president’s key agendas are. Even here Trump is not doing a great job.

Image: The official portrait of Rep. Michael Waltz (R-FL) (From the Public Domain)

Let’s start with the war front. Trump has said he can immediately stop the war in Ukraine and the Israeli-Hamas-Hezbollah-Iran war in the Middle East. But Trump’s appointees to US Ambassador to the UN, National Security Advisor, Secretary of State, US Ambassador to Israel, and Secretary of Defense are war hawks. UN Ambassador Elise Stefanik is a warmonger for Israel. National Security Adviser Mike Waltz has called for enforcing the energy sanctions on Russia and taking the handcuffs off long-range missiles provided to Ukraine. Secretary of State Marco Rubio is a warmonger.  Trump has appointed Mike Huckabee US Ambassador to Israel to the great delight of Israeli extremists.  Huckabee has said that Israel has title to Palestine. Trump has appointed Steven Witkoff Special Envoy to the Middle East. Witkoff who is Jewish is tasked with dealing with the Iranian threat, the Israel–Hamas war, the Israel–Hezbollah fighting, the Israeli–Palestinian conflict.

For Defense Secretary Trump has chosen Fox News co-host and commentator Pete Hegseth, a non-Woke masculine man without faith in a DEI military.  The downside is that he believes in the official narratives constructed by the military/security complex and neoconservatives of America’s Russian, Chinese, and Iranian enemies.  He describes Iran as “an evil regime” and wants to modernize the US military so that it is a match for China’s.  It seems we are in for a rise in the defense budget and no closed bases, an obstacle to Musk’s plan to cut $2.5 trillion from the budget.  Together with Stefanik, Waltz, and Rubio, Hegseth gives Trump a quattro for war.  Do any of these Trump appointees  have the flexibility to see the Russian, Iranian, Chinese, and Palestinian point of view?

In his comments about John Bolton, Trump indicated that he thinks presenting adversaries with warmongers is what will bring them to concessions. I doubt this will work with Russia, China, and Iran.

Image source

Let’s now look at the prospects for RFK Jr. and Elon Musk.  The UK newspaper, The Telegraph, reports that Trump’s advisors are distancing Trump from Bobby Kennedy.  As I predicted would happen, Trump’s advisors are questioning whether Kennedy can be confirmed.  The Big Pharma and fluoride lobbies have asserted their muscle, and it looks like Trump’s advisors are backing down. They lack the intelligence to see that Big Pharma’s blocking of Kennedy would play into Trump’s hands.  But as we all know, Republicans simply are not fighters.  Most in Congress are RINOs and they are not going to burn their bridges with the Establishment.

The Telegraph is an unreliable newspaper as its totally incorrect coverage of the Russian-Ukrainian conflict demonstrated.  The Telegraph’s report could be a Big Pharma plant that seeks to raise questions in the minds of those on the transition team about Bobby Kennedy. Trump transition team member Howard Lutnick had already announced that Bobby would not be getting a job.  Instead of having executive authority as Secretary of Health and Human Services or as Director of the Food and Drug Administration, Bobby will collect data on vaccines.  It seems Big Pharma and agri-business have killed any improvement in the safety of medicines and food during Trump’s second term.

It seems that Elon Musk also is to be denied a position of executive authority.  Initial reports were  that the person ideally suited to be Director of the Office of Management and Budget was to be made head of a Commission on Government Efficiency.  The commission has now become a new cabinet department, the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) jointly led by Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy.  

Trump says that

“these two wonderful Americans will pave the way for my Administration to dismantle government bureaucracy, slash excess regulations, cut wasteful expenditures, and restructure federal agencies.” 

How are they going to do that if they have no executive power over spending?

It is paradoxical that Trump begins his assault on government bureaucracy and waste by creating a new bureaucracy.  The way to control the budget is to appoint Musk Director of the Office of Management and budget.  What Trump has done is to create a new government bureaucracy that will grow and grow and grow.

Image: Posted by Tulsi Gabbard on Facebook

Will the talent of Tulsi Gabbard also be thrown away?  She would have been a far better Secretary of State than Rubio.  What commission will she be sent offstage to chair?

It could not be more clear that this is not shaping up as a government that will renew America. All we need now is a milk toast for Attorney General, and we can write off making America great again.

Trump has picked former U.S. Rep. Lee Zeldin as Head of EPA.  Zeldin has a 14 percent score from the League of Conservation Voters, an indication that environmental regulations will be loosened up to facilitate fracking, which Trump is relying on to make America the top oil and gas producer, a key part in Trump’s mind of making America great again.

So far Trump’s administration is shaping up to deliver only on the border promise.  Trump appointed Thomas Homan “Border Czar” and Kristi Noem as Homeland Security Secretary.  But, actually, Homeland Security, an anti-American operation created during the “war on terror” hoax, is a threat to American civil liberties and should be abolished. Homeland Security is all cons and no pros.  We can have border security without it. Remember, it was the Department of Homeland Security that announced that the terrorism focus had shifted from Muslims to white American citizens, especially those “domestic terrorists” who support Trump. 

Any attempt to control the border will be beset with endless law suits.  Democrat governors and city authorities have already  pledged to shield illegal immigrants from Trump’s Agenda.  The Democrat governors of Massachusetts, California, and Illinois have announced that they will use their authority to keep borders open and immigrant invaders from being deported. 

The Woke California  Governor Newsom promised to “protect California values,” by which he means no distinction between a citizen and an illegal.  California is a sanctuary state whose law prevents cooperation between state and local police and federal Immigration and Customs Enforcement personnel. Newsom has called a special legislative session to “Trump-proof” the state’s anti-deportation rules.

Woke Illinois Governor Pritzker told Trump, “you come for my people, you have to come through me.”  “My people” are the immigrant-invaders.  Pritzker calls them Illinoisans, and says “anyone who intends to come take away the freedom and opportunity and dignity of Illinoisans” is in for a fight.

Woke Massachusetts Governor Maura Healey has banned the state police from assisting in any way the deportation of illegals. Massachusetts is also a sanctuary state

In other words, the three Democrat governors do not acknowledge any difference between a US citizen and those who illegally enter the country. See this.

Now consider the Senate Majority Leader.  Having captured the Senate and with Mitch McConnell’s retirement, a crucial position to Trump’s success is to be filled.  McConnell is holding the election of the Senate Majority Leader today.  He has presented two candidates, both non-MAGAs:  John Thune and John Cornyn.  Senator Rick Scott, more likely to be supportive of Trump’s agendas, has entered the race.  Considering that most Republican Senators are RINOs, Scott’s chances aren’t great.

Trump has not only jeopardized a peaceful foreign policy with his ill-considered appointments, but also the neoconservatives, Biden regime officials, British PM and French President are working to get Biden’s agreement to allow the long-range missiles to be fired into Russia. The Telegraph reported three days ago that

“Sir Keir Starmer and Emmanuel Macron are expected to plot a last-ditch attempt to thwart Donald Trump’s efforts to scale back US support for Ukraine.”

As I warned, the two and one-half months between Trump’s election and his inauguration is a lot of time for enemies to commit US policy in directions Trump didn’t intend. 

Perhaps the most crucial appointment is Attorney General.  If Trump appoints a milk toast, Trump’s administration dies that day.  Again, the confirmation argument will be used.  Anyone who might take up the Hunter Biden laptop, or look into Hillary Clinton’s dealings, or those of the DOJ officials who conspired with state and local attorneys general and prosecutors to concoct the Trump indictments, or the criminal activities of members of the ruling elite, the Epstein list, the criminal leaks to media, and a large variety of other indictable offenses is clearly off-limits.  The Establishment is not going to have themselves submitted to even a fraction of what they imposed on Trump.

Trump has declared that he hasn’t an enemies list.  It would have been better to leave the question open, as it would have provided some restraint on the attacks he is going to experience.

Image is licensed under CC BY 2.0

Woke New York Governor Kathy Hochul says she had a cordial phone conversation with Trump and is open to working with him. This is the governor who labeled Trump supporters “anti-Americans” and “anti-women,” and unleashed George Soros’ NY Attorney General Letitia James on Trump and his supporters.”  Working together, of course, means compromises, and not all the compromises will be made by Democrats and the ruling elites. There is a substantial risk that Trump will be worked directly into the Establishment.

How likely is it that Trump wants to relive the stress of his first term? 

How likely is it that he can find even 200 of the 1,200 appointees who require Senate confirmation who will fight for him, putting their own careers at risk by burning bridges to the ruling establishment, an entrenched, institutionalized establishment that has not folded its tents and left the field?

The prospects for American renewal might actually be worse than reports depict. Alan Sabrosky Provides a Darker Take on the Election and Who Won. See this.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is a White House photo by Shealah Craighead

NATO and Vaccines: The Twin Sacred Cows

November 13th, 2024 by John Leake

On February 9, 1990, U.S. Secretary of State James Baker assured Mikhail Gorbachev that if the Soviet leader would cooperate with German unification, NATO would not expand “one inch eastward.” This was just one of many assurances of Soviet security made by Western leaders to Gorbachev and other Soviet officials throughout the process of German unification in 1990 and on into 1991.

On December 12, 2017, the National Security Archive at George Washington University declassified U.S., Soviet, German, British and French documents about these assurances. As the National Security Archive reported at this time:

The documents show that multiple national leaders were considering and rejecting Central and Eastern European membership in NATO as of early 1990 and through 1991, that discussions of NATO in the context of German unification negotiations in 1990 were not at all narrowly limited to the status of East German territory, and that subsequent Soviet and Russian complaints about being misled about NATO expansion were founded in written contemporaneous memcons and telcons at the highest levels. 

The documents reinforce former CIA Director Robert Gates’s criticism of “pressing ahead with expansion of NATO eastward [in the 1990s], when Gorbachev and others were led to believe that wouldn’t happen.” The key phrase, buttressed by the documents, is “led to believe.”

As we now know, the U.S. broke these assurances—a decision characterized by George Kennan, America’s chief architect of Soviet containment policy during he Cold War—as “A Fateful Error” in his Feb. 5, 1997 New York Times editorial.

At the 2008 NATO Summit in Bucharest, Russian President Vladimir Putin addressed the assembly and stated his opposition to U.S. plans to deploy missile defenses in Poland and the Czech Republic, and his opposition to Georgia and Ukraine’s NATO membership bids.

I suspect that by stating his vehement opposition to Ukraine’s membership in NATO, Putin signaled to NATO leaders precisely how they could bait him into committing to a risky military adventure in Ukraine. Since I read George Kennan’s 1997 Times editorial, it’s been clear that the U.S. government has sought to maintain enmity with Russia in order to maintain NATO and to justify the DoD’s enormous ongoing expenditures on weapons systems. In other words, during the Cold War, NATO became a Sacred Cow that no one in Washington would dare slaughter.

Likewise, anyone who has seriously studied medical history understands that rigorous public sanitation and antibiotics are the true vanquishers of infectious diseases, and NOT vaccines. The Vaccine Cult was born and promulgated during a time when most of humanity lived in squalor. Enormous advances in sanitation, clean water, modern washing appliances for bed linens, etc., have revolutionized public health. Moreover, many infectious diseases that formerly killed children are now easily treatable with antibiotics and other medical advances.

And yet, vaccines remain, like NATO, a Sacred Cow. Will Trump & Kennedy take on two of the most powerful entrenched interests in the history of mankind?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0

Did Trump Really Call Putin Late Last Week?

November 13th, 2024 by Andrew Korybko

There are reasons to doubt WaPo’s report.

The Washington Post’s (WaPo) report alleging that Trump called Putin the Thursday after he won the election and told him not to escalate the conflict was contradicted by both the Kremlin and Kiev. The first called it “pure fiction” while the second said that it was “unaware” of the call despite allegedly being informed of it. The Trump team hasn’t commented on it at the time of writing. Nevertheless, the report’s timeframe raises questions about its credibility, which will now be elaborated on.

.

Screenshot from WaPo

.

Putin participated in his traditional Q&A session that evening at the Valdai Club’s annual meeting, which lasted until around midnight. He claimed not to have talked to Trump by that time but said that he’d be interested in speaking with him if he calls. If WaPo’s report is correct, then it means that Putin either talked to Trump before the aforesaid event but lied about it or that he talked to him sometime afterwards but before 8am Moscow time, which would be midnight of the next day at Mar-a-Lago.

It can only be speculated why Putin would lie about this if that’s indeed what happened, which is unlikely, and it’s also equally unlikely that he’d agree to have a detailed discussion with Trump between midnight and 8am in the morning after the prior evening’s long Q&A session. After all, these sorts of calls aren’t impromptu but are arranged ahead of time, and Putin could always have rescheduled. Therefore, WaPo’s report is probably fake news, thus making one wonder why it was published in the first place.

One possibility is that someone on his team was tasked with introducing the report’s two narratives, that Trump told Putin not to escalate but also informed Ukraine of the call too, into the discourse. This could have been done to test the water by gauging their reactions to what he might have planned to do. Another possibility is that subversive elements close to him wanted to undermine his planned call. And finally, the last possibility is that it was made up, whether by WaPo or whoever else for whatever reason.

In the order that they were shared, the first “trial run” theory would have shown that Russia is uncomfortable with being told what to do while Ukraine doesn’t want to be left out of the loop. As for the second, both might now know what to expect, but Trump could also switch it up to surprise them. Regarding the last one, it drove traffic to WaPo’s site and reaffirmed the perception of them as one of the preferred outlets for insiders to leak to, but it had no noticeable effect beyond that.

Looking forward, the first official Putin-Trump call (whenever it may be and assuming that WaPo’s report is fake news as was argued) will probably see the returning American leader sharing more details with his Russian counterpart about exactly what he has in mind for ending the Ukrainian Conflict. Readers can learn more about what that might look like here, here, and here. It’ll take more than one call to achieve this, most likely at least one in-person meeting too, but everything is moving in that direction.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.   

Featured image: Russian President Vladimir Putin By Harold Escalona/shutterstock And President Trump By Drop of Light/Shutterstock

Will Trump End or Escalate Biden’s Wars?

November 13th, 2024 by Medea Benjamin

When Donald Trump takes office on January 20th, all his campaign promises to end the war in Ukraine in 24 hours and almost as quickly end Israel’s war on its neighbors will be put to the test. The choices he has made for his incoming administration so far, from Marco Rubio as Secretary of State to Mike Waltz as National Security Advisor, Pete Hegseth as Secretary of Defense and Elise Stefanik as UN Ambassador make for a rogues gallery of saber-rattlers.

The only conflict where peace negotiations seem to be on the agenda is Ukraine. In April, both Vice President-elect JD Vance and Senator Marco Rubio voted against a $95 billion military aid bill that included $61 billion for Ukraine.

Rubio recently appeared on NBC’s Today Show saying,

“I think the Ukrainians have been incredibly brave and strong when standing up to Russia. But at the end of the day, what we’re funding here is a stalemate war, and it needs to be brought to a conclusion… I think there has to be some common sense here.”

On the campaign trail, Vance made a controversial suggestion that the best way to end the war was for Ukraine to cede the land Russia has seized, for a demilitarized zone to be established, and for Ukraine to become neutral, i.e. not enter NATO. He was roundly criticized by both Republicans and Democrats who argue that backing Ukraine is vitally important to U.S. security since it weakens Russia, which is closely allied with China.

Any attempt by Trump to stop U.S. military support for Ukraine will undoubtedly face fierce opposition from the pro-war forces in his own party, particularly in Congress, as well as perhaps the entirety of the Democratic party. Two years ago, 30 progressive Democrats in Congress wrote a letter to President Biden asking him to consider promoting negotiations. The party higher ups were so incensed by their lack of party discipline that they came down on the progressives like a ton of bricks. Within 24 hours, the group had cried uncle and rescinded the letter. They have since all voted for money for Ukraine and have not uttered another word about negotiations.

Image: President Joe Biden travels to Kyiv, Ukraine Monday, February 20, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Adam Schultz)

So a Trump effort to cut funds to Ukraine could run up against a bipartisan congressional effort to keep the war going. And let’s not forget the efforts by European countries, and NATO, to keep the U.S. in the fight. Still, Trump could stand up to all these forces and push for a rational policy that would restart the talking and stop the killing.

The Middle East, however, is a more difficult situation. In his first term, Trump showed his pro-Israel cards when he brokered the Abraham accords between several Arab countries and Israel; moved the U.S. embassy to a location in Jerusalem that is partly on occupied land outside Israel’s internationally recognized borders; and recognized the occupied Golan Heights in Syria as part of Israel. Such unprecedented signals of unconditional U.S. support for Israel’s illegal occupation and settlements helped set the stage for the current crisis.

Trump seems as unlikely as Biden to cut U.S. weapons to Israel, despite public opinion polls favoring such a halt and a recent UN human rights report showing that 70% of the people killed by those U.S. weapons are women and children.

Meanwhile, the wily Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu is already busy getting ready for a second Trump presidency. On the very day of the U.S. election, Netanyahu fired his defense minister, Yoav Gallant, who opposed a lasting Israeli military occupation of Gaza and had at times argued for prioritizing the lives of the Israeli hostages over killing more Palestinians.

Israel Katz, the new defense minister and former foreign minister, is more hawkish than Gallant, and has led a campaign to falsely blame Iran for the smuggling of weapons from Jordan into the West Bank.

Other powerful voices, national security minister Itamar Ben-Gvir and finance minister Bezalel Smotrich, who is also a “minister in the Defense Ministry,” represent extreme Zionist parties that are publicly committed to territorial expansion, annexation and ethnic cleansing. They both live in illegal Israeli settlements in the occupied West Bank.

So Netanyahu has deliberately surrounded himself with allies who back his ever-escalating war. They are surely developing a war plan to exploit Trump’s support for Israel, but will first use the unique opportunity of the U.S. transition of power to create facts on the ground that will limit Trump’s options when he takes office.

The Israelis will doubtless redouble their efforts to drive Palestinians out of as much of Gaza as possible, confronting President Trump with a catastrophic humanitarian crisis in which Gaza’s surviving population is crammed into an impossibly small area, with next to no food, no shelter for many, disease running rampant, and no access to needed medical care for tens of thousands of horribly wounded and dying people.

The Israelis will count on Trump to accept whatever final solution they propose, most likely to drive Palestinians out of Gaza, into the West Bank, Jordan, Egypt and farther afield.

Image: Palestinian families walk through destroyed neighbourhoods in Gaza City on 24 November 2023 as the temporary truce between Hamas and the Israeli army takes effect (MEE/Mohammed al-Hajjar)

Israel threatened all along to do to Lebanon the same as they have done to Gaza. Israeli forces have met fierce resistance, taken heavy casualties, and have not advanced far into Lebanon. But, as in Gaza, they are using bombing and artillery to destroy villages and towns, kill or drive people north and hope to effectively annex the part of Lebanon south of the Litani river as a so-called “buffer zone.” When Trump takes office, they may ask for greater U.S. involvement to help them “finish the job.”

The big wild card is Iran. Trump’s first term in office was marked by a policy of “maximum pressure” against Tehran. He unilaterally withdrew America from the Iran nuclear deal, imposed severe sanctions that devastated the economy, and ordered the killing of the country’s top general. Trump did not support a war on Iran in his first term, but had to be talked out of attacking Iran in his final days in office by General Mark Milley and the Pentagon.

Colin Powell’s former chief of staff, retired Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson, recently described to Chris Hedges just how catastrophic a war with Iran would be, based on U.S.military war-games he was involved in.

Wilkerson predicts that a U.S. war on Iran could last for ten years, cost $10 trillion and still fail to conquer Iran. Airstrikes alone would not destroy all of Iran’s civilian nuclear program and ballistic missile stockpiles. So, once unleashed, the war would very likely escalate into a regime change war involving U.S. ground forces, in a country with three or four times the territory and population of Iraq, more mountainous terrain and a thousand mile long coastline bristling with missiles that can sink U.S. warships.

But Netanyahu and his extreme Zionist allies believe that they must sooner or later fight an existential war with Iran if they are to realize their vision of a dominant Greater Israel. And they believe that the destruction they have wreaked on the Palestinians in Gaza and Hezbollah in Lebanon, including the assassination of their senior leaders, has given them a military advantage and a favorable opportunity for a showdown with Iran.

By November 10, Trump and Netanyahu had reportedly spoken on the phone three times since the election, and Netanyahu said that they see “eye to eye on the Iranian threat.” Trump has already hired Iran hawk Brian Hook, who helped him sabotage the JCPOA nuclear agreement with Iran in 2018, to coordinate the formation of his foreign policy team.

So far, the team that Trump and Hook have assembled seems to offer hope for peace in Ukraine, but little to none for peace in the Middle East and a rising danger of a U.S.-Israeli war on Iran.

Trump’s expected National Security Advisor Mike Waltz is best known as a China hawk. He has voted against military aid to Ukraine in Congress, but he recently tweeted that Israel should bomb Iran’s nuclear and oil facilities, the most certain path to a full-scale war.

.

Read on X

.

Trump’s new UN ambassador, Elise Stefanik, has led moves in Congress to equate criticism of Israel with anti-semitism, and she led the aggressive questioning of American university presidents at an anti-semitism hearing in Congress, after which the presidents of Harvard and Penn resigned.

So, while Trump will have some advisors who support his desire to end the war in Ukraine, there will be few voices in his inner circle urging caution over Netanyahu’s genocidal ambitions in Palestine and his determination to cripple Iran.

If he wanted to, President Biden could use his final two months in office to de-escalate the conflicts in the Middle East. He could impose an embargo on offensive weapons for Israel, push for serious ceasefire negotiations in both Gaza and Lebanon, and work through U.S. partners in the Gulf to de-escalate tensions with Iran.

But Biden is unlikely to do any of that. When his own administration sent a letter to Israel last month, threatening a cut in military aid if Israel did not allow a surge of humanitarian aid into Gaza in the next 30 days, Israel responded by doing just the opposite–actually cutting the number of trucks allowed in. The State Department claimed Israel was taking “steps in the right direction” and Biden refused to take any action.

We will soon see if Trump is able to make progress in moving the Ukraine war towards negotiations, potentially saving the lives of many thousands of Ukrainians and Russians. But between the catastrophe that Trump will inherit and the warhawks he is picking for his cabinet, peace in the Middle East seems more distant than ever.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Medea Benjamin is the cofounder of CODEPINK for Peace, and the author of several books, including Inside Iran: The Real History and Politics of the Islamic Republic of Iran.

Nicolas J. S. Davies is an independent journalist, a researcher for CODEPINK and the author of Blood on Our Hands: The American Invasion and Destruction of Iraq.

Medea Benjamin and Nicolas J. S. Davies are the authors of War in Ukraine: Making Sense of a Senseless Conflict, published by OR Books, with an updated edition due in February 2025. They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Featured image: A boy sits in rubble in Gaza. Photo Credit: UNICEF

The US Navy’s Missile Problem. Combat Readiness. Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz

November 13th, 2024 by Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz

The vast majority of the missiles representing the firepower of the US Navy for land attack firepower (Tomahawk Block IV -V), air defense (SM2-3-6-ESSM) and surface warfare (ESSM) are launched from vertical launchers (VLS-Vertical Launching System) of the combatant ships.

US VLS Capacity

Today, the US Navy has 96 VLS cells on each of its 70, DDG51-class destroyers; 80 VLS cells on each of its 3, Zumwalt-class cruisers; 122 VLS cells on each of its 17, CG47-class cruisers; and 12-40 VLS cells on each of its 12 Virginia-class nuclear attack submarines. If we assume and accept that all the ships in question, namely 102 destroyers, cruisers and submarines, are active and all VLS cells are full, we will have a total missile capacity of 10,000 (an average of 98 per ship) ready to fire.

VLS Capacity of US Allies

On the other hand, while the total VLS cell capacity of the United Kingdom, an inseparable ally of the US, is 732 missiles (38 per ship) on 19 ships, Japan has 1000 missiles (62 per ship) on 16 ships, and South Korea has 700 missiles (41 per ship) on 17 ships.

China and Russia VLS Capacity

If we examine the Chinese Navy, the biggest rival of the US Navy, there are 112 VLS cells on each of the 10, 055-class destroyers; 64 VLS cells on each of the 30, 052D-class destroyers; We see that there are 32 VLS cells in each of the 40, 054A class destroyers; 64 VLS cells in each of the 3, 075 class Amphibious Assault ships; 48 VLS cells in each of the 2, 901 class aircraft carriers, and a total of around 5000 missile capacity in 85 ships (an average of 58 per ship). These missile cells can fire HQ-10, HQ-16 missiles for air defense purposes; YJ-12, YJ-83 anti-ship missiles in surface warfare and YJ18 missiles for  land attack missions. There is no VLS system in Chinese submarines. China’s ally Russia’s capacity is 828 missiles (26 per ship) in 32 ships/submarines.

Changing Missile Loads

As can be seen, there is no other navy other than the US and Russian navies that have vertical launcher systems in their submarines. In vertical launcher missile capability, missile loads change depending on the ship’s mission. Since the primary mission of warships is to ensure their own survival first, most vertical launcher loads, except for submarines, are given to air defense missiles. Missiles used against ships and land targets are prioritized according to the ship’s operational area and mission types. Let’s remember that in some warships, anti-ship missiles are fired from separate systems other than VLS. For example, American Harpoon missiles are fired from quadruple canisters.

The USA Is By Far Ahead in VLS Capacity

In short, although American warships are fewer than Chinese warships in terms of the number of platforms (450 against 297), they are twice as large in terms of VLS missile capacity, with 5000 missiles against 10,000 respectively. If Japan’s 1000 and South Korea’s 700 missile capacity are added to this number, it is seen that the situation is clearly disadvantageous for China.

VLS Alone Is Not a Criteria

Considering that the US’s biggest naval rival is the Chinese Navy and if we make an assessment for the Taiwan Island scenario in parallel with current conditions in the Pacific theater of operations, we need to look at three areas. The first is the number of VLS-capable ships that the US Navy can operate in the western Pacific theater of operations in parallel with overall combat readiness. The second is the procurement processes of these weapons and the third is the overall logistics for the support of US Navy in the Pacific theater of operations.

The US and the Number of Combat-ready VLS Ships 

According to the statistics of the US’s own naval think tank, the USNI, as of November 4, 2024, the combat power of the US Navy was a total of 295 ships. (235 combat ships and 60 auxiliary ships.) 98 of these ships (69 combat ships and 29 auxiliary ships) were in the deployed status, away from their home bases. Only 75 of these ships were underway. USNI does not specify how many of the 75 ships are the combatant ships of the navy and how many are auxiliary ships. If we assume that 20 are auxiliary ships as of November 4, the number of combat ships on the move in all the seas of the United States is 55 ships. If we consider that a total of 102 combat ships have VLS systems and that this constitutes 43% of the total 235 combat ships, then a rough calculation shows that 20-25 of the 55 ships on the move in all the oceans and seas on November 4, 2024 have VLS capability.

Low Combat Readiness Level of the US Navy

The fact that 98 ships out of a total of 295 ships of the US are deployed is actually an indication that the combat readiness of the fleets is low. According to these statistics, the combat readiness level of the US Navy is around 40%. In addition to the fact that it will take years to bring the remaining ships up to combat ready status, it also should be noted that  the average number of warships held in the US reserve fleet that will be used in mobilization is over 40 years old and they are in poor condition.

If we accept that some of the ships in their main bases will be made ready for combat  in a short time in wartime, we can accept this level of %40 to be up around 50% with the highest optimism. The US Naval Forces Command aims to increase this very low value to 80% by 2027 under the Project 33. However the planned maintenance and repair activities of the US Navy today are 7 years behind the schedule. This is a very serious weakness.

2027 Scenario and Missile Loads

Under these conditions, if the US achieves 80% readiness in 2027, on which it bases its possible conflict scenario with China at best and deploys all of its combat-ready combat ships, which will be 188 in total, in the Western Pacific, the total number of ships with VLS capability will be around 80. With this number, the total VLS missile bay capacity can be evaluated as 8000.

For China, which has a total of 420 combat ships, the number of VLS-capable ships was 85 ships if all ships were ready for combat. Since China’s level of combat readiness is higher than the US Navy in terms of both the number of shipyards and the number of qualified personnel, if a 90% war readiness level is accepted, we come up with 76 VLS-capable ships.

.

An American guided missile cruiser fires a tomahawk missile during the 2003 US invasion of Iraq [Credit: US Navy]

.

In other words, we can talk about a rough parity in VLS capabilities between the US and China in the Western Pacific in 2027. However, let us remind you that the US’s ability to launch Tomahawk missiles from its submarines creates a great advantage. The US has 300 VLS capabilities in its 22 Virginia-class nuclear attack submarines (SSNs). If we consider that 16 of these ships will be deployed to the region at 80% readiness, the fact that at least a total of 240 missiles will be fired from underwater offers a great advantage to the US. Meanwhile, due to the intense need for air defense in the VLS missile loads of American surface ships, we can assume that 75% of the load will be air defense and the rest will be anti-ship and land attack missiles. On the other hand, considering that American warships within the first and second island chains  and  even the US base Guam are vulnerable to the Chinese missiles fired from both land, air  and ships, it should be noted that the chance of survival or not being damaged of American combatant surface ships is low especially during  the first hours of the war. American warships that enter the range of China’s anti-ship missiles fired from both sea and land or from the air will spend their air defense missiles for survival within hours. 

The Serious Problem of the USA Is Missile Procurement

Although the US Navy is the one with the highest VLS missile firing capacity in the world, after these missiles are fired, they need to be replaced with new ones.

In the article titled “It’s Past Time to Re-Supply Our Munitions-Depleted U.S. Navy” in the June 14, 2024 issue of the American “The National Interest” Magazine, the author Jim Feine has written that the US Navy has procured 12,000 SM-2; 400 SM-3 and 1500 SM-6 air defense missiles and 9000 Tomahawk missiles (TLAM) until 2023; similarly, at least 2800 Standard and 2900 Tomahawk missiles were consumed in the wars, exercises and trainings after the Cold War in the same period. In this case, the author states that on paper, the US has a maximum of 11,000 missiles in SM-Standard air defense missiles ready to be launched with VLS and 6,000 missiles in Tomahawks and reveals that this inventory of 17,000 in total will not be enough for the second loading of 102 VLS ships/submarines with a total capacity of 10,000.

The article rightly attributes this weakness to the US’s focus on the Global War on Terror (GWOT) after 2001 and wars against relatively very weak opponents that US Navy didn’t require intensive air defense (Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Syria). This situation, naturally, has significantly reduced the need for VLS missiles, except for Tomahawks. According to the same article, the Pentagon has purchased 125 SM-6s every year since 2017. It has also procured 122, 70 and 68 new Tomahawks in 2021, 2022 and 2023, respectively. Interestingly, the US President did not approve the new Tomahawk order for the 2025 budget.

Missiles Running Out Due to Israel

On the other hand, the main reason why the number of air defense missiles in the US is rapidly decreasing today is that the US VLS-capable warships are launching dozens of missiles to prevent missile attacks from Iran and Lebanon’s Hezbollah in the Middle East armed conflicts. In the article titled ‘Destroying Houthi and Iranian missiles cost the US $1 billion’ by Peter Suciu in the American ‘’The National Interest’’ Magazine dated April 17, 2024, the statements made by the US Navy Secretary Del Toro for the US Congress were mentioned. The secretary said the following: “We have countered more than 130 direct attacks on U.S. Navy ships and merchant ships, over the past six months. The Navy has fired nearly $1 billion worth of air defense missiles to counter air threats from Iran and its proxies.” Del Toro underlined the financial pressure this situation is putting on naval stockpiles, stressing the urgent need for $2 billion in short-term funding to replenish ammunition and $95 billion in additional funding later.

The US Is Draining Its Essential Stockpiles

No U.S. warships equipped with VLS systems have yet been hit by a Houthi or Iranian missile, but the war of attrition in the Mediterranean and the Red Sea is eating away at resources set aside for the upcoming major conflict with China. For example, the SM-3, which is suitable for intercepting long-range ballistic missiles outside the atmosphere, costs between $9.7 million and $27.9 million, depending on the range. It was announced that the Navy fired ‘four to seven’ of them during the defense of Israel on April 14, 2024.

According to the Wall Street Journal dated October 29, 2024, American warships have spent a total of nearly 100 air defense missiles worth $1.8 billion in both the Mediterranean and the Red Seas in the last year when added the VLS firings of the 4 Aegis cruisers in the Mediterranean to support Israel in the missile and drone attack defense against Iran on October1. As required by the air defense doctrine, American warships fire 2 missiles at an approaching target to ensure destruction which increases the cost. An American congressional official said:

“These are expensive munitions to hit the Houthi targets… It takes months to replace each one and it is very costly.”

On the other hand, the US defense industry does not only use these missiles in the Prosperity Guardian Operation carried out against the Houthis in the Red Sea to protect merchant ships.

.

A ship sails on open water with a companion ship.

Operation Prosperity Guardian (Source)

.

In the event of war, these VLS ships will protect aircraft carrier strike groups. Considering that the US has 11 strike groups of 11 aircraft carriers, in the event of a war, at least 44-55 VLS capable ships will have to be allocated solely to this task. On the other hand the US Navy is extremely wary of China’s 5000-8000 km range DF 27 hypersonic anti-ship missiles which is very effective anti-access and area denial weapon. Therefore, they are looking for other solutions, considering that their current air defense capacity will not be sufficient.

The Reuters, Mike Stone article dated October 25, 2024 states the following :

“The US Navy, fearful of China deploying hypersonic weapons to sink ships in the Pacific, will equip some of its ships with Patriot interceptor missiles.”

In the details of this news, we understand that the integration of PAC 3 missiles into Aegis-class air defense ships will be initiated. The news emphasizes that PAC 3s were successful in shooting down hypersonic missiles in the Ukraine-Russia war.

MIC (Military Industrial Complex) Is Not Ready

The main problem is that the US Navy and defense industry do not have the production infrastructure designed for a large-scale war of attrition in both Europe and the Middle East. Considering that the real war will take place in the Pacific, both the Ukrainian and Israeli fronts cause vulnerabilities in American defense industry plans. The US is spending the missiles it will use in the war with China, in the Mediterranean and the Red Seas. On the other hand, short-range SM-2s cost a little over $2 million each, and SM-6s cost approximately $3.9 million. However, most importantly, the production of one SM 3 missile takes 2 years at the fastest and 3 years at the longest. Considering that its standard missiles are used by 13 countries, including Turkiye, we can also predict that the RTX company, which produces these missiles, will be under great pressure in the coming days. In short, the US faces a serious air threat from its rivals. The old days are over. The attack capabilities of Iran, Russia and especially China are at a level that will limit the air defense capabilities of the US Navy.

American Maritime Logistics in the Pacific

The most important fact that the US observed in the Russia-Ukraine crisis is the difficulties it faces in establishing a sea bridge between Europe and the US in the Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea since the American merchant fleet is insufficient. They have only 200 ships flying their own flag. The US auxiliary ship fleet MSC (Military Sealift Command) also has very limited resources. It is not enough for its own needs. They have 19 fleet support ships, 14 ammunition transport vessels; 15 military supply transport ships; 21 pre-positioned stockpiling ships in overseas bases. For China, this number is 5,500. The Pentagon will conduct approximately 90% of its logistics activities by sea in the event of a conflict with China. These numbers will be extremely insufficient in a two-front war with China and Russia on the Atlantic/European and Asia/Pacific fronts. The war time load of a mechanized division alone weigh over 100 thousand tons. 

According to NATO’s cold war plans, in a war in Europe, the first months of the war the amount of cargo that needed to be reinforced from the US was around 25 million tons. The military operation requirement was 100 million barrels of petroleum products then. Now, let’s add the Pacific theater of operations to this picture, where the distances are 2-3 times longer than the European front and can be measured in values of 2000-5000 miles. There is  a difficult picture. In February 2024, a committee of the House of Representatives described the maritime logistics capacity of the Pentagon’s Transportation Command (Transcom) as “insufficient.” The most important US allies in the Pacific, such as Japan, Australia and South Korea, do not have oil. At least for fuel, they are dependent on US protection. Let’s add to this the requirements of Ukraine and Israel which will need American protection in the Middle East. I’m not even counting the sea lift that will last for months in the Pacific and therefore the need to protect these logistical support convoys against three-dimensional threats. Except for 11 nuclear aircraft carriers, every ship needs to refuel at sea several times during ocean crossings. However, US Navy does not have enough ships. Even if they do, the number of VLS ships to defend these ships is not enough because priorities are different. On the other hand the meeting the navy’s missile needs is at least as important as meeting the fuel needs. 

Surface ships will exhaust their standard missile loads in the first days of the war, and the available ones do not allow for a second full load anyway. If an Iran-Israel war breaks out and the US is drawn into war with Iran, we can say that the stocks will decrease much faster and will not be enough for a single load, let alone a second load, by 2027. On the other hand, the transfer of these missiles manufactured in the homeland to the navy and loading them onto ships in Pacific theater of Operations under the Chinese missile threat is a separate problem area. 

Furthermore, if Chinese submarines apply the aggressive submarine warfare like American submarines practiced in World War II, the supply ships carrying these missiles could be sunk en route. The fact that the closest American base to the region, such as Guam, is under threat from Chinese Air and Missiles is a separate problem. 

In short, although the US’s VLS capabilities are twice that of China, it is not easy to say that this situation will make a serious difference in the US-China war that will be fought far from the homeland. The problems that the US needs to solve are much, much more than the two-fold advantage. The top priority of the Trump era will be to overcome the problems of the US Navy.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz, Writer, Geopolitical Expert, Theorist and creator of the Turkish Bluehomeland (Mavi Vatan) doctrine. He served as the Chief of Strategy Department and then the head of Plans and Policy Division in Turkish Naval Forces Headquarters. As his combat duties, he has served as the commander of Amphibious Ships Group and Mine Fleet between 2007 and 2009. He retired in 2012. He established Hamit Naci Blue Homeland Foundation in 2021. He has published numerous books on geopolitics, maritime strategy, maritime history and maritime culture. He is also a honorary member of ATASAM.  

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

“The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands, whether of one, a few, or many, and whether hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may justly be pronounced the very definition of tyranny.”—James Madison

Power corrupts.

Absolute power corrupts absolutely.

Unadulterated power in any branch of government is a menace to freedom, but concentrated power across all three branches is the very definition of tyranny: a dictatorship disguised as democracy.

When one party dominates all three branches of government—the executive, the legislative, and the judicial—there is even more reason to worry.

There’s no point debating which political party would be more dangerous with these powers.

This is true no matter which party is in power.

This is particularly true in the wake of the 2024 election.

Already, Donald Trump, who promised to be a dictator on “day one,” is advancing plans to further undermine the nation’s already vulnerable system of checks and balances.

To be fair, this is not a state of affairs that can be blamed exclusively on Trump.

America’s founders intended our system of checks and balances to serve as a bulwark against centralized power being abused.

As constitutional scholar Linda Monk explains,

“Within the separation of powers, each of the three branches of government has ‘checks and balances’ over the other two. For instance, Congress makes the laws, but the President can veto them, and the Supreme Court can declare them unconstitutional. The President enforces the law, but Congress must approve executive appointments and the Supreme Court rules whether executive action is constitutional. The Supreme Court can strike down actions by both the legislative and executive branches, but the President nominates Supreme Court justices, and the Senate confirms or denies their nominations.”

Unfortunately, our system of checks and balances has been strained to the breaking point for years now, helped along by those across the political spectrum who, in marching in lockstep with the Deep State, have conspired to advance the government’s agenda at the expense of the citizenry’s constitutional rights.

By “government,” I’m not referring to the farce that is the highly partisan, two-party, bureaucracy of the Republicans and Democrats. Rather, I’m referring to “government” with a capital “G,” the entrenched Deep State that is unaffected by elections, unaltered by populist movements, and has set itself beyond the reach of the law.

This is exactly the kind of concentrated, absolute power the founders attempted to guard against by establishing a system of checks of balances that separate and shares power between three co-equal branches.

Yet as law professor William P. Marshall concludes,

“The system of checks and balances that the Framers envisioned now lacks effective checks and is no longer in balance. The implications of this are serious. The Framers designed a system of separation of powers to combat government excess and abuse and to curb incompetence. They also believed that, in the absence of an effective separation-of-powers structure, such ills would inevitably follow. Unfortunately, however, power once taken is not easily surrendered.”

The outcome of the 2024 elections is not a revolutionary bid to recalibrate a government run amok. Rather, this is a Deep State coup to stay in power, and Donald Trump is the vehicle by which it will do so.

Watch and see.

Remember, it was the Trump Administration that asked Congress to allow it to suspend parts of the Constitution whenever it deemed it necessary during the COVID-19 pandemic and “other” emergencies.

In fact, during Trump’s first term, the Department of Justice quietly trotted out and tested a long laundry list of terrifying powers to override the Constitution. We’re talking about lockdown powers (at both the federal and state level): the ability to suspend the Constitution, indefinitely detain American citizens, bypass the courts, quarantine whole communities or segments of the population, override the First Amendment by outlawing religious gatherings and assemblies of more than a few people, shut down entire industries and manipulate the economy, muzzle dissidents, “stop and seize any plane, train or automobile to stymie the spread of contagious disease,” reshape financial markets, create a digital currency (and thus further restrict the use of cash), determine who should live or die…

Bear in mind, however, that these powers the Trump Administration, acting on orders from the police state, officially asked Congress to recognize and authorize barely scratch the surface of the far-reaching powers the government has unilaterally claimed for itself.

Unofficially, the police state has been riding roughshod over the rule of law for years now without any pretense of being reined in or restricted in its power grabs by Congress, the courts, the president, or the citizenry.

This is why the Constitution’s system of checks and balances is so critical.

Those who wrote our Constitution sought to ensure our freedoms by creating a document that protects our God-given rights at all times, even when we are engaged in war, whether that is a so-called war on terrorism, a so-called war on drugs, a so-called war on illegal immigration, or a so-called war on disease.

The attempts by each successive presidential administration to rule by fiat merely plays into the hands of those who would distort the government’s system of checks and balances and its constitutional separation of powers beyond all recognition.

In this way, we have arrived at the dystopian future depicted in the film V for Vendetta, which is no future at all.

Set in the year 2020, V for Vendetta (written and produced by the Wachowskis) provides an eerie glimpse into a parallel universe in which a totalitarian government that knows all, sees all, controls everything, and promises safety and security above all comes to power by capitalizing on the people’s fear.

Concentration camps (jails, private prisons and detention facilities) are established to house political prisoners and others deemed to be enemies of the state. Executions of undesirables (extremists, troublemakers and the like) are common, while other enemies of the state are made to “disappear.” Populist uprisings and protests are met with extreme force. The television networks are controlled by the government with the purpose of perpetuating the regime. And most of the population is hooked into an entertainment mode and are clueless.

In V for Vendetta, as in my novel The Erik Blair Diaries, the subtext is that authoritarian regimes—through a vicious cycle of manipulation, oppression and fear-mongering—foment violence, manufacture crises, and breed terrorists, thereby giving rise to a recurring cycle of blowback and violence.

Only when the government itself becomes synonymous with the terrorism wreaking havoc in their lives do the people to finally mobilize and stand up to the government’s tyranny.

V, a bold, charismatic freedom fighter, urges the British people to rise up and resist the government. In Vendetta, V the film’s masked crusader blows up the seat of government on November 5, Guy Fawkes Day, ironically enough the same day that Trump won his landslide return to the White House.

Yet there the comparison ends.

So, while we are overdue for a systemic check on the government’s overreaches and power grabs, this year’s electoral victory for Republicans was no win for the Constitution.

Rather, it was a win for the very entrenched, hawkish, establishment power structure that has exhibited no regard for the Constitution or the rights of the citizenry.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, the Deep State works best through imperial presidents—empowered to indulge their authoritarian tendencies by legalistic courts, corrupt legislatures and a disinterested, distracted populace—who rule by fiat rather than by the rule of law.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Featured image is from rawpixel.com / Sergeant Matt Hecht

Operation DAWN 2.0: Endgame

November 13th, 2024 by Scott Ritter

The 2024 Presidential election is over. The people have spoken. And now our work really begins.

Back on September 28, I announced the commencement of what I called Operation DAWN. The name was derived from four questions designed to challenge American voters regarding how they would vote on November 5:

What would you do to save Democracy?

What would you do to save America?

What would you do to save the World?

Through your vote in November?

My goal was to compel the American voter to withhold committing to a particular candidate until which time they had articulated sound policy positions on some of the existential issues facing Americans in this election—the threat of nuclear war, the war in Ukraine, the assault on free speech, the genocide ongoing in Palestine, and the state of democracy in America today.

We followed up the Kingston event with a massive information campaign which engaged what I have come to call the “family of podcasts” to get out the word. Including Judging Freedom, with Judge Andrew Napolitano, Dialogue Works, with Nima Rostami Alkhoroshid, the eponymously named podcasts done by Garland Nixon and Danny Haiphong, and my own Ask the Inspector (together with co-host Jeff Norman).

Through the “family of podcasts,” I was able to articulate the underlying message of Operation DAWN to over a million discreet viewers a week, far outstripping mainstream media shows such as Fareed Zakharia’s GPS, which airs on CNN every Sunday and, in October 2024, averaged some 440,000 discreet viewers per week.

I tapped into the “family of podcast” concept on October 27 when, in cooperation with the Eisenhower Media Network, Operation DAWN organized three expert panels as part of a brunch gathering at the Tudor City Steakhouse in New York City that covered the policy areas of focus—nuclear war, free speech, and saving democracy.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: The author (second from right) with Randy Credico, Joe Lauria, Gerald Celente, Judge Napolitano, and others at the Operation DAWN launch in Kingston, NY, September 28, 2024. (Source)

Author’s Introduction and Update

See last year’s COP28, attending by more than 150 Heads of State and Government.  (30 November to 13 December 2023). See COP 28 decisions

COP29 November 2024 (program) is being hosted (barely a week following the US elections) in Baku, Azerbaijan in the unstable Geopolitical Hub of the Caspian Sea.

The host country is among the largest producers of oil and natural gas worldwide. Ironically the government of Azerbaijan  has committed itself to green energy (CO2 Net Zero), requiring a drastic reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. Sounds absurd. 

Among the COP29 participants are representatives of civil society organizations, business interests, international organizations, billionaire philanthropies and international organizations.

COP29 as well as the host government have endorsed CO2-Net Zero.

Sounds absurd. Azerbaijan produces about 33 million tonnes of oil and 35 billion cubic meters of gas (2022 data).

The fake narrative of reducing greenhouse gas emissions sets the stage for triggering economic and social chaos including devastating impacts on family farms Worldwide.  

Assisting the Global South is COP29’s multi-billion dollar mandate: it’s a fraud! The Global South is targeted as one of main causes of  global warming. The big oil companies are not the target. Quite the opposite. 

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has committed itself to funnelling billions of dollars, coming to the rescue of impoverished farmers in the Global South.

This money will be used to initiate a new phase of neo-colonialism, leading the confiscation of land, assets and mineral resources.

Bill Gates wants to become a Top Owner of Farmland extending across the Global South. He or a member of his foundation is to address the plenary on the 14th of November, 2024.

See below:

 

In turn, Sir Jeff Bezos, the second richest person on the planet is committed to coming to the rescue of the Global South.

Video: COP 29. Bezos Earth Fund. “Climate Philanthropy”

 

The modus operandi of coming to the rescue of the Global South is outlined in the following video:

Video:  Climate Goal. “There is no Global Unity”

Our analysis confirms that there is no such things as “Global Unity”. Climate Philanthropy is a fraud.

As in previous COP Summits, the issue of  weather modification, namely Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD) has been dismissed in blatant violation of a May 1977 United Nations Convention. (see below).

ENMOD Techniques

Environmental modification techniques which are the object of this article have been carefully excluded from the debate on climate change. There is a long and complex history of ENMOD techniques:

“US mathematician John von Neumann, in liaison with the US Department of Defense, started his research on weather modification in the late 1940s at the height of the Cold War and foresaw ‘forms of climatic warfare as yet unimagined’. During the Vietnam war, cloud-seeding techniques were used, starting in 1967 under Project Popeye, the objective of which was to prolong the monsoon season and block enemy supply routes along the Ho Chi Minh Trail.

The US military has developed advanced capabilities that enable it selectively to alter weather patterns. The technology, which was initially developed in the 1990s under the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP), was an appendage of the Strategic Defense Initiative – ‘Star Wars’ (See my article below) 

ENMOD. The Hurricane Crisis in South-East United States 

Greg Reese provides evidence regarding the cloud seeding technique for controlling hurricanes, going back to the 1950s focussing on North Carolina.

See the statement of  V-P Lyndon B Johnson in 1962.

Today’s “control of the weather” implies the use of advanced electromagnetic technologies. (see my analysis below)

Click here to watch Greg Reese’s video

The Weaponization of ENMOD Techniques

While Environmental modification (ENMOD) techniques have been available to the US military for more than half a century, there is no 100% proof that these techniques have been used to trigger extreme weather conditions.

The 2022 Summer heat waves accompanied by devastating wildfires, in Western Europe, North Africa, California, India, Pakistan and China’s Valley of the Yangtze River have simultaneously affected the lives of millions of people Worldwide, with devastating social and economic consequences. 

The Yangtze River delta has never experienced such high temperatures since historical records began, and high temperatures like this are accompanied by drought,”

According to August 2022 reports, the daily hydropower generation on the Yangtze has plunged by 51%, resulting in the suspension of production in the Chongqing mega-industrial region which has a population in excess of 30 million people.

In May 2022, Pakistan was among the top 23 countries Worldwide experiencing severe drought and desertification. A couple of months later during the monsoon period, the Valley of the Indus River experienced the most severe flood in living memory. Rainfall in Sindh and Baluchistan provinces “was at least seven times the normal amounts“. 

“Manmade Climate Change” was casually heralded as the cause of  Pakistan’s floods which “killed 1,508 people, inundated millions of acres of land and affected 33 million people. More than half a million people have been left homeless”

C02? Causality of Extreme Weather Events

While there is no concrete evidence that the 2022 heat waves and floods were caused by ENMOD techniques, the issue of climate manipulation must nonetheless be addressed and analyzed.

U.S. military documents as well as scientific reports confirm that “environmental modification techniques” (ENMOD) were fully operational in the mid-1990s. 

On the other hand, there is no firm evidence as outlined by the mainstream media (routinely quoting authoritative climate scientists) that these extreme weather conditions are the result of so-called “human-induced greenhouse gas emissions“. 

Moreover, it should be understood that these greenhouse gas emissions –which allegedly trigger “global warming”– are being used as a pretext and a justification to adopt drastic and unnecessary measures conducive to the outright destabilization of agriculture. These measures have been applied simultaneously in several countries.  They are upheld as part of a “climate consensus” which also consists in banning the use of fossil fuel. 

The underlying procedure is as follows: The “climate agenda” (i.e global warming) consists in restricting fertilizer use with a view to “cutting nitrogen emissions” (e.g. in the Netherlands, Western Canada) . “to the point where it is impossible for farms to continue operating.” This in turn is conducive to triggering extensive food shortages as well as famine.  

There are too many coincidences and contradictions. The causes of extreme weather conditions must be addressed. Much of the information on the use of ENMOD and its impacts is “classified”. 

The UN Convention on the “Prohibition of Hostile Use” of ENMOD

The matter should be the object of an inter-governmental investigation (under the auspices of the UNGA) conducted in accordance with the terms of  the historic 1977 International Convention ratified by the UN General Assembly banning “military or other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects.” (See AP, 18 May 1977). Both the US and the Soviet Union were signatories to the Convention:

….Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to engage in military … use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects as the means of destruction, damage or injury to any other State Party. (Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques, United Nations, Geneva, May 18, 1977. Entered into force: 5 October 1978, see full text of Convention in Annex)

To Read the full text of the UN Convention, click here

It is worth noting that in February 1998, the European Parliament’s Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public hearings in Brussels on the HAARP program.(17) The Committee’s “Motion for Resolution” submitted to the European Parliament:

“Considers HAARP… by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body…; [the Committee] regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration… to give evidence to the public hearing …into the environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.”

Weather Warfare

Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD) constitute instruments of “weather warfare”. They are an integral part of the US military arsenal. 

“Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done unilaterally… It could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence purposes. The ability to generate precipitation, fog and storms on earth or to modify space weather… and the production of artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of [military] technologies.”

Study Commissioned by the US Air Force: Weather as a Force Multiplier, Owning the Weather in 2025, August 1996

It should be noted that with the closing down of  The High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) program in Alaska in 2014, the Pentagon’s Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) has been actively involved in ENMOD research, most of which is classified. In a 2009 Science report:

An official advisory group to the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) is convening [March 2009] an unclassified meeting … to discuss geoengineering, … DARPA is the latest in a number of official science funding agencies or top scientific societies that are exploring the controversial idea. …

In relation to the current context including the war in Ukraine, the Pentagon has formulated the contours of a global military agenda, a “long war”, a war without borders. “Weather warfare” is part of a diversified military arsenal of conventional and strategic weapons systems. ENMOD is potentially a weapon of mass destruction (WMD), with the capacity of destabilizing an enemy’s ecosystem, destroying its agriculture, disabling communications networks.

Weather manipulation is the pre-emptive weapon par excellence. It can be directed against enemy countries or even “friendly nations”, without their knowledge.

The manipulation of climate can be used to destabilize an enemy’s economy, ecosystem and agriculture. ENMOD techniques can undermine an entire national economy, impoverish  millions of people and “kill a nation” without the deployment of troops and military hardware. 

The article below, focusses on the history and analysis of ENMOD.

It also provides direct quotes from a publicly available 1996 US Air Force document which confirms the Pentagon’s plan to “Weaponize the Weather”.

 

Michel Chossudovsky,  September 16, 2022, October 8, 2024, November 13, 2024

***

Does the US Military “Own the Weather”?

“Weaponizing the Weather”

as an Instrument of Modern Warfare?

By

Michel Chossudovsky

Global Research, September 2017

Introduction

US mathematician John von Neumann, in liaison with the US Department of Defense, started his research on weather modification in the late 1940s at the height of the Cold War and foresaw ‘forms of climatic warfare as yet unimagined’. During the Vietnam war, cloud-seeding techniques were used, starting in 1967 under Project Popeye, the objective of which was to prolong the monsoon season and block enemy supply routes along the Ho Chi Minh Trail.

The US military has developed advanced capabilities that enable it selectively to alter weather patterns. The technology, which was initially developed in the 1990s under the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP), was an appendage of the Strategic Defense Initiative – ‘Star Wars’. From a military standpoint, HAARP  –which was officially abolished in 2014– is  a weapon of mass destruction, operating from the outer atmosphere and capable of destabilising agricultural and ecological systems around the world.

Officially, the HAARP program has been closed down at its location in Alaska. The technology of weather modification shrouded in secrecy, nonetheless prevails. HAARP documents confirm that the technology was fully operational as of the mid 1990s.

(For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, article Entitled Weather Warfare published in the Ecologist first published in 2008. (which summarizes earlier research on the HAARP project)  

It should be emphasized that while the US military confirms that weather warfare is fully operational, there is no documented evidence of its military use against enemies of the US. The subject matter is a taboo among environmental analysts. No in-depth investigation has been undertaken to reveal the operational dimensions of weather warfare.

The impacts of ENMOD techniques for military use were documented by CBC TV in the mid 1990s: 

The CBC TV report acknowledged that the HAARP facility in Alaska under the auspices of the US Air Force had the ability of triggering typhoons, earthquakes, floods and droughts: 

“It isn’t just conspiracy theorists who are concerned about HAARP. In January of 1999, the European Union called the project a global concern and passed a resolution calling for more information on its health and environmental risks. Despite those concerns, officials at HAARP insist the project is nothing more sinister than a radio science research facility.”

“Electromagnetic weapons … pack an invisible wallop hundreds of times more powerful than the electrical current in a lightning bolt. One can blast enemy missiles out of the sky, another could be used to blind soldiers on the battlefield, still another to control an unruly crowd by burning the surface of their skin. If detonated over a large city, an electromagnetic weapon could destroy all electronics in seconds. They all use directed energy to create a powerful electromagnetic pulse.”

Directed energy is such a powerful technology it could be used to heat the ionosphere to turn weather into a weapon of war. Imagine using a flood to destroy a city or tornadoes to decimate an approaching army in the desert. The military has spent a huge amount of time on weather modification as a concept for battle environments. If an electromagnetic pulse went off over a city, basically all the electronic things in your home would wink and go out, and they would be permanently destroyed.” (CBC, 1996)

CBC 1996 TV Report on the HAARP Project

The Invisible Machine: Electronic Warfare: History Channel 

“History Channel excellent program on Electronic Warfare (EW) involving the use of the electromagnetic spectrum or directed energy to control the spectrum, attack an enemy, or impede enemy assaults via the spectrum”

“Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather”

In this article we will provide key quotations from a US 1996 US Air Force document which analyzes weather modification techniques for military use.

The underlying objective from a military standpoint is “Owning the Weather”.

At the time this study was commissioned in  1996, the HAARP program was already fully operational as documented by the CBC documentary.

The stated purpose of the Report (in the public domaine) is described below:

In this paper we show that appropriate application of weather-modification can provide battlespace dominance to a degree never before imagined. In the future, such operations will enhance air and space superiority and provide new options for battlespace shaping and battlespace awareness there, waiting for us to pull it all together;” in 2025 we can “Own the Weather.” (Commissioned by US Air Force document AF 2025 Final Report,  (public document)

 

Weather-modification, according to US Air Force document AF 2025 Final Report, (original link no longer available, click here

offers the war fighter a wide range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary”, capabilities, it says, extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts and earthquakes:

‘Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done unilaterally… It could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence purposes. The ability to generate precipitation, fog and storms on earth or to modify space weather… and the production of artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of [military] technologies.” 

See complete report commissioned by the US Air Force

 ….From enhancing friendly operations or disrupting those of the enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete dominance of global communications and counterspace control, weather-modification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary. Some of the potential capabilities a weather-modification system could provide to a war-fighting commander in chief (CINC) are listed in table 1. (emphasis added)

Source: US Air Force

Why Would We Want to Mess with the Weather? is the subtitle of chapter 2 of the Report

“According to Gen Gordon Sullivan, former Army chief of staff, “As we leap technology into the 21st century, we will be able to see the enemy day or night, in any weather— and go after him relentlessly.” global, precise, real-time, robust, systematic weather-modification capability would provide war-fighting CINCs with a powerful force multiplier to achieve military objectives. Since weather will be common to all possible futures, a weather-modification capability would be universally applicable and have utility across the entire spectrum of conflict. The capability of influencing the weather even on a small scale could change it from a force degrader to a force multiplier.”

Under the heading:

What Do We Mean by “Weather-modification”?

The report states:

“The term weather-modification may have negative connotations for many people, civilians and military members alike. It is thus important to define the scope to be considered in this paper so that potential critics or proponents of further research have a common basis for discussion.

In the broadest sense, weather-modification can be divided into two major categories: suppression and intensification of weather patterns. In extreme cases, it might involve the creation of completely new weather patterns, attenuation or control of severe storms, or even alteration of global climate on a far-reaching and/or long-lasting scale. In the mildest and least controversial cases it may consist of inducing or suppressing precipitation, clouds, or fog for short times over a small-scale region. Other low-intensity applications might include the alteration and/or use of near space as a medium to enhance communications, disrupt active or passive sensing, or other purposes.” (emphasis added)

The Triggering of Storms:

“Weather-modification technologies might involve techniques that would increase latent heat release in the atmosphere, provide additional water vapor for cloud cell development, and provide additional surface and lower atmospheric heating to increase atmospheric instability.

Critical to the success of any attempt to trigger a storm cell is the pre-existing atmospheric conditions locally and regionally. The atmosphere must already be conditionally unstable and the large-scale dynamics must be supportive of vertical cloud development. The focus of the weather-modification effort would be to provide additional “conditions” that would make the atmosphere unstable enough to generate cloud and eventually storm cell development. The path of storm cells once developed or enhanced is dependent not only on the mesoscale dynamics of the storm but the regional and synoptic (global) scale atmospheric wind flow patterns in the area which are currently not subject to human control.” (page 19)

Is U.S. intelligence involved in Climate Engineering? 

Back in July 2013,  MSN news reported that the CIA was involved in helping to fund a project by the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) focusing on geo-engineering and climate manipulation. The report not only acknowledged these technologies, it confirmed that US intelligence has been routinely involved in addressing the issue of climatic manipulation:

“The goal of the CIA-backed NAS study is to conduct a “technical evaluation of a limited number of proposed geoengineering techniques,” according to the NAS website. Scientists will attempt to determine which geoengineering techniques are feasible and try to evaluate the impacts and risks of each (including “national security concerns”).” (See Slate, July 2013)

“The CIA is helping fund the research because the NAS also plans to evaluate “the national security concerns (that could be) related to geoengineering technologies being deployed somewhere in the world,” Kearney said.

In an emailed statement, Christopher White, a spokesman for the CIA’s office of public affairs, told MSN, “On a subject like climate change, the agency works with scientists to better understand the phenomenon and its implications on national security.” (Slate)

For further details, see the 2015 Report by The Independent entitled: Spy agencies could be funding geo-engineering research in pursuit of weaponising the weather, scientists claims


Order Directly from Global Research Publishers

currently available in pdf format

Michel Chossudovsky

America’s hegemonic project in the post 9/11 era is the “Globalization of War” whereby the U.S.-NATO military machine —coupled with covert intelligence operations, economic sanctions and the thrust of “regime change”— is deployed in all major regions of the world.

The threat of pre-emptive nuclear war is also used to black-mail countries into submission.

This “Long War against Humanity” is carried out at the height of the most serious economic crisis in modern history.

It is intimately related to a process of global financial restructuring, which has resulted in the collapse of national economies and the impoverishment of large sectors of the World population.

The ultimate objective is World conquest under the cloak of “human rights” and “Western democracy”.

 

Es gab nie ein „neues Corona-Virus“, es gab nie eine Pandemie

November 13th, 2024 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

[Dies ist eine KI-Übersetzung des Originalartikels auf Englisch.]

Liebe Leserinnen und Leser,

Dieser Artikel ist umstritten. Er widerspricht dem vorherrschenden Narrativ des großen Geldes und der Pharmaindustrie, das weltweit durchgesetzt wurde.

Viele meiner Freunde und Kollegen, Wissenschaftler und Ärzte, die sich aktiv an der Kampagne gegen den mRNA-Impfstoff Covid-19 beteiligen, sind der Ansicht, dass es sich lediglich um eine Krise der öffentlichen Gesundheit handelt. Angesichts des politischen Drucks und der Drohungen, die von Politikern und Gesundheitsbehörden auf sie ausgeübt werden, verstehe und respektiere ich ihre Haltung voll und ganz.

Die Komplexität dieser Krise muss angegangen werden. Sie betrifft die Menschheit in ihrer Gesamtheit. Sie ist keineswegs auf einen gefährlichen „Impfstoff“ beschränkt. Im Folgenden gebe ich eine kurze Zusammenfassung, bevor ich mich mit den komplexen Zusammenhängen befasse.

Blicken wir zurück in den Januar 2020.

Die Menschen auf der ganzen Welt wurden in dem Glauben gelassen, dass es eine gefährliche Epidemie gäbe und dass der dramatische „Covid-19 Lockdown“ vom März 2020 – der Einschluss der Menschen in ihre Häuser -, der weltweit angewandt und durchgesetzt wurde, eine Lösung zur Bekämpfung eines tödlichen Virus sei, der sich von Land zu Land ausgebreitet hatte.

Meine Recherchen, die auf einer sorgfältigen Überprüfung der WHO-Daten, -Konzepte und -Methoden“ beruhen, bestätigen, dass es nie eine gefährliche Epidemie gegeben hat und die Identität des neuen Virus nie bestätigt wurde.

Die offizielle WHO-Zahl der bestätigten Covid-19-Fälle, die zur Rechtfertigung der Ausrufung des weltweiten Notstands (PHEIC) am 30. Januar 2020 herangezogen wurde, war lächerlich niedrig: 83 PCR-Covid-19-„bestätigte Fälle“ weltweit außerhalb Chinas (6,4 Milliarden Menschen)

Drei Wochen später, auf einer Pressekonferenz am 20. Februar 2020, deutete der WHO-Generaldirektor Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus an, dass die Pandemie unmittelbar bevorstehe:

„[Ich bin] besorgt, dass sich die Chance, den Ausbruch des Coronavirus einzudämmen, „schließt“ … Ich glaube, dass das Fenster der Gelegenheit noch da ist, aber dass das Fenster kleiner wird.“ (Hervorhebung hinzugefügt)

Welche Beweise hat Dr. Tedros zur Untermauerung seiner kühnen Behauptung angeführt? Am 20. Februar 2020 gab es nur 1076 bestätigte [kumulative] Fälle außerhalb Chinas.

Klicken Sie auf den Screenshot unten, um ihn zu vergrößern (Tedros’ einleitende Bemerkungen beim Medienbriefing)

.

„Außerhalb Chinas gibt es jetzt 1076 Fälle in 20 Ländern, mit insgesamt sieben Todesfällen….

Von allen Fällen außerhalb Chinas sind mehr als die Hälfte unter den Passagieren des Kreuzfahrtschiffs Diamond Princess aufgetreten.

Offizielle Erklärung des WHO-Generaldirektors Dr. Tedros, Genf, 20. Februar 2020

.

Die Angstkampagne lief auf Hochtouren und wurde von grotesken Medienlügen begleitet: Laut BBC:

„Am folgenden Tag [12. März 2020] wurde dem Sage-Ausschuss der Regierung, der sich aus wissenschaftlichen Experten zusammensetzt, eine überarbeitete Modellierung der wahrscheinlichen Zahl der Todesopfer vorgelegt. Die Zahlen, so die Sunday Times, seien „erschütternd“. Wenn nichts unternommen würde, gäbe es 510.000 Tote [Großbritannien]. Im Rahmen der derzeitigen „Abmilderungs“-Strategie – bei der die Schwächsten geschützt werden, während alle anderen ihren Geschäften weitgehend normal nachgehen können – würde es eine Viertelmillion Tote geben.

In einer Pressekonferenz forderte der Premierminister [Johnson] jeden, der ständig hustet oder Fieber hat, auf, sich selbst zu isolieren. Seine Anweisung war verbunden mit der Warnung, dass „viele weitere Familien Angehörige vor ihrer Zeit verlieren werden“. Die Unverblümtheit war schockierend. Einige fragten, warum in diesem Fall nicht mehr getan wurde.“ (BBC, Hervorhebung hinzugefügt)

Ein weiterer gefälschter BBC-Bericht, der die „wissenschaftliche Analyse“ eines Virologen aus Cambridge zitiert, personalisiert das Virus und stellt es als „Terroristen“ dar:

„Es verhält sich wie ein ‘hit and run’ Killer …

Das Virus ist also wie ein gefährlicher Autofahrer, der vom Unfallort flieht – das Virus ist zum nächsten Opfer weitergezogen, lange bevor wir uns entweder erholen oder sterben.

Um es ganz deutlich zu sagen: „Dem Virus ist es egal“, ob man stirbt, sagt [Cambridge]-Professor Lehner, „es ist ein hit and run Virus“.

Es macht seltsame und unerwartete Dinge mit dem Körper (BBC, James Gallagher, 22. Oktober 2020, Hervorhebung hinzugefügt)

Bedenken Sie, dass die BBC großzügig von der Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation finanziert wird und Prof. Lehner Mitglied des Wellcome Trust von Big Pharma ist.

Das Wort verbreiten

Mein Ziel ist es, dass dieser Artikel an der Basis der Gesellschaft ausgiebig gelesen und debattiert wird. Es handelt sich nicht nur um eine „Krise der öffentlichen Gesundheit“.

Die Implikationen meines Artikels sind weitreichend, weil sie „alles“, was mit der Covid-Pandemie zusammenhängt, widerlegen und entkräften. Dazu gehören die Maßnahmen im Zusammenhang mit dem Lockdown, der weltweit zu Massenarmut geführt hat, und der Covid-19-„Impfstoff“, ganz zu schweigen von dem berüchtigten Pandemievertrag und dem „Great Reset“ des Weltwirtschaftsforums.

Die offizielle „Corona-Erzählung“ basiert auf einer „Großen Lüge“, die von korrupten Politikern unterstützt wird.

Dieser „offizielle Konsens“ ist äußerst brüchig.

Was letztlich auf dem Spiel steht, ist der Wert des menschlichen Lebens und die Zukunft der Menschheit.

„Du hattest Recht, Impfstoffe töten Millionen unserer Lieben“, Kazuhiro Haraguchi, Japans ehemaliger Innenminister

Unser Ziel ist es, Leben zu retten, auch das von Neugeborenen, die Opfer des Covid-19-„Impfstoffs“ sind.

Zu diesem Zeitpunkt in unserer Geschichte haben wir folgende Prioritäten:

1.Aufdeckung der Wahrheit über die Auswirkungen des Lockdowns,
2. die Aufdeckung des Betrugs bezüglich der Identität des „neuen Virus“: 2019 nCoV und die angebliche Pandemie und
3. die „Angstkampagne“ und die Desinformation der Medien auszuschalten,
4. „Sagen Sie den Impfstoff ab“ weltweit

Wir hoffen, dass dies die Voraussetzungen für die Entwicklung einer weltweiten Solidaritätsbewegung schaffen wird, die die Legitimität der mächtigen Finanzeliten des „Großen Geldes“ in Frage stellt, die hinter diesem berüchtigten Projekt stehen.

Liebe Leserinnen und Leser, vielleicht möchten Sie sich vor dem Lesen des Artikels das untenstehende Video ansehen.

Sie können auch mein E-Book herunterladen (kostenlos)

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, 5. Dezember 2023, überarbeitet am 30. Oktober 2024


„Wenn die Lüge zur Wahrheit wird, gibt es kein Zurück mehr“

ZENSUR: Das Originalvideo von Global Research wurde von Ariel Rodriguez im Februar 2021 produziert. Es wurde am 5. März 2022 von Vimeo entfernt.

Unten ist die Version auf Rumble.

Die verheerendste Krise in der Geschichte der Menschheit

Beginnt bei 6’47“

Unser Dank geht an Vaccine Choice Canada


„Die Hölle ist leer und die Teufel sind alle hier“. William Shakespeare, „Der Sturm“, 1623

Meine Antwort auf Shakespeare: „Schickt die Teufel dahin zurück, wo sie hingehören“

„Wenn die Lüge zur Wahrheit wird, gibt es kein Zurück mehr“

„Steig aus dem verrückten Zug. Ich weiß, es ist beängstigend, es kann wehtun. Holen Sie sich Ihre körperliche und geistige Autonomie zurück und schützen Sie Ihre Kinder“. Dr. Pascal Sacré, belgischer Autor und Arzt, November 2021.

***

Einleitung

Die Destabilisierung der sozialen, politischen und wirtschaftlichen Struktur von 190 souveränen Ländern kann keine „Lösung“ für die Bekämpfung eines neuartigen Coronavirus sein, das Ende Dezember 2019 auf mysteriöse Weise in Wuhan in der Provinz Hubei (VR China) auftauchte. Das war die auferlegte „Lösung“ – die von Anfang an in mehreren Schritten umgesetzt wurde -, die zum „Lockdown“ im März 2020 und zur Einführung eines sogenannten Covid 19-„Impfstoffs“ im Dezember 2020 führte, der seit seiner Einführung zu einer steigenden Tendenz der Übersterblichkeit geführt hat.

Es geht um die Zerstörung von Menschenleben weltweit. Es ist die Destabilisierung der Zivilgesellschaft.

Gefälschte Wissenschaft unterstützte diese verheerende Agenda. Die Lügen wurden durch eine massive Desinformationskampagne in den Medien gestützt. 24/7, unaufhörliche und sich wiederholende „Covid-Warnungen“ im Laufe von mehr als drei Jahren. Die anhaltende Angstkampagne hatte wiederum verheerende Auswirkungen auf die Gesundheit der Menschen.

Die historische Abriegelung vom 11. März 2020 löste weltweit ein wirtschaftliches und soziales Chaos aus. Es war ein Akt der „wirtschaftlichen Kriegsführung“: ein Krieg gegen die Menschheit.

Der neue Virus: 2019-nCoV

Offiziell heißt es, dass im Dezember 2019 in Wuhan, Provinz Hubei, China, ein gefährlicher NEUER VIRUS entdeckt wurde. Es trug die Bezeichnung 2019-nCoV, was für „2019 New (n) Corona (Co) Virus (V)“ steht.

Am 1. Januar 2020 schlossen die chinesischen Gesundheitsbehörden den Huanan-Meeresfrüchte-Großmarkt in Wuhan, nachdem westliche Medien berichtet hatten, dass die dort verkauften Wildtiere die Quelle des Virus gewesen sein könnten.

Ab Anfang Januar 2020 war der Markt Gegenstand umfangreicher Medienberichterstattung und einer weltweiten Angstkampagne. Die Desinformation in den Medien lief rund um die Uhr auf Hochtouren.

Die chinesischen Behörden haben (angeblich) am 7. Januar 2020 mit Hilfe des RT-PCR-Tests einen neuen Virustyp identifiziert“. Über das Verfahren zur Isolierung des Virus wurden keine genauen Angaben gemacht.

Fehlgeschlagene Identifizierung des neuartigen Coronavirus

Ende Januar 2020 bestätigte die WHO, dass:

Sie verfügte nicht über ein Isolat von 2019-nCoV aus einer gereinigten Probe eines infizierten Patienten, was bedeutete, dass sie nicht in der Lage war, die Identität des neuartigen Coronavirus zu bestätigen:

Wir berichten hier über die Etablierung und Validierung eines diagnostischen Arbeitsablaufs für das 2019-nCoV-Screening und die spezifische Bestätigung, der in Ermangelung verfügbarer Virusisolate oder Originalproben von Patienten entwickelt wurde. Design und Validierung wurden durch die enge genetische Verwandtschaft mit dem SARS-CoV aus dem Jahr 2003 ermöglicht und durch den Einsatz der synthetischen Nukleinsäuretechnologie unterstützt.

11. Februar 2020. Das vermeintliche „neue Virus“ wird umbenannt

Anfang Februar. 2020, nachdem das neuartige Coronavirus nicht identifiziert werden konnte, wurde beschlossen, seinen Namen zu ändern:

„Schweres Akutes Respiratorisches Syndrom Coronavirus”: SARS-CoV-2, das (laut WHO) einem 20 Jahre alten Virus „ähnlich“ ist mit der Bezeichnung:

2003-SARS-CoV.

Ein zwanzig Jahre altes Coronavirus von 2003 wird im Februar 2020 als „neues Virus“ eingestuft?

Bestätigt von der WHO und The New England Journal of Medicine, Mai 2003 (NEJM):

„Ein neuartiges Coronavirus, das mit dem Schweren Akuten Respiratorischen Syndrom in Verbindung gebracht wird“

das 2002 in der südchinesischen Provinz Guangdong ausbrach, wurde am 15. Mai 2003 identifiziert und als „neues Virus“ eingestuft. (Vor mehr als 20 Jahren).

Siehe Screenshot des NEJM-Artikels vom 15. Mai 2003 unten:

.

.

(Scrollen Sie nach unten, um Analysen und Details zur Identifizierung und Umbenennung von 2019-nCoV zu sehen)


Video: Das nicht existierende „Neue Corona-Virus“?

Michel Chossudovsky, Interview mit Caroline Mailloux, Lux Media

Um einen Kommentar zu hinterlassen oder auf Rumble zuzugreifen, klicken Sie hier oder in der rechten unteren Ecke des Bildschirms


„Big Money“ und ‚Big Pharma‘ treffen sich in Davos

Das angeblich neue Virus wurde auf dem Weltwirtschaftsforum (WEF) in Davos (Schweiz) (22. Januar 2020) heftig debattiert.

Auf Vorschlag der Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI), einer von der Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation finanzierten Einrichtung, wurde ein Impfstoffprogramm für 2019 gegen nCoV vorgestellt. Das in Seattle ansässige Unternehmen Moderna (mit Unterstützung von CEPI) kündigte in Davos an, einen mRNA-Impfstoff herzustellen, der eine Immunität gegen 2019-nCoV aufbauen soll.

Die Beweise und die Aussagen in Davos deuten darauf hin, dass das 2019-nCoV-Impfstoffprojekt bereits Anfang 2019 in Angriff genommen wurde. Und CEPI hatte Vorwissen bezüglich der Ankündigung von 2019-nCoV. (Michel Chossudovsky, Kapitel VIII).

.

.

The development of a 2019 nCoV vaccine was announced at Davos, 2 weeks after the January 7, 2020 announcement, and barely a  week prior to the official launching of the WHO’s Worldwide Public Health emergency on January 30.  The WEF-Gates-CEPI Vaccine Announcement precedes the WHO Public Health Emergency (PHEIC) (January 30, 2020) which was predicated on 83 positive Covid-19 confirmed PCR cases outside China (official WHO statistics).

Lügen und Unwahrheiten

All dies geschah zu einem Zeitpunkt, als das angeblich neue Coronavirus mit der Bezeichnung 2019-nC0V noch nicht isoliert worden war, seine Identität noch nicht bestätigt war und die Zahl der gemeldeten Fälle in China äußerst gering war: „Mit Stand vom 3. Januar 2020 wurden 44 Fälle gemeldet, von denen 11 schwer erkrankt sind, während sich die übrigen 33 Patienten in stabilem Zustand befinden“ (WHO-Bericht).

Es gab weder Beweise für eine sich ausbreitende Epidemie in China noch für ein Leck in einem Labor. Die Erklärung von CEPI in Davos über „die schnelle globale Ausbreitung des neuartigen Coronavirus“ ist eine dreiste Lüge. (Siehe Bild oben)

Und dann, am 30. Januar 2020, erklärte der Generaldirektor der WHO, Dr. Tedros, einen internationalen Gesundheitsnotstand (PHEIC), obwohl es keinerlei Anzeichen für eine drohende Epidemie gab.

Am selben Tag gab es weltweit 83 positive Fälle in China bei einer Bevölkerung von 6,4 Milliarden Menschen. Siehe Tabelle unten: 5 positive Fälle in den Vereinigten Staaten, 3 in Kanada, 4 in Frankreich und 4 in Deutschland.Stellen Sie sich die Frage, ob dies einen weltweiten Notfall darstellt?

Und diese (kumulativen) Fälle basierten auf dem RT-Polymerase-Kettenreaktionstest (PCR), mit dem die Identität des Virus nicht nachgewiesen werden kann. (Siehe Anhang).

.

Bildschirmfoto der WHO, 29. Januar 2020.

Anzahl der bestätigten positiven Fälle in den USA, Kanada, Frankreich und Deutschland

.

Drei Wochen später, am 20. Februar 2020, wies der WHO-Generaldirektor Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus auf einer Pressekonferenz darauf hin, dass die Pandemie unmittelbar bevorstehe:

„[Ich bin] besorgt, dass sich die Chance, den Ausbruch des Coronavirus einzudämmen, „schließt“ …

„Ich glaube, dass das Fenster der Gelegenheit noch da ist, aber dass das Fenster kleiner wird.“

Welche Beweise hat Dr. Tedros zur Untermauerung seiner kühnen Behauptung angeführt?

Am 20. Februar 2020 gab es nur 1076 bestätigte [kumulative] Fälle außerhalb Chinas (einschließlich derer des in Japans Hoheitsgewässern gestrandeten Kreuzfahrtschiffs Diamond Princess).

Am selben Tag legte die WHO die Daten der bestätigten Fälle „nach Ländern, Territorien oder Gebieten außerhalb Chinas“ vor: 15 in den USA, 8 in Kanada, 16 in Deutschland, 12 in Frankreich, 9 im Vereinigten Königreich.

Zum Vergrößern auf den Screenshot unten klicken ( Tedros’ einleitende Worte beim Medienbriefing)

.

„Außerhalb Chinas gibt es jetzt 1076 Fälle in 20 Ländern, mit insgesamt sieben Todesfällen….

Von allen Fällen außerhalb Chinas sind mehr als die Hälfte unter den Passagieren des Kreuzfahrtschiffs Diamond Princess aufgetreten.

Offizielle Erklärung des WHO-Generaldirektors Dr. Tedros, Genf, 20. Februar 2020

.

Wahnsinn!

„Ohne die Daten der Diamond Princess lag die Zahl der weltweit bestätigten Fälle außerhalb Chinas am 20. Februar 2020 bei 452, bei einer Bevölkerung von 6,4 Milliarden“ (Seite 18-19).

***

11. März 2020: Die historische COVID-19-Pandemieabriegelung, „Closing Down“ von rund 190 Volkswirtschaften

Der WHO-Generaldirektor hatte bereits in seiner Pressekonferenz am 20. Februar die Weichen gestellt.

„Die Welt sollte mehr tun, um sich auf eine mögliche Coronavirus-Pandemie vorzubereiten.“

Die WHO erklärte offiziell eine weltweite Pandemie zu einem Zeitpunkt, als es 44.279 (kumulative) positive PCR-Covid-Fälle außerhalb Chinas bei einer Bevölkerung von 6,4 Milliarden gab. (Für Details und Analysen siehe Michel Chossudovsky, Kapitel II).

Die 80 981 Fälle für China sind ebenfalls bestätigte kumulative PCR-positive Fälle. Beachten Sie die neuen positiven PCR-RT-Fälle für China, die am 12. März 2020 registriert wurden: eine bescheidene Zahl von „26 neuen“, die darauf hinweist, dass die Pandemie in China am 11. März 2020 zu Ende war.

Selbst wenn das angebliche nCoV 2019 nachgewiesen und ordnungsgemäß identifiziert worden wäre, war die am 12. März 2020 veröffentlichte Zahl der (kumulativ) positiven PCR-RT-Fälle (44.279), die als Begründung für die Abriegelung von mehr als 190 Ländern herangezogen wurde, lächerlich gering (und dies ohne Berücksichtigung des Versagens des PCR-RT-Tests, der das Virus nicht nachweist oder identifiziert) (siehe Anhang für eine Übersicht über den PCR-RT-Test).

Die WHO-„Risikobewertung“ grenzt an Lächerlichkeit

Und doch wurde sie von 190 Mitgliedsstaaten der Vereinten Nationen akzeptiert

Klicken Sie hier, um zur WHO-Seite zu gelangen

WHO RISIKOBEWERTUNG

GLOBALE EBENE

Die folgenden Daten wurden am 12. März 2020 veröffentlicht

Screenshot aus dem WHO-Bericht

.

Bestätigt durch die WHO gab es in den Vereinigten Staaten am 9. März 2020 3.457 „bestätigte Fälle (RT-PCR-positiv) bei einer Bevölkerung von 329,5 Millionen Menschen (Screenshot der WHO-Grafik Interaktive WHO-Grafik) [ Der Link auf WHO ist nicht mehr verfügbar]

.

Screenshot aus dem WHO-Bericht

.

In Kanada gab es am 9. März 2020 125 „bestätigte Fällebei einer Bevölkerung von 38,5 Millionen Menschen

Screenshot der WHO-Grafik Interaktive WHO-Grafik. Daten für Kanada

.

In Deutschland gab es am 9. März 2020 2948 „bestätigte Fällebei einer Bevölkerung von 83,2 Millionen Menschen

Screenshot aus dem WHO-Bericht

.

Infolge der Angstkampagne und der weltweiten Ausweitung der PCR-RT-Tests stieg die Zahl der sogenannten „PCR-RT-“bestätigten Fälle“ sprunghaft an.

(Für weitere Einzelheiten siehe Michel Chossudovsky, 19. März 2022)

*

Die „Event 201“-Simulation eines „gefährlichen Virus“ im Oktober 2019 mit dem Titel nCoV-2019

Event 201 war eine Tischsimulation einer Coronavirus-Epidemie, die von John Hopkins und der Gates Foundation gesponsert wurde.

Die WHO übernahm zunächst dasselbe Akronym, nämlich 2019-nCoV (zur Bezeichnung des neuartigen Coronavirus), wie bei der von Johns Hopkins simulierten Pandemie Event 201 Exercise.

Der Name des neuen Coronavirus war (abgesehen von der Platzierung des Jahres 2019) identisch mit dem der Simulation von Ereignis 201.

Die Simulation, an der prominente Persönlichkeiten teilnahmen, fand am 18. Oktober 2019 statt, weniger als drei Monate vor der Ankündigung eines neuen Coronavirus Anfang Januar 2020.

Unter den Teilnehmern waren Vertreter (auch Entscheidungsträger) der WHO, des US-Geheimdienstes, der Gates-Stiftung, der Global Alliance on Vaccines and Immunization (GAVI) (finanziert von der Gates-Stiftung), der Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI), des Weltwirtschaftsforums (WEF), der Vereinten Nationen, der US-Zentren für Seuchenkontrolle und -prävention (CDC), des chinesischen Zentrums für Seuchenkontrolle und -prävention (CDC, Direktor Dr. George Fu Gao), Big Pharma, der Weltbank und andere.

Diese verschiedenen Organisationen spielten eine Schlüsselrolle, als die sogenannte Pandemie Anfang 2020 in Gang gesetzt wurde. Viele Merkmale der „Simulationsübung“ von 201 entsprachen tatsächlich dem, was geschah, als die WHO-Generaldirektorin am 30. Januar 2020 einen globalen Gesundheitsnotstand (PHEIC) ausrief.

Darüber hinaus waren die Sponsoren von Event 201 – darunter der WEF und die Gates Foundation – sowie die Teilnehmer von Anfang an aktiv an der Koordinierung (und Finanzierung) von Maßnahmen im Zusammenhang mit COVID-19 beteiligt, einschließlich des RT-PCR-Tests, der Abriegelung im März 2020 und des mRNA-Impfstoffs, der im Dezember 2020 eingeführt wurde.

Der chinesische CDC-Direktor Dr. George Fu Gao – der an der Simulation von Event 201 teilnahm – spielte eine zentrale Rolle bei der Überwachung des COVID-19-Ausbruchs in Wuhan Anfang 2020, wobei er in enger Zusammenarbeit mit seinem Mentor Dr. Anthony Fauci sowie mit der Gates-Stiftung, CEPI und anderen agierte.

Dr. Gao Fu ist ein Oxford-Absolvent mit Verbindungen zu Big Pharma. Er war außerdem mehrere Jahre lang Stipendiat der Wellcome Charitable Foundation, die zu GlaxoSmithKline (GSK, plc) gehört.

Die rätselhafte „Identität des neuen Virus“

Der Name des Virus wurde erstmals identifiziert:

  • Oktober 2019: Ereignis 201 Simulationsszenario: nCoV-2019
  • Dezember 2019, Wuhan: 2019-nCoV

Und dann fand am 11. Februar 2020 auf mysteriöse Weise eine weitere Namensänderung des neuartigen Coronavirus statt.

von 2019-nCoV zu SARS-CoV-2, was für „Schweres Akutes Respiratorisches Syndrom“ steht: SARS – Corona (Co) Virus(V)-2″.

Die Vorsilbe „n“ (als Hinweis darauf, dass es sich um einen NEUEN VIRUS handelt) entfiel. Die Vorsilbe „n“ wurde durch die Nachsilbe „2“ ersetzt.

Was ist die Bedeutung von SARS-CoV-2. Genauer gesagt, welche Bedeutung hat die mysteriöse „2“ als Suffix? Sie bezieht sich auf ein 20 Jahre altes Virus mit dem Titel:

2003 -SARS-CoV, das keineswegs als NEUES VIRUS eingestuft werden kann

„Neues Virus“ versus ‚altes Virus‘: das ‚Schwere Akute Respiratorische Syndrom‘ (SARS) 2002-2003

SARS-CoV-2 – das seit dem 11. Februar 2020 die offizielle Bezeichnung für das neue Coronavirus 2019 ist – ist keineswegs ein NEUES VIRUS.

Rückblende nach China, Provinz Guangdong 2002-2003. Bestätigt durch die WHO und durch Peer-Review-Berichte:

“A Novel Coronavirus Associated with Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome” broke out in Guangdong, Province, PRC in 2002. (NEJM, May 2003)

SARS wurde 2003 als neuartiges Coronavirus eingestuft, d. h. als nicht mehr NEU. Es wurde vor 20 Jahren, Anfang 2003, entdeckt und isoliert.

Die wesentlichen Merkmale des 2003-SARS-CoV-Virus

Bestätigt von der WHO

„Das Schwere Akute Respiratorische Syndrom (SARS) ist eine virale Atemwegserkrankung, die durch ein SARS-assoziiertes Coronavirus verursacht wird. Es wurde erstmals Ende Februar 2003 [vor mehr als 20 Jahren] während eines Ausbruchs in China festgestellt, der sich auf vier weitere Länder ausbreitete. …

Ein weltweiter Ausbruch des schweren akuten respiratorischen Syndroms (SARS) wurde mit einer Exposition in Verbindung gebracht, die von einem einzigen erkrankten Mitarbeiter des Gesundheitswesens in der Provinz Guangdong, China, ausging. Wir haben Studien durchgeführt, um den Erreger dieses Ausbruchs zu identifizieren.

… ein neuartiges Coronavirus wurde von Patienten isoliert, die die Falldefinition von SARS erfüllten. … Mit Hilfe von Consensus-Coronavirus-Primern, die für die Amplifikation eines Fragments des Polymerase-Gens mittels reverser Transkriptions-Polymerase-Kettenreaktion (RT-PCR) entwickelt wurden, konnte eine Sequenz gewonnen werden, die das Isolat eindeutig als einzigartiges Coronavirus identifizierte, das nur entfernt mit zuvor sequenzierten Coronaviren verwandt ist.

Wichtig an diesem Bericht ist, dass die WHO bestätigte, dass das neuartige Coronavirus aus dem Jahr 2003 mit der Bezeichnung 2003 SARS-CoV aus Patientenproben isoliert, identifiziert und im Mai 2003 als „schweres akutes respiratorisches Syndrom“ bezeichnet wurde.

*

.

Die im NEJM (15. Mai 2003) angenommene Identifizierung des Virus lautet wie folgt: (Hervorhebung hinzugefügt)

„Wir erhielten klinische Proben von Patienten aus sieben Ländern und untersuchten sie mit Hilfe von Virusisolierungstechniken, elektronenmikroskopischen und histologischen Untersuchungen sowie molekularen und serologischen Tests, um ein breites Spektrum möglicher Erreger zu identifizieren

ERGEBNISSE: Keiner der zuvor beschriebenen Krankheitserreger der Atemwege wurde durchgängig identifiziert. Allerdings wurde bei Patienten, die der Falldefinition von SARS entsprachen, ein neuartiges Coronavirus isoliert. Zytopathologische Merkmale wurden in Vero-E6-Zellen festgestellt, die mit einer Rachenabstrichprobe geimpft worden waren. Die elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchung ergab ultrastrukturelle Merkmale, die für Coronaviren charakteristisch sind. Die immunhistochemische und Immunfluoreszenzfärbung ergab eine Reaktivität mit polyklonalen Antikörpern gegen Coronaviren der Gruppe I.

Mit Hilfe von Consensus-Coronavirus-Primern, die für die Amplifikation eines Fragments des Polymerase-Gens mittels reverser Transkriptions-Polymerase-Kettenreaktion (RT-PCR) entwickelt wurden, konnte eine Sequenz gewonnen werden, die das Isolat eindeutig als einzigartiges Coronavirus identifizierte, das nur entfernt mit zuvor sequenzierten Coronaviren verwandt ist.“

Im Laufe der letzten zwanzig Jahre muss es zu mehreren Varianten des ursprünglichen 2003-SARS-Coronavirus gekommen sein.

*

Fehlen eines Isolats des „Neuen 2019-Virus (2019-nCoV)“

Während das SARS-CoV von 2003 ordnungsgemäß isoliert wurde, räumte die WHO im Januar 2020 ein, dass sie nicht über ein Isolat und eine gereinigte Probe des NEUEN Coronavirus von 2019 von einem infizierten Patienten verfügt, was bedeutet, dass sie nicht in der Lage ist, die Identität des („gefährlichen“) neuartigen Coronavirus von 2019 mit der Bezeichnung 2019-nCoV zu bestätigen. So lautete die Begründung. Klingt absurd.

Wie wurde die Angelegenheit geklärt? Auf Anraten der Gates-Stiftung stand die WHO in Verbindung mit dem Berliner Virologischen Institut der Charité.

Unter der wissenschaftlichen Leitung von Dr. Christian Drosten trug die Studie der Berliner Virologie den Titel:

Nachweis des neuartigen Coronavirus 2019 (2019-nCoV) mittels RT-PCR in Echtzeit

.

.

In der Studie des Berliner Virologie-Instituts wird ausdrücklich eingeräumt, dass:

[Während] … mehrere virale Genomsequenzen veröffentlicht worden waren, … waren Virusisolate oder Proben [von 2019-nCoV] von infizierten Patienten nicht verfügbar …“

Das Berliner Team empfahl der WHO, in Ermangelung eines Isolats des 2019-nCoV-Virus ein ähnliches SARS-CoV-Virus aus dem Jahr 2003 als „Proxy“ (Bezugspunkt) für das neue Coronavirus 2019 zu verwenden:

„Die Genomsequenzen deuten auf das Vorhandensein eines Virus hin, das eng mit den Mitgliedern einer viralen Spezies verwandt ist, die als schweres akutes respiratorisches Syndrom (SARS) CoV bezeichnet wird, eine Spezies, die durch den Erreger des SARS-Ausbruchs beim Menschen 2002/03 definiert wurde [3,4].

Wir berichten über die Entwicklung und Validierung eines diagnostischen Arbeitsablaufs für das 2019-nCoV-Screening und die spezifische Bestätigung [mit dem RT-PCR-Test], der in Ermangelung verfügbarer Virusisolate oder Originalproben von Patienten entwickelt wurde. Design und Validierung wurden durch die enge genetische Verwandtschaft mit dem SARS-CoV aus dem Jahr 2003 ermöglicht und durch den Einsatz der synthetischen Nukleinsäuretechnologie unterstützt.“ (Eurosurveillance, 23. Januar 2020, Hervorhebung hinzugefügt).

Diese zweideutige Aussage legt nahe, dass die Identität von 2019-nCoV nicht erforderlich war und dass „bestätigte COVID-19-Fälle ‚ (d. h. Infektionen durch das neue Coronavirus von 2019) durch ‘die enge genetische Verwandtschaft mit dem SARS-CoV von 2003“ bestätigt würden .

Wie könnte das neue Virus als ähnlich eingestuft werden, ohne identifiziert worden zu sein, d. h. ohne ein „Isolat“? Außerdem ist zu bedenken, dass der PCR-Test zwar nicht das Virus, aber genetische Fragmente (zahlreicher Viren)nachweist.

Rauchende Waffe

Das bedeutet, dass ein Coronavirus, das vor 20 Jahren (zum Zeitpunkt der Erstellung dieses Berichts) in der Provinz Guangdong entdeckt wurde (SARS-CoV von 2003), zur „Validierung“ der Identität eines sogenannten „neuartigen Coronavirus“ verwendet wurde, das erstmals Ende Dezember 2019 in der chinesischen Provinz Hubei entdeckt wurde.

Die Empfehlungen der Drosten-Studie (finanziert mit einem Zuschuss der Gates-Stiftung in Höhe von 249.550 Dollar) wurden dann an die WHO weitergeleitet.

Sie wurden anschließend vom Generaldirektor der WHO, Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, gebilligt.

Die WHO war nicht im Besitz des „Virusisolats“, das zur Identifizierung des neuen Virus erforderlich war.

„Macht nichts“. Es wurde beschlossen, dass ein Isolat des neuen Coronavirus nicht erforderlich sei.

Wenn der PCR-Test das SARS-CoV-Virus von 2003 als Stellvertreter oder „Bezugspunkt“ verwendet, kann es keine „bestätigten“ Fälle geben, die mit dem neuen Coronavirus 2019-nCoV in Verbindung stehen.

Das neue Coronavirus 2019-nCoV wurde am 11. Februar 2020 vom Internationalen Ausschuss für Taxonomie der Virenin SARS-CoV-2 umbenannt. Das erklärt die Endung 2.

Das neuartige Coronavirus 2019 soll dem 2003-SARS-CoV „ähnlich“ sein, das später in SARS-CoV-1umbenannt wurde (um es von SARS-CoV-2 zu unterscheiden).

Das NEUE Virus (2019 nCoV) ist „nicht existent“ (keine RT-PCR bestätigten Fälle).


Kurze Klammer, Zusammenfassung

Die Omicron-, Delta-, Alpha- usw. Varianten und Untervarianten

Da das SARS-CoV-1 von 2003 laut WHO der Bezugspunkt oder Stellvertreter für das angebliche Neue Virus (SARS-CoV-2) ist, gehören die (gefährlichen) Omicron-, Delta- und Untervarianten, die angeblich durch den PCR-Test identifiziert wurden, zu den Hunderten von Varianten des zwanzig Jahre alten SARS-CoV-1 von 2003 (das durch ein vom NEJM im Mai 2003 bestätigtes Isolat identifiziert wurde)

Wir erinnern daran, dass während der Weihnachtsferien 2021 die gefährliche Omicron-Variante als betrügerischer Vorwand für eine erneute Angstkampagne benutzt wurde:

Im Dezember 2021 wurden wir von unseren Regierungen angewiesen, uns auf Weihnachten unter Lockdownvorzubereiten . Um Sie und Ihre Lieben vor der sogenannten tödlichen Covid Omicron-Variante zu schützen.

Die Ankündigung zu Omicron erfolgte am Schwarzen Freitag, dem 20. November 2021, dem Tag nach Thanksgiving. Anthony Fauci leitete die Desinformationskampagne und deutete an, dass Omicron „bereits in den Vereinigten Staaten ist, aber noch nicht entdeckt wurde“.

Die angebliche Ausbreitung von Omicron während der Weihnachtsfeiertage 2021 wurde als Rechtfertigung für die Einführung von teilweisen Schließungen, Reisebeschränkungen sowie Hausarrest und Hausarrest während der Weihnachtsfeiertage benutzt.

Dies berichtet CNN unter Berufung auf Expertenmeinungen:

Die Omicron-Variante „ist außerordentlich ansteckend“, und wenn Sie sich jetzt in einer Menschenmenge aufhalten, und ganz sicher, wenn Sie nicht geimpft sind, besteht ein großes Risiko, dass Sie sich mit diesem Virus anstecken“.

Eine kleine Party im Haus eines Freundes sollte in Ordnung sein , wenn alle geimpft, aufgefrischt und vor der Party negativ getestet wurden… Große Partys im Freien sind weniger riskant, es sei denn, sie sind überfüllt.

„Ich werde nicht mehr ohne Maske in einem Restaurant essen“

“Ich werde auf keinen Fall in eine Bar gehen. Hervorhebung hinzugefügt.

.

.

Der „gefährliche“ Omicron Spread: Spekulationsgeschäfte an den Aktienmärkten

.

Screenshot, die Mail Online, 3. Dezember 2021

.

Einzelheiten finden Sie in einem Artikel über die Omicron-Krise im November-Dezember 2021, die zu betrügerischen Spekulationsgeschäften beitrug.


Der RT-PCR-Test von der WHO für ungültig erklärt

Es ist hinreichend dokumentiert, dass der RT-PCR-Test genetische Fragmente zahlreicher Viren nachweist, ohne das Virus identifizieren zu können.

Siehe den nachstehenden Artikel:

The WHO Confirms that the Covid-19 PCR Test is Flawed: Estimates of “Positive Cases” are Meaningless. The Lockdown Has No Scientific Basis

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 10, 2023

***

Siehe auch unseren Bericht über die RT-PCR im Anhang zu diesem Artikel.

Die Bedeutung und Zweideutigkeit der WHO-Entscheidung – auf Anraten des Berliner Virologie-Instituts -, nämlich die Frage nach dem „Isolat“ des neuartigen Coronavirus, wird beiläufig übersehen. „No Questions Asked“

Die britischen Medien berichteten am 6. Februar 2020 über die Änderung des Namens des Virus:

„[Das] tödliche Coronavirus wird ENDLICH einen Namen bekommen: Wissenschaftler planen, die Krankheit ‘in den nächsten Tagen’ offiziell zu benennen – aber sie wird nicht nach Orten oder Tieren benannt werden. Das Internationale Komitee für Taxonomie der Viren hat einen Namen vorgeschlagen. ..

Großes Geld, große Pharma. Patentrechte

Halten wir uns vor Augen: Die Covid-Krise, die immer noch andauert, ist eine weltweite Big-Money-Operation mit zahlreichen Big-Pharma-Produkten, die vom weltweiten Missbrauch des RT-PCR-Tests bis hin zu dem milliardenschweren Big-Pharma-Impfstoffprojekt reichen, das weitgehend von Pfizer dominiert wird.

War die Änderung des Namens des Virus in SARS-CoV-2 eine Frage von „Lizenzgebühren“ und geistigen Eigentumsrechten? Das US-Patent für SARS-CoV aus dem Jahr 2003 wurde im April 2004 angemeldet und im Mai 2007 an das US-Gesundheitsministerium übertragen:

Patent Nr.: US 7,220,852 B1 Datum des Patents: 22. Mai 2007. (Dies ist eine Angelegenheit für weitere Untersuchungen.)

Die „große Lüge“ und das „nicht existierende neue Virus“. Was sind die Konsequenzen?

Wie oben dokumentiert (und von der WHO bestätigt) wurde das neue Coronavirus 2019 nie identifiziert.

Die Verwendung eines 20 Jahre alten Virus namens SARS-CoV aus dem Jahr 2003 als Stellvertreter für das angebliche neue Virus bestätigt, dass es im Januar-März 2020 KEINE PANDEMIE aufgrund eines NEUEN CORONAVIRUS gab.

ES GAB KEIN „NEUES VIRUS“.

Dies bedeutet, dass sowohl die verheerenden Abriegelungsmaßnahmen, die 190 Ländern auferlegt wurden (11. März 2020), als auch der weltweite Rollout des Covid-19-Impfstoffs (Mitte Dezember 2020) betrügerisch sind. Sie beruhen auf einer „Großen Lüge“, die im Laufe von fast vier Jahren dazu beigetragen hat, das Leben von Menschenbuchstäblich zu zerstören.

Die unaufhörliche Angstkampagne wiederum hatte verheerende Auswirkungen auf die Gesundheit der Menschen, ihre psychische Gesundheit, einschließlich einer weltweiten Welle von Selbstmorden. In mehreren Ländern wurdenSelbstmorde unter Schulkindern verzeichnet (siehe Michel Chossudovsky, Kapitel VI)

Die „große Lüge“ löst den Lockdown aus

Die unausgesprochene Wahrheit ist, dass das neuartige Coronavirus den mächtigen Finanzinteressen und korrupten Politikern einen Vorwand und eine Rechtfertigung geliefert hat, um die ganze Welt in eine Spirale von Massenarbeitslosigkeit, Bankrott, extremer Armut und Verzweiflung zu stürzen.

Die Abriegelung war ein Akt der wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Kriegsführung. Die Arbeitskräfte wurden eingesperrt, der Arbeitsplatz wurde eingefroren, was zu einem künstlichen weltweiten wirtschaftlichen Zusammenbruch führte.

Diese Krise ist noch lange nicht vorbei. Die gesamte Welt ist derzeit in der schwersten Schuldenkrise der Weltgeschichte gefangen. Alle Kategorien der Verschuldung (privat und öffentlich). Die US-Staatsverschuldung übersteigt zum ersten Mal in der Geschichte die Marke von 35 Billionen Dollar, wie der Haushaltsausschuss des US-Repräsentantenhauses am 29. Juli 2024 mitteilte.

In den Worten der WEF-Milliardäre an diejenigen, die ihr Haus verlieren oder ihre monatliche Miete nicht bezahlen können: ihr Motto ist:

Besitzt nichts, seid glücklich“.


„Wenn die Lüge zur Wahrheit wird, gibt es keinen Weg zurück“

ZENSUR: Das Originalvideo von Global Research, das von Ariel Rodriguez im Februar 2021 produziert wurde, wurde am 5. März 2022 von Vimeo entfernt.

Hier ist die Version auf Rumble

Die verheerendste Krise in der Geschichte der Menschheit

Beginnt bei 6’47”

Unser Dank geht an Vaccine Choice Canada


Der mRNA-„Impfstoff“, der die Menschen gegen ein „nicht existierendes neues Virus“ schützen sollte

Es ist hinreichend dokumentiert, dass der mRNA-„Impfstoff“, der die Menschen vor dem nicht existierenden neuen Coronavirus, das in SARS-nCoV-2 umbenannt wurde, schützen sollte, zu einem Aufwärtstrend bei der Übersterblichkeit geführt hat.

Der vertrauliche Bericht von Pfizer , der im Rahmen der Informationsfreiheit veröffentlicht wurde , bestätigt auf der Grundlage ihrer eigenen Daten, dass der Impfstoff eine toxische Substanz ist. Um den vollständigen Pfizer-Bericht zu lesen, klicken Sie hier

Die Beweise sind überwältigend:

Sehen Sie sich die von Dr. William Makis sorgfältig dokumentierten Auswirkungen des „Impfstoffs“ auf Menschen aus allen Lebensbereichen an: Piloten, medizinisches Personal, Schüler, Studenten, Sportler, schwangere Frauen und Neugeborene (und viele mehr).

Auf den Covid-19-„Impfstoff“ zurückzuführende übermäßige Sterblichkeit

Es gibt zahlreiche Studien zur impfstoffbedingten Übersterblichkeit. Im Folgenden finden Sie eine Zusammenfassung einer einschneidenden Studie über die krebsbedingte Übersterblichkeit in England und Wales, die vom Team von Edward Dowd durchgeführt wurde

Dowds Methode bestand darin, die Zahl der krebsbedingten Todesfälle in England und Wales zwischen 2010 und 2022 zu analysieren (basierend auf den Daten des britischen Amts für nationale Statistiken).

Die nachstehende Tabelle bezieht sich auf die überzähligen Todesfälle im Zusammenhang mit bösartigen Neubildungen (Krebstumor) in England und Wales, die in drei aufeinanderfolgenden Jahren aufgezeichnet wurden: 2020, 2021 und 2022 im Vergleich zu einem 10-Jahres-Trend (2010-2019).

Die Daten für die Übersterblichkeit im Jahr 2020 (dem Jahr vor der Impfung) sind negativ, mit Ausnahme von „bösartigem Neoplasma ohne Angabe des Ortes“.

Der COVID-19-Impfstoff wurde in mehreren Phasen in England und Wales eingeführt , die am 8. Dezember 2020 begannen und bis März/April 2021 andauerten.

Der Anstieg der Übersterblichkeit (%) beginnt im Jahr 2021. Der Anstieg der Übersterblichkeit im Zusammenhang mit bösartigen Neubildungen ist für die ersten beiden Jahre der Einführung des Impfstoffs tabellarisch dargestellt .

England und Wales: Überschüssige Sterblichkeit

.

.

Nachstehend finden Sie eine ähnliche Tabelle zur Übersterblichkeit in Deutschland, die die Abweichung der beobachteten Sterblichkeit von der erwarteten Sterblichkeit (nach Altersgruppen) in den Jahren 2020, 2021 und 2022 aufzeigt.

Beachten Sie die Verschiebung der Übersterblichkeit nach oben in den Jahren 2021 und 2022 nach der Einführung des Covid-Impfstoffs im Dezember 2020

Deutschland: Überschüssige Sterblichkeit

.

Deutschland: Übermäßige Sterblichkeit nach Altersgruppen (%)

Übermäßige Sterblichkeit in Rot nach Altersgruppe, Übermäßige Sterblichkeit in Grau insgesamt

.

Japan: Übermäßige Sterblichkeit

Japan. Überschüssige Sterblichkeit (2020-2022): Anstieg der Übersterblichkeit in den Jahren 2021 und 2022 (Januar-Oktober 2022)

.

Vereinigte Staaten:

Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS). Gemeldete Todesfälle durch Impfstoffe.

Offizielle Zahlen zu Todesfällen durch Impfstoffe. Offizielle Daten (klicken Sie auf das Bild unten, um die VAERS-Website aufzurufen)

.

.

Das nachstehende Diagramm: “Alle an VAERS gemeldeten Todesfälle nach Jahr “, beginnend im Jahr 1990. (z. B. von der Familie des Opfers an VAERS gemeldet). Dies sind offizielle Zahlen, Todesfälle, die auf den Impfstoff zurückzuführen sind. Nur ein sehr kleiner Prozentsatz der Todesfälle durch Impfstoffe wird gemeldet. Dennoch zeigt die nachstehende Grafik, dass es im Jahr 2021 in den USA mehr als 19.000 Todesfälle im Zusammenhang mit Impfstoffen geben wird. Weder die Medien noch die US-Regierung haben die Öffentlichkeit darüber informiert.

Festzustellen ist, dass die Zahl der gemeldeten Impftodesfälle im Laufe des Jahres 2021, dem ersten Jahr des Mitte Dezember 2020 in den USA eingeführten Impfstoffs Covid, drastisch gestiegen ist.

.

.

Siehe Analyse und Kritik des VAERS-Systems

.

Medien-Desinformation, fettgedruckte Lügen

Es gibt zahlreiche Studien über die durch den Impfstoff bedingte erhöhte Sterblichkeit, die von den Medien ignoriert werden.

In den Presseberichten heißt es immer, dass das Virus „gefährlich“ oder „tödlich“ sei, während es in Wirklichkeit der „Impfstoff“ ist, der einen Aufwärtstrend bei der Sterblichkeit ausgelöst hat.

Die Daily Mail (6. Februar 2020) spricht von einem „tödlichen Coronavirus “ und deutet an, dass es sich weltweit ausbreitet.

Die Bezeichnung als gefährliches Virus ist eine glatte LÜGE:

Wie von der WHO, der CDC und von Fachleuten geprüften Berichten bestätigt, ist das nCoV-19 von 2019 nicht gefährlich. Siehe den Anhang unten.

Unsere Analyse in diesem kurzen Artikel hat den Beweis erbracht:

  • dass das angebliche NEUE CORONAVIRUS mit der Bezeichnung 2019 nCoV nie isoliert wurde,
  • das umbenannte neue Coronavirus mit der Bezeichnung SARS-CoV-2 KEIN NEUES VIRUS ist. Es ähnelt einem ALTEN VIRUS mit der Bezeichnung 2003-SARS-CoV.

Ich sollte erwähnen, dass es viele andere Punkte gibt, die die „offizielle Darstellung“ entkräften, insbesondere der RT-PCR-Test, der das Virus nicht identifiziert.

Siehe die Abschnitte 1, 2, 3 und 4 des Anhangs unten sowie unseren Bericht über den RT-PCR-Test (Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction).

Scrollen Sie nach unten, um den Anhang zu lesen.

***

Michel Chossudovskys Botschaft

Liebe Leserinnen und Leser,

Wir stehen weltweit in Solidarität.

Ich danke Ihnen für Ihre Unterstützung im Laufe von mehr als zweiundzwanzig Jahren.

Sie sind herzlich eingeladen, mein Buch (15 Kapitel) herunterzuladen, das eine detaillierte Analyse der noch immer andauernden Krise enthält. Erstmals veröffentlicht im August 2022. Druckfassung auf Japanisch.

Die weltweite Corona-Krise, der globale Staatsstreich gegen die Menschheit

Kostenlos für ALLE unsere Leser. Klicken Sie hier zum Download


Die weltweite Corona-Krise, ein globaler Staatsstreich gegen die Menschlichkeit

von Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky untersucht im Detail, wie dieses heimtückische Projekt „das Leben der Menschen zerstört“. Er liefert eine umfassende Analyse all dessen, was man über die „Pandemie“ wissen muss – von den medizinischen Dimensionen bis hin zu den wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Auswirkungen, den politischen Hintergründen und den mentalen und psychologischen Folgen.

„Mein Ziel als Autor ist es, die Menschen weltweit zu informieren und das offizielle Narrativ zu widerlegen, das als Rechtfertigung für die Destabilisierung des wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Gefüges ganzer Länder und die anschließende Einführung des ‚tödlichen‘ COVID-19-“Impfstoffs“ diente. Diese Krise betrifft die Menschheit in ihrer Gesamtheit: fast 8 Milliarden Menschen. Wir sind solidarisch mit unseren Mitmenschen und unseren Kindern weltweit. Die Wahrheit ist ein mächtiges Instrument.”

Bewertungen

Es handelt sich um eine ausführliche Quelle von großem Interesse, wenn es um die breitere Perspektive geht, die Sie besser verstehen möchten. Der Autor ist sehr sachkundig in Sachen Geopolitik, und das zeigt sich in der Art und Weise, wie Covid in einen Kontext gestellt wird.Dr. Mike Yeadon

In diesem Krieg gegen die Menschheit, in dem wir uns befinden, in diesem einzigartigen, unregelmäßigen und massiven Angriff gegen die Freiheit und das Gute im Menschen, ist Chossudovskys Buch ein Fels, auf dem wir unseren Kampf aufbauen können.Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fünfzehn prägnanten, wissenschaftlich fundierten Kapiteln zeichnet Michel die falsche Covid-Pandemie nach und erklärt, wie ein PCR-Test, der nachweislich bis zu 97 % falsch-positive Ergebnisse liefert, in Verbindung mit einer unerbittlichen 24/7-Angstkampagne eine weltweite Panik-geladene „Pandemie“ auslösen konnte; dass diese Pandemie ohne den berüchtigten DNA-verändernden Polymerase-Kettenreaktions-Test niemals möglich gewesen wäre – der bis zum heutigen Tag einer Mehrheit von unschuldigen Menschen aufgezwungen wird, die keine Ahnung haben. Seine Schlussfolgerungen werden von renommierten Wissenschaftlern bestätigt.Peter Koenig

Professor Chossudovsky deckt die Wahrheit auf, dass „es keine kausale Beziehung zwischen dem Virus und wirtschaftlichen Variablen gibt“. Mit anderen Worten, es war nicht COVID-19, sondern die absichtliche Umsetzung der unlogischen, wissenschaftlich unbegründeten Abriegelungen, die den Stillstand der Weltwirtschaft verursacht haben.David Skripac

Die Lektüre von Chossudovskys Buch bietet eine umfassende Lektion darüber, wie ein globaler Staatsstreich mit dem Namen „The Great Reset“ im Gange ist, der, wenn er nicht von freiheitsliebenden Menschen auf der ganzen Welt bekämpft und besiegt wird, zu einer dystopischen Zukunft führen wird, die wir uns noch nicht vorstellen können. Geben Sie dieses kostenlose Geschenk von Professor Chossudovsky weiter, bevor es zu spät ist. Sie werden nicht so viele wertvolle Informationen und Analysen an einem Ort finden.Edward Curtin

Preis: $11.50 KOSTENLOSES EXEMPLAR! Hier klicken (docsend) und herunterladen.

Wir ermutigen Sie, das eBook-Projekt durch eine Spende über die Global Research’s DonorBox „Worldwide Corona Crisis“ Kampagnenseite zu unterstützen.

Das Buch ist das Objekt der Zensur.

Um Millionen von Menschen weltweit zu erreichen, deren Leben von der Corona-Krise betroffen ist, haben wir beschlossen, das eBook im Laufe der nächsten Monate KOSTENLOS zu verteilen.


Anhang

Unsere obige Analyse liefert den Beweis:

  • dass das angebliche NEUE CORONAVIRUS mit der Bezeichnung 2019 nCoV nie isoliert wurde und dass
  • das umbenannte neue Coronavirus mit der Bezeichnung SARS-CoV-2 einem 20 Jahre alten Virus mit der Bezeichnung 2003-SARS-CoV ähnlich ist.

Es sollte klar sein, dass es viele andere Punkte gibt, die das „offizielle Narrativ“ entkräften, die in dem Artikel nicht angesprochen werden (siehe Abschnitte 1, 2, 3 und 4 unten sowie unseren Bericht über den Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test)

Von Bedeutung für unser Verständnis von „Angstkampagnen“ ist, dass die WHO und die CDC bestätigen, dass das nCoV 2019 (SARS-CoV-2) kein gefährliches Virusist .

1. Die Erklärung der WHO zu 2019-nCoV

“Das jüngst entdeckte Coronavirus verursacht die Coronavirus-Krankheit COVID-19. Die häufigsten Symptome von COVID-19 sind Fieber, trockener Husten und Müdigkeit. … Diese Symptome sind in der Regel mild und beginnen allmählich. Manche Menschen infizieren sich, haben aber nur sehr leichte Symptome. Die meisten Menschen (etwa 80 %) erholen sich von der Krankheit, ohne dass sie im Krankenhaus behandelt werden müssen. Etwa 1 von 5 Personen, die sich mit COVID-19 infizieren, erkrankt schwer und bekommt Atembeschwerden.“ (Für weitere Einzelheiten siehe Michel Chossudovsky, August 2022, Hervorhebung hinzugefügt)

2. Dr. Anthony Fauci in Bezug auf SARS-CoV-2 im NEJM

Von Anfang an hat Fauci beharrlich vor den drohenden Gefahren des SARS-CoV-2 (einschließlich seiner Varianten und Untervarianten) gewarnt, während er in seinem von Fachleuten geprüften Artikel im New England Journal of Medicine(zusammen mit H. Clifford Lane, M.D. und Robert R. Redfield, M.D.) einräumte, dass:

„Die klinischen Folgen von Covid-19 könnten letztlich eher denen einer schweren saisonalen Grippe (mit einer Sterblichkeitsrate von etwa 0,1 %) oder einer Grippepandemie (ähnlich wie 1957 und 1968) ähneln…“ (Siehe Covid-19 – Navigating the Uncharted, NEJM)

3. Die WHO-Definition von 2003-SARS

„SARS wird über die Luft übertragen und kann durch kleine Speicheltröpfchen ähnlich wie Erkältungen und Grippeverbreitet werden. … SARS kann auch indirekt über Oberflächen verbreitet werden, die von einer mit dem Virus infizierten Person berührt wurden.

Die meisten Patienten, bei denen SARS festgestellt wurde, waren zuvor gesunde Erwachsene im Alter von 25-70 Jahren. Einige wenige Verdachtsfälle von SARS wurden bei Kindern unter 15 Jahren gemeldet. Die Sterblichkeitsrate unter den Erkrankten, die der aktuellen WHO-Falldefinition für wahrscheinliche und vermutete SARS-Fälle entsprechen, liegt bei etwa 3 %.

Einen Monat vor der Namensänderung des neuen nCoV-Coronavirus 2019 in SARS-CoV-2 (am 11. Februar 2020) veröffentlichte die WHO ein ausführliches Dokument über das Schwere Akute Respiratorische Syndrom 2003 (Operational Support & Logistics Disease Commodity Packages pdf).

4. Der Vergleich der CDC von SARS-CoV-2 mit der saisonalen Grippe

Influenza (Grippe) und COVID-19 sind beides ansteckende Atemwegserkrankungen, die jedoch durch unterschiedliche Viren verursacht werden. COVID-19 wird durch eine Infektion mit einem neuen Coronavirus (SARS-CoV-2 genannt) verursacht, während die Grippe durch eine Infektion mit Influenzaviren hervorgerufen wird.

Da einige der Symptome von Grippe und COVID-19 ähnlich sind, kann es schwierig sein, sie allein anhand der Symptome zu unterscheiden, und es können Tests erforderlich sein, um die Diagnose zu bestätigen. Grippe und COVID-19 haben viele gemeinsame Merkmale, aber es gibt auch einige wichtige Unterschiede zwischen den beiden.

Wäre die Öffentlichkeit informiert und beruhigt worden, dass COVID „grippeähnlich“ ist, wäre die Angstkampagne ins Leere gelaufen.

Die Abriegelung und Schließung der Volkswirtschaft wäre rundweg abgelehnt worden, ganz zu schweigen von der anschließenden Einführung des Covid-19-Impfstoffs.

Der Reverse Transkription Polymerase-Kettenreaktion (RT-PCR) Test

Die nach WHO-Richtlinien angewandte Methode zum Nachweis der angeblichen Verbreitung des Virus ist der RT-PCR-Test (Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction), der seit Februar 2020 weltweit routinemäßig angewendet wird. (Dieser Text ist ein Auszug aus dem Buch von Michel Chossudovsky, August 2022)

Der RT-PCR-Test wurde weltweit eingesetzt, um Millionen von falschen „bestätigten COVID-19-Fällen“ zu generieren, die dann verwendet werden, um die Illusion aufrechtzuerhalten, dass die angebliche Pandemie real ist.

Diese auf falschen Zahlen basierende Einschätzung wurde dreieinhalb Jahre lang genutzt, um die Angstkampagne anzuführen und aufrechtzuerhalten.

“Bestätigt “ ist eine falsche Bezeichnung. Ein „bestätigter RT-PCR-positiver Fall“ ist nicht gleichbedeutend mit einem „bestätigten COVID-19-Fall“.

Eine positive RT-PCR ist nicht gleichbedeutend mit der COVID-19-Krankheit! PCR-Spezialisten weisen darauf hin, dass ein Test immer mit der klinischen Akte des getesteten Patienten und dessen Gesundheitszustand verglichen werden muss, um seinen Wert [Zuverlässigkeit] zu bestätigen. (Dr. Pascal Sacré)

Das von den nationalen Gesundheitsbehörden angewandte Verfahren besteht darin, alle RT-PCR-positiven Fälle als „bestätigte COVID-19-Fälle“ (mit oder ohne medizinische Diagnose) einzustufen. Ironischerweise verstößt dieses Routineverfahren zur Identifizierung „bestätigter Fälle“ gegen die eigenen Richtlinien der CDC:

„Der Nachweis viraler RNA ist kein Hinweis auf das Vorhandensein eines infektiösen Virus oder darauf, dass 2019-nCoV der Erreger der klinischen Symptome ist. Die Leistungsfähigkeit dieses Tests wurde nicht für die Überwachung der Behandlung einer 2019-nCoV-Infektion nachgewiesen. Dieser Test kann Krankheiten, die durch andere bakterielle oder virale Erreger verursacht werden, nicht ausschließen. „8 (Hervorhebung hinzugefügt)

Die zur Erkennung und Abschätzung der Verbreitung des Virus angewandte Methodik ist fehlerhaft und ungültig.

Falsche Positivmeldungen

Die Debatte zu Beginn der Krise konzentrierte sich auf die Frage der „falsch positiven Ergebnisse“.

Die WHO und das CDC räumten ein, dass der RT-PCR-Test bekanntermaßen einen hohen Prozentsatz an falsch positiven Ergebnissen liefert. Laut Dr. Pascal Sacré:

„Heute, da die Behörden mehr Menschen testen, wird es zwangsläufig mehr positive RT-PCR-Tests geben. Das bedeutet nicht, dass COVID-19 zurückkommt oder dass die Epidemie in Wellen verläuft. Es werden mehr Menschen getestet, das ist alles. „9

Die (von den Gesundheitsbehörden eingeräumte) Debatte über falsch-positive Ergebnisse weist auf so genannte Fehler hin, ohne notwendigerweise die allgemeine Gültigkeit des RT-PCR-Tests als Mittel zum Nachweis der angeblichen Verbreitung des SARS-CoV-2-Virus in Frage zu stellen.

Mit dem PCR-Test lässt sich die Identität des Virus nicht feststellen

Mit dem RT-PCR-Test wird das Virus nicht identifiziert/nachgewiesen. Was der PCR-Test identifiziert, sind genetische Fragmente zahlreicher Viren (einschließlich Influenzaviren der Typen A und B und Coronaviren, die Erkältungen auslösen).

Die Ergebnisse des RT-PCR-Tests können nicht „bestätigen“, ob eine Person, die den Test durchführt, mit SARS-CoV-2 infiziert ist.

Das folgende Diagramm fasst den Prozess der Identifizierung positiver und negativer Fälle zusammen. Es muss lediglich „virales genetisches Material“ vorhanden sein, um als „positiv“ eingestuft zu werden. Mit dem Verfahren wird COVID-19 nicht identifiziert oder isoliert. Was in den Tests erscheint, sind Fragmente des Virus.10

Versagen des PCR-Tests, lächerlich niedrige Zahlen

Selbst wenn das nCoV 2019 nachgewiesen und ordnungsgemäß identifiziert worden wäre, waren die Zahlen der bestätigten (kumulativen) PCR-RT-positiven Fälle im Zeitraum bis zum 11. März 2020, die als Begründung für die Verhängung der Sperre gegen mehr als 190 Länder angeführt wurden , lächerlich gering. Die 80.981 Fälle für China beziehen sich ebenfalls auf bestätigte (kumulative) PCR-positive Fälle. Beachten Sie, dass die neuen Fälle in China (PCR-positiv) am 12. März 2020 in der Größenordnung von „321 neuen“ liegen.

.

Abbildung: Gesamtzahl der kumulativen Fälle am 12. März 2020 (Quelle: WHO)

Video: The Mystery of Israel. “Reveals Something So Evil”

November 13th, 2024 by David John Sorensen

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

[First published on October 18, 2023]

 

 

 

GR Note: This is a carefully research video. As of approximately 40’00”, it includes statements of a religious nature which some readers might find inappropriate and/or misleading.

[This article by Dr. Brenda Baletti was first posted on GR in July 2024.]

A study released today of excess mortality in 125 countries during the COVID-19 pandemic found the major causes of death globally stemmed from public health establishment’s response, including mandates and lockdowns that caused severe stress, harmful medical interventions and the COVID-19 vaccines.

“We conclude that nothing special would have occurred in terms of mortality had a pandemic not been declared and had the declaration not been acted upon,” the authors of the study wrote.

Researchers from the Canadian nonprofit Correlation Research in the Public Interest and the University of Quebec at Trois-Rivières analyzed excess all-cause mortality data prior to and during the COVID-19 pandemic, beginning with the March 11, 2020, World Health Organization (WHO) pandemic declaration and ending on May 5, 2023, when the WHO declared the pandemic over.

Source

The results, presented in a detailed 521-page analysis, establish baseline all-cause mortality rates across 125 countries and use those to determine the variations in excess deaths during the pandemic.

The researchers also used the baseline rates to investigate how the individual country variations in excess death rates correlated to different pandemic-related interventions, including vaccination and booster campaigns.

Not all of the results on a country-by-country basis were the same. For example, in some countries, mortality spikes occurred before the vaccines were rolled out, while in other places, the mortality spikes tracked closely with vaccine or booster campaigns.

In some places, excess mortality rates returned to baseline or close to baseline in 2022, while in others, the rates persisted well into 2023. Denis Rancourt, Ph.D., lead author of the study, told The Defender the disparities result from the complex nature of pandemic measures — and the data — in different areas.

Once Rancourt’s team was able to establish the baseline and excess mortality data for each place, they clustered and examined the data through different filters to interpret it, and drew several conclusions.

Data ‘Incompatible with a Pandemic Viral Respiratory Disease as a Primary Cause of Death’

The researchers established that there was significant excess mortality worldwide between March 11, 2020, and May 5, 2023.

Overall excess mortality during the three years in the 93 countries with sufficient data to make an estimate is approximately 0.392% of the 2021 population — or approximately 30.9 million excess deaths from all causes.

The conventional explanation for the excess mortality during the COVID-19 pandemic, Rancourt said, is that the SARS-CoV-2 virus caused virtually all deaths — and there would have been even more deaths if there hadn’t been a vaccine.

The variations in excess all-cause mortality rates across space and time, the authors wrote, “allow us to conclude that the Covid-period (2020-2023) excess all-cause mortality in the world is incompatible with a pandemic viral respiratory disease as a primary cause of death.”

They said the theory that the virus caused the deaths is propped up by mass virus-testing campaigns that should be abandoned.

‘Idea that Vaccines Saved Lives Is Ridiculous’

Rancourt and his team cited several factors they believe disprove the theory that the virus caused a spike in all-cause mortality.

For example, they wrote that excess mortality surged almost simultaneously across several continents when a pandemic was declared, while there were no comparable surges in areas that had not yet declared a pandemic.

This suggests that pandemic interventions like lockdowns, which were implemented synchronously across many countries, likely caused the surges.

The researchers also pointed out the significant variation in mortality rates during the pandemic in all time periods, even across different political jurisdictions directly adjacent to each other. If the virus caused the deaths, it would follow that the infection fatality rate would be the same, or at least similar across political boundaries.

The researchers also found a lot of variability in death rates within countries over time, which also would not be an expected outcome if those deaths were caused by a pathogen.

Rancourt said they found “the idea that the vaccine saved lives is ridiculous,” and based on flawed modeling as he and colleagues also showed in a previous paper.

Here again, they found no systematic or statistically significant trends showing that vaccination campaigns in 2020 and 2021 reduced all-cause mortality.

Instead, they found that in many places, there was no excess mortality until the vaccines were rolled out, and most countries showed temporal associations between vaccine rollouts and increases in all-cause mortality.

Medical Interventions — Including Denial of Treatment — Caused Premature Deaths

Rancourt said the excess deaths his team identified are strongly associated with the combination of two major factors — the proportion of elderly in a country’s population and the number of people living in poverty. Both factors increased peoples’ vulnerability to “sudden and profound structural societal changes” and “medical assaults.”

While the proximal cause of death may be classified on death certificates as a respiratory condition or infection, the researchers noted, they argue the true primary causes of death are actually biological stress, non-COVID-19-vaccine medical interventions and the COVID-19 vaccination rollouts.

The study provides an overview of plausible mechanisms for this hypothesis, including research showing that some people experienced severe biological stress from measures like mandates and lockdowns.

“If you structurally change the society by preventing people from moving, breathing, working, having their lives, having to stay at home, lock them in. If you do all these incredibly huge changes, structural changes in society, that is going to induce biological stress,” Rancourt told The Defender.

“There’s very compelling scientific evidence that biological stress is a massive killer,” he added.

Rancourt also pointed out that the stress of lockdowns affected poor people quite differently than it did people who could easily work from home, have food delivered and live relatively comfortably.

The authors also pointed to extensive evidence showing that medical interventions — including denial of treatment — caused premature deaths.

Such interventions included but were not limited to the denial of antibiotics and ivermectin against bacterial pneumonia, the systematic use of mechanical ventilators, experimental treatment protocols, new palliative medications and overdoses, isolation of vulnerable people and encouraged voluntary or involuntary suicide.

The March-April 2020 COVID-19 peak they identified in several countries is difficult to explain without such medical interventions, they wrote.

17 Million Excess Deaths Tied to COVID Vaccines

Finally, the researchers projected that 17 million of the excess deaths they identified were associated with the COVID-19 vaccines, confirming the findings of their previous research on a smaller sample of countries.

Those vaccine-related estimations were based on analyses of places that had large spikes immediately following vaccination or booster campaigns and also by examining the numbers of vaccine doses and their relation to deaths over time.

Thirty percent of the countries they analyzed had no excess deaths until either the vaccine rollouts or the booster campaigns. And there were significant correlations between COVID-19 vaccine rollouts and peaks or increases in excess all-cause mortality. Ninety-seven percent of countries showed a late-2021 or early-2022 peak in excess all-cause mortality temporally associated with booster rollouts.

It is highly unlikely, the researchers wrote, that the vaccine-mortality associations are coincidental.

Rancourt noticed that people critical of this idea point to the fact that in some places, there are sometimes campaigns or booster campaigns that aren’t associated with spikes in excess mortality.

However, he said vaccination campaigns don’t always lead to such spikes because vaccination was not related to death in the same way in every situation. Vulnerability factors like the age of those vaccinated, the health of the population and other sociological factors related to stressors on the immune system change how they are affected by vaccine toxicity or the vaccines’ effects on the immune system.

Based on their analysis and interpretations, they concluded,

“We are compelled to state that the public health establishment and its agents fundamentally caused all the excess mortality in the Covid period.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

 

Brenda Baletti, Ph.D., is a senior reporter for The Defender. She wrote and taught about capitalism and politics for 10 years in the writing program at Duke University. She holds a Ph.D. in human geography from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a master’s from the University of Texas at Austin.

Featured image is from CHD


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

[We bring to the attention of our readers this important study first published by GR in August 2024.]

Abstract

Observable real-time injuries at the cellular level in recipients of the “safe and effective” COVID-19 injectables are documented here for the first time with the presentation of a comprehensive description and analysis of observed phenomena.

The global administration of these often-mandated products from late 2020 triggered a plethora of independent research studies of the modified RNA injectable gene therapies, most notably those manufactured by Pfizer and Moderna.

Analyses reported here consist of precise laboratory “bench science” aiming to understand why serious debilitating, prolonged injuries (and many deaths) occurred increasingly without any measurable protective effect from the aggressively, marketed products. The contents of COVID-19 injectables were examined under a stereomicroscope at up to 400X magnification. Carefully preserved specimens were cultured in a range of distinct media to observe immediate and long-term cause-and-effect relationships between the injectables and living cells under carefully controlled conditions.

From such research, reasonable inferences can be drawn about observed injuries worldwide that have occurred since the injectables were pressed upon billions of individuals. In addition to cellular toxicity, our findings reveal numerous — on the order of 3~4 x 106 per milliliter of the injectable — visible artificial self-assembling entities ranging from about 1 to 100 µm, or greater, of many different shapes. There were animated worm-like entities, discs, chains, spirals, tubes, right-angle structures containing other artificial entities within them, and so forth. All these are exceedingly beyond any expected and acceptable levels of contamination of the COVID-19 injectables, and incubation studies revealed the progressive self-assembly of many artifactual structures.

As time progressed during incubation, simple one- and two-dimensional structures over two or three weeks became more complex in shape and size developing into stereoscopically visible entities in three-dimensions. They resembled carbon nanotube filaments, ribbons, and tapes, some appearing as transparent, thin, flat membranes, and others as three-dimensional spirals, and beaded chains. Some of these seemed to appear and then disappear over time.

Our observations suggest the presence of some kind of nanotechnology in the COVID-19 injectables. [Emphasis added]

Click here to download the complete report.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Young Mi Lee, MD, is a practicing physician specializing in obstetrics and gynecology, and is also a reproductive endocrinologist; because of her work over the last three years she has become an expert in stereomicroscopy and in the microbiology of incubated COVID-19 injectables, especially, Pfizer and Moderna

Daniel Broudy holds a doctorate in applied psycholinguistics from the School of Communication and Creative Arts at Deakin University. He is a professor of applied linguistics at Okinawa Christian University. His research integrates research in cognitive linguistics, developmental and social psychology, semiotics, and communication theory as an effort to describe the ways in which centers of power organize campaigns of persuasion and engineer consent for policies and actions across cultures. His work appears with Palgrave, Macmillan, Westminster University Press, Opole University Press, the University Press of Wrocław, Peter Lang, Media Theory, Ethical Space: The International Journal of Ethics, Peace News, Truthout, The Asia-Pacific Journal: Japan Focus, Fast Capitalism, Propaganda in Focus, and System: An International Journal of Educational Technology and Applied Linguistics.  

Featured image is from Mercola


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page